| 1 | // Licensed to the .NET Foundation under one or more agreements. |
| 2 | // The .NET Foundation licenses this file to you under the MIT license. |
| 3 | // See the LICENSE file in the project root for more information. |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // File: methodtable.cpp |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | |
| 8 | #include "common.h" |
| 9 | |
| 10 | #include "clsload.hpp" |
| 11 | #include "method.hpp" |
| 12 | #include "class.h" |
| 13 | #include "classcompat.h" |
| 14 | #include "object.h" |
| 15 | #include "field.h" |
| 16 | #include "util.hpp" |
| 17 | #include "excep.h" |
| 18 | #include "siginfo.hpp" |
| 19 | #include "threads.h" |
| 20 | #include "stublink.h" |
| 21 | #include "ecall.h" |
| 22 | #include "dllimport.h" |
| 23 | #include "gcdesc.h" |
| 24 | #include "jitinterface.h" |
| 25 | #include "eeconfig.h" |
| 26 | #include "log.h" |
| 27 | #include "fieldmarshaler.h" |
| 28 | #include "cgensys.h" |
| 29 | #include "gcheaputilities.h" |
| 30 | #include "dbginterface.h" |
| 31 | #include "comdelegate.h" |
| 32 | #include "eventtrace.h" |
| 33 | #include "fieldmarshaler.h" |
| 34 | |
| 35 | |
| 36 | #include "eeprofinterfaces.h" |
| 37 | #include "dllimportcallback.h" |
| 38 | #include "listlock.h" |
| 39 | #include "methodimpl.h" |
| 40 | #include "guidfromname.h" |
| 41 | #include "stackprobe.h" |
| 42 | #include "encee.h" |
| 43 | #include "encee.h" |
| 44 | #include "comsynchronizable.h" |
| 45 | #include "customattribute.h" |
| 46 | #include "virtualcallstub.h" |
| 47 | #include "contractimpl.h" |
| 48 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 49 | #include "zapsig.h" |
| 50 | #endif //FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 51 | |
| 52 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 53 | #include "comcallablewrapper.h" |
| 54 | #include "clrtocomcall.h" |
| 55 | #include "runtimecallablewrapper.h" |
| 56 | #include "winrttypenameconverter.h" |
| 57 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 58 | |
| 59 | #include "typeequivalencehash.hpp" |
| 60 | |
| 61 | #include "generics.h" |
| 62 | #include "genericdict.h" |
| 63 | #include "typestring.h" |
| 64 | #include "typedesc.h" |
| 65 | #include "array.h" |
| 66 | |
| 67 | #ifdef FEATURE_INTERPRETER |
| 68 | #include "interpreter.h" |
| 69 | #endif // FEATURE_INTERPRETER |
| 70 | |
| 71 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 72 | |
| 73 | // Typedef for string comparition functions. |
| 74 | typedef int (__cdecl *UTF8StringCompareFuncPtr)(const char *, const char *); |
| 75 | |
| 76 | MethodDataCache *MethodTable::s_pMethodDataCache = NULL; |
| 77 | BOOL MethodTable::s_fUseMethodDataCache = FALSE; |
| 78 | BOOL MethodTable::s_fUseParentMethodData = FALSE; |
| 79 | |
| 80 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 81 | extern unsigned g_dupMethods; |
| 82 | #endif |
| 83 | |
| 84 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 85 | |
| 86 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 87 | //========================================================================================== |
| 88 | class MethodDataCache |
| 89 | { |
| 90 | typedef MethodTable::MethodData MethodData; |
| 91 | |
| 92 | public: // Ctor. Allocates cEntries entries. Throws. |
| 93 | static UINT32 GetObjectSize(UINT32 cEntries); |
| 94 | MethodDataCache(UINT32 cEntries); |
| 95 | |
| 96 | MethodData *Find(MethodTable *pMT); |
| 97 | MethodData *Find(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl); |
| 98 | void Insert(MethodData *pMData); |
| 99 | void Clear(); |
| 100 | |
| 101 | protected: |
| 102 | // This describes each entry in the cache. |
| 103 | struct Entry |
| 104 | { |
| 105 | MethodData *m_pMData; |
| 106 | UINT32 m_iTimestamp; |
| 107 | }; |
| 108 | |
| 109 | MethodData *FindHelper(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl, UINT32 idx); |
| 110 | |
| 111 | inline UINT32 GetNextTimestamp() |
| 112 | { return ++m_iCurTimestamp; } |
| 113 | |
| 114 | inline UINT32 NumEntries() |
| 115 | { LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; return m_cEntries; } |
| 116 | |
| 117 | inline void TouchEntry(UINT32 i) |
| 118 | { WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; m_iLastTouched = i; GetEntry(i)->m_iTimestamp = GetNextTimestamp(); } |
| 119 | |
| 120 | inline UINT32 GetLastTouchedEntryIndex() |
| 121 | { WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; return m_iLastTouched; } |
| 122 | |
| 123 | // The end of this object contains an array of Entry |
| 124 | inline Entry *GetEntryData() |
| 125 | { LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; return (Entry *)(this + 1); } |
| 126 | |
| 127 | inline Entry *GetEntry(UINT32 i) |
| 128 | { WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; return GetEntryData() + i; } |
| 129 | |
| 130 | private: |
| 131 | // This serializes access to the cache |
| 132 | SimpleRWLock m_lock; |
| 133 | |
| 134 | // This allows ageing of entries to decide which to punt when |
| 135 | // inserting a new entry. |
| 136 | UINT32 m_iCurTimestamp; |
| 137 | |
| 138 | // The number of entries in the cache |
| 139 | UINT32 m_cEntries; |
| 140 | UINT32 m_iLastTouched; |
| 141 | |
| 142 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
| 143 | UINT32 pad; // insures that we are a multiple of 8-bytes |
| 144 | #endif |
| 145 | }; // class MethodDataCache |
| 146 | |
| 147 | //========================================================================================== |
| 148 | UINT32 MethodDataCache::GetObjectSize(UINT32 cEntries) |
| 149 | { |
| 150 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 151 | return sizeof(MethodDataCache) + (sizeof(Entry) * cEntries); |
| 152 | } |
| 153 | |
| 154 | //========================================================================================== |
| 155 | MethodDataCache::MethodDataCache(UINT32 cEntries) |
| 156 | : m_lock(COOPERATIVE_OR_PREEMPTIVE, LOCK_TYPE_DEFAULT), |
| 157 | m_iCurTimestamp(0), |
| 158 | m_cEntries(cEntries), |
| 159 | m_iLastTouched(0) |
| 160 | { |
| 161 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 162 | ZeroMemory(GetEntryData(), cEntries * sizeof(Entry)); |
| 163 | } |
| 164 | |
| 165 | //========================================================================================== |
| 166 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodDataCache::FindHelper( |
| 167 | MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl, UINT32 idx) |
| 168 | { |
| 169 | CONTRACTL { |
| 170 | NOTHROW; |
| 171 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 172 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 173 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 174 | |
| 175 | MethodData *pEntry = GetEntry(idx)->m_pMData; |
| 176 | if (pEntry != NULL) { |
| 177 | MethodTable *pMTDeclEntry = pEntry->GetDeclMethodTable(); |
| 178 | MethodTable *pMTImplEntry = pEntry->GetImplMethodTable(); |
| 179 | if (pMTDeclEntry == pMTDecl && pMTImplEntry == pMTImpl) { |
| 180 | return pEntry; |
| 181 | } |
| 182 | else if (pMTDecl == pMTImpl) { |
| 183 | if (pMTDeclEntry == pMTDecl) { |
| 184 | return pEntry->GetDeclMethodData(); |
| 185 | } |
| 186 | if (pMTImplEntry == pMTDecl) { |
| 187 | return pEntry->GetImplMethodData(); |
| 188 | } |
| 189 | } |
| 190 | } |
| 191 | |
| 192 | return NULL; |
| 193 | } |
| 194 | |
| 195 | //========================================================================================== |
| 196 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodDataCache::Find(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl) |
| 197 | { |
| 198 | CONTRACTL { |
| 199 | NOTHROW; |
| 200 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 201 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 202 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 203 | |
| 204 | #ifdef LOGGING |
| 205 | g_sdStats.m_cCacheLookups++; |
| 206 | #endif |
| 207 | |
| 208 | SimpleReadLockHolder lh(&m_lock); |
| 209 | |
| 210 | // Check the last touched entry. |
| 211 | MethodData *pEntry = FindHelper(pMTDecl, pMTImpl, GetLastTouchedEntryIndex()); |
| 212 | |
| 213 | // Now search the entire cache. |
| 214 | if (pEntry == NULL) { |
| 215 | for (UINT32 i = 0; i < NumEntries(); i++) { |
| 216 | pEntry = FindHelper(pMTDecl, pMTImpl, i); |
| 217 | if (pEntry != NULL) { |
| 218 | TouchEntry(i); |
| 219 | break; |
| 220 | } |
| 221 | } |
| 222 | } |
| 223 | |
| 224 | if (pEntry != NULL) { |
| 225 | pEntry->AddRef(); |
| 226 | } |
| 227 | |
| 228 | #ifdef LOGGING |
| 229 | else { |
| 230 | // Failure to find the entry in the cache. |
| 231 | g_sdStats.m_cCacheMisses++; |
| 232 | } |
| 233 | #endif // LOGGING |
| 234 | |
| 235 | return pEntry; |
| 236 | } |
| 237 | |
| 238 | //========================================================================================== |
| 239 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodDataCache::Find(MethodTable *pMT) |
| 240 | { |
| 241 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 242 | return Find(pMT, pMT); |
| 243 | } |
| 244 | |
| 245 | //========================================================================================== |
| 246 | void MethodDataCache::Insert(MethodData *pMData) |
| 247 | { |
| 248 | CONTRACTL { |
| 249 | NOTHROW; // for now, because it does not yet resize. |
| 250 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 251 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 252 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 253 | |
| 254 | SimpleWriteLockHolder hLock(&m_lock); |
| 255 | |
| 256 | UINT32 iMin = UINT32_MAX; |
| 257 | UINT32 idxMin = UINT32_MAX; |
| 258 | for (UINT32 i = 0; i < NumEntries(); i++) { |
| 259 | if (GetEntry(i)->m_iTimestamp < iMin) { |
| 260 | idxMin = i; |
| 261 | iMin = GetEntry(i)->m_iTimestamp; |
| 262 | } |
| 263 | } |
| 264 | Entry *pEntry = GetEntry(idxMin); |
| 265 | if (pEntry->m_pMData != NULL) { |
| 266 | pEntry->m_pMData->Release(); |
| 267 | } |
| 268 | pMData->AddRef(); |
| 269 | pEntry->m_pMData = pMData; |
| 270 | pEntry->m_iTimestamp = GetNextTimestamp(); |
| 271 | } |
| 272 | |
| 273 | //========================================================================================== |
| 274 | void MethodDataCache::Clear() |
| 275 | { |
| 276 | CONTRACTL { |
| 277 | NOTHROW; // for now, because it does not yet resize. |
| 278 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 279 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 280 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 281 | |
| 282 | // Taking the lock here is just a precaution. Really, the runtime |
| 283 | // should be suspended because this is called while unloading an |
| 284 | // AppDomain at the SysSuspendEE stage. But, if someone calls it |
| 285 | // outside of that context, we should be extra cautious. |
| 286 | SimpleWriteLockHolder lh(&m_lock); |
| 287 | |
| 288 | for (UINT32 i = 0; i < NumEntries(); i++) { |
| 289 | Entry *pEntry = GetEntry(i); |
| 290 | if (pEntry->m_pMData != NULL) { |
| 291 | pEntry->m_pMData->Release(); |
| 292 | } |
| 293 | } |
| 294 | ZeroMemory(GetEntryData(), NumEntries() * sizeof(Entry)); |
| 295 | m_iCurTimestamp = 0; |
| 296 | } // MethodDataCache::Clear |
| 297 | |
| 298 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 299 | |
| 300 | |
| 301 | //========================================================================================== |
| 302 | // |
| 303 | // Initialize the offsets of multipurpose slots at compile time using template metaprogramming |
| 304 | // |
| 305 | |
| 306 | template<int N> |
| 307 | struct CountBitsAtCompileTime |
| 308 | { |
| 309 | enum { value = (N & 1) + CountBitsAtCompileTime<(N >> 1)>::value }; |
| 310 | }; |
| 311 | |
| 312 | template<> |
| 313 | struct CountBitsAtCompileTime<0> |
| 314 | { |
| 315 | enum { value = 0 }; |
| 316 | }; |
| 317 | |
| 318 | // "mask" is mask of used slots. |
| 319 | template<int mask> |
| 320 | struct MethodTable::MultipurposeSlotOffset |
| 321 | { |
| 322 | // This is raw index of the slot assigned on first come first served basis |
| 323 | enum { raw = CountBitsAtCompileTime<mask>::value }; |
| 324 | |
| 325 | // This is actual index of the slot. It is equal to raw index except for the case |
| 326 | // where the first fixed slot is not used, but the second one is. The first fixed |
| 327 | // slot has to be assigned instead of the second one in this case. This assumes that |
| 328 | // there are exactly two fixed slots. |
| 329 | enum { index = (((mask & 3) == 2) && (raw == 1)) ? 0 : raw }; |
| 330 | |
| 331 | // Offset of slot |
| 332 | enum { slotOffset = (index == 0) ? offsetof(MethodTable, m_pMultipurposeSlot1) : |
| 333 | (index == 1) ? offsetof(MethodTable, m_pMultipurposeSlot2) : |
| 334 | (sizeof(MethodTable) + index * sizeof(TADDR) - 2 * sizeof(TADDR)) }; |
| 335 | |
| 336 | // Size of methodtable with overflow slots. It is used to compute start offset of optional members. |
| 337 | enum { totalSize = (slotOffset >= sizeof(MethodTable)) ? slotOffset : sizeof(MethodTable) }; |
| 338 | }; |
| 339 | |
| 340 | // |
| 341 | // These macros recursively expand to create 2^N values for the offset arrays |
| 342 | // |
| 343 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_1(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET (mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET (mask | 0x01) |
| 344 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_2(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_1(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_1(mask | 0x02) |
| 345 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_3(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_2(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_2(mask | 0x04) |
| 346 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_4(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_3(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_3(mask | 0x08) |
| 347 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_5(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_4(mask) MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_4(mask | 0x10) |
| 348 | |
| 349 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET(mask) MultipurposeSlotOffset<mask>::slotOffset, |
| 350 | const BYTE MethodTable::c_DispatchMapSlotOffsets[] = { |
| 351 | MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_2(0) |
| 352 | }; |
| 353 | const BYTE MethodTable::c_NonVirtualSlotsOffsets[] = { |
| 354 | MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_3(0) |
| 355 | }; |
| 356 | const BYTE MethodTable::c_ModuleOverrideOffsets[] = { |
| 357 | MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_4(0) |
| 358 | }; |
| 359 | #undef MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET |
| 360 | |
| 361 | #define MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET(mask) MultipurposeSlotOffset<mask>::totalSize, |
| 362 | const BYTE MethodTable::[] = { |
| 363 | MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET_5(0) |
| 364 | }; |
| 365 | #undef MULTIPURPOSE_SLOT_OFFSET |
| 366 | |
| 367 | |
| 368 | //========================================================================================== |
| 369 | // Optimization intended for MethodTable::GetModule, MethodTable::GetDispatchMap and MethodTable::GetNonVirtualSlotsPtr |
| 370 | |
| 371 | #include <optsmallperfcritical.h> |
| 372 | |
| 373 | PTR_Module MethodTable::GetModule() |
| 374 | { |
| 375 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 376 | |
| 377 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 378 | |
| 379 | // Fast path for non-generic non-array case |
| 380 | if ((m_dwFlags & (enum_flag_HasComponentSize | enum_flag_GenericsMask)) == 0) |
| 381 | return GetLoaderModule(); |
| 382 | |
| 383 | MethodTable * pMTForModule = IsArray() ? this : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 384 | if (!pMTForModule->HasModuleOverride()) |
| 385 | return pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule(); |
| 386 | |
| 387 | TADDR pSlot = pMTForModule->GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasModuleOverride, c_ModuleOverrideOffsets); |
| 388 | return RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_Module>::GetValueAtPtr(pSlot); |
| 389 | } |
| 390 | |
| 391 | //========================================================================================== |
| 392 | PTR_Module MethodTable::GetModule_NoLogging() |
| 393 | { |
| 394 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 395 | |
| 396 | // Fast path for non-generic non-array case |
| 397 | if ((m_dwFlags & (enum_flag_HasComponentSize | enum_flag_GenericsMask)) == 0) |
| 398 | return GetLoaderModule(); |
| 399 | |
| 400 | MethodTable * pMTForModule = IsArray() ? this : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 401 | if (!pMTForModule->HasModuleOverride()) |
| 402 | return pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule(); |
| 403 | |
| 404 | TADDR pSlot = pMTForModule->GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasModuleOverride, c_ModuleOverrideOffsets); |
| 405 | return RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_Module>::GetValueAtPtr(pSlot); |
| 406 | } |
| 407 | |
| 408 | //========================================================================================== |
| 409 | PTR_DispatchMap MethodTable::GetDispatchMap() |
| 410 | { |
| 411 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 412 | |
| 413 | MethodTable * pMT = this; |
| 414 | |
| 415 | if (!pMT->HasDispatchMapSlot()) |
| 416 | { |
| 417 | pMT = pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 418 | if (!pMT->HasDispatchMapSlot()) |
| 419 | return NULL; |
| 420 | } |
| 421 | |
| 422 | g_IBCLogger.LogDispatchMapAccess(pMT); |
| 423 | |
| 424 | TADDR pSlot = pMT->GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasDispatchMapSlot, c_DispatchMapSlotOffsets); |
| 425 | return RelativePointer<PTR_DispatchMap>::GetValueAtPtr(pSlot); |
| 426 | } |
| 427 | |
| 428 | //========================================================================================== |
| 429 | TADDR MethodTable::GetNonVirtualSlotsPtr() |
| 430 | { |
| 431 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 432 | |
| 433 | _ASSERTE(GetFlag(enum_flag_HasNonVirtualSlots)); |
| 434 | return GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasNonVirtualSlots, c_NonVirtualSlotsOffsets); |
| 435 | } |
| 436 | |
| 437 | #include <optdefault.h> |
| 438 | |
| 439 | |
| 440 | //========================================================================================== |
| 441 | PTR_Module MethodTable::GetModuleIfLoaded() |
| 442 | { |
| 443 | CONTRACTL |
| 444 | { |
| 445 | NOTHROW; |
| 446 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 447 | MODE_ANY; |
| 448 | FORBID_FAULT; |
| 449 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 450 | } |
| 451 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 452 | |
| 453 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 454 | |
| 455 | MethodTable * pMTForModule = IsArray() ? this : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 456 | if (!pMTForModule->HasModuleOverride()) |
| 457 | return pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule(); |
| 458 | |
| 459 | return Module::RestoreModulePointerIfLoaded(pMTForModule->GetModuleOverridePtr(), pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule()); |
| 460 | } |
| 461 | |
| 462 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 463 | //========================================================================================== |
| 464 | void MethodTable::SetModule(Module * pModule) |
| 465 | { |
| 466 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 467 | |
| 468 | if (HasModuleOverride()) |
| 469 | { |
| 470 | GetModuleOverridePtr()->SetValue(pModule); |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | |
| 473 | _ASSERTE(GetModule() == pModule); |
| 474 | } |
| 475 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 476 | |
| 477 | //========================================================================================== |
| 478 | BOOL MethodTable::ValidateWithPossibleAV() |
| 479 | { |
| 480 | CANNOT_HAVE_CONTRACT; |
| 481 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 482 | |
| 483 | // MethodTables have the canonicalization property below. |
| 484 | // i.e. canonicalize, and canonicalize again, and check the result are |
| 485 | // the same. This is a property that holds for every single valid object in |
| 486 | // the system, but which should hold for very few other addresses. |
| 487 | |
| 488 | // For non-generic classes, we can rely on comparing |
| 489 | // object->methodtable->class->methodtable |
| 490 | // to |
| 491 | // object->methodtable |
| 492 | // |
| 493 | // However, for generic instantiation this does not work. There we must |
| 494 | // compare |
| 495 | // |
| 496 | // object->methodtable->class->methodtable->class |
| 497 | // to |
| 498 | // object->methodtable->class |
| 499 | // |
| 500 | // Of course, that's not necessarily enough to verify that the method |
| 501 | // table and class are absolutely valid - we rely on type soundness |
| 502 | // for that. We need to do more sanity checking to |
| 503 | // make sure that our pointer here is in fact a valid object. |
| 504 | PTR_EEClass pEEClass = this->GetClassWithPossibleAV(); |
| 505 | return ((this == pEEClass->GetMethodTableWithPossibleAV()) || |
| 506 | ((HasInstantiation() || IsArray()) && |
| 507 | (pEEClass->GetMethodTableWithPossibleAV()->GetClassWithPossibleAV() == pEEClass))); |
| 508 | } |
| 509 | |
| 510 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 511 | |
| 512 | //========================================================================================== |
| 513 | BOOL MethodTable::IsClassInited(AppDomain* pAppDomain /* = NULL */) |
| 514 | { |
| 515 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 516 | |
| 517 | if (IsClassPreInited()) |
| 518 | return TRUE; |
| 519 | |
| 520 | if (IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) |
| 521 | return FALSE; |
| 522 | |
| 523 | DomainLocalModule *pLocalModule; |
| 524 | if (pAppDomain == NULL) |
| 525 | { |
| 526 | pLocalModule = GetDomainLocalModule(); |
| 527 | } |
| 528 | else |
| 529 | { |
| 530 | pLocalModule = GetDomainLocalModule(pAppDomain); |
| 531 | } |
| 532 | |
| 533 | _ASSERTE(pLocalModule != NULL); |
| 534 | |
| 535 | return pLocalModule->IsClassInitialized(this); |
| 536 | } |
| 537 | |
| 538 | //========================================================================================== |
| 539 | BOOL MethodTable::IsInitError() |
| 540 | { |
| 541 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 542 | |
| 543 | DomainLocalModule *pLocalModule = GetDomainLocalModule(); |
| 544 | _ASSERTE(pLocalModule != NULL); |
| 545 | |
| 546 | return pLocalModule->IsClassInitError(this); |
| 547 | } |
| 548 | |
| 549 | //========================================================================================== |
| 550 | // mark the class as having its .cctor run |
| 551 | void MethodTable::SetClassInited() |
| 552 | { |
| 553 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 554 | _ASSERTE(!IsClassPreInited()); |
| 555 | GetDomainLocalModule()->SetClassInitialized(this); |
| 556 | } |
| 557 | |
| 558 | //========================================================================================== |
| 559 | void MethodTable::SetClassInitError() |
| 560 | { |
| 561 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 562 | GetDomainLocalModule()->SetClassInitError(this); |
| 563 | } |
| 564 | |
| 565 | //========================================================================================== |
| 566 | // mark the class as having been restored. |
| 567 | void MethodTable::SetIsRestored() |
| 568 | { |
| 569 | CONTRACTL |
| 570 | { |
| 571 | THROWS; |
| 572 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 573 | } |
| 574 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 575 | |
| 576 | PRECONDITION(!IsFullyLoaded()); |
| 577 | |
| 578 | // If functions on this type have already been requested for rejit, then give the rejit |
| 579 | // manager a chance to jump-stamp the code we are implicitly restoring. This ensures the |
| 580 | // first thread entering the function will jump to the prestub and trigger the |
| 581 | // rejit. Note that the PublishMethodTableHolder may take a lock to avoid a rejit race. |
| 582 | // See code:ReJitManager::PublishMethodHolder::PublishMethodHolder#PublishCode |
| 583 | // for details on the race. |
| 584 | // |
| 585 | { |
| 586 | PublishMethodTableHolder(this); |
| 587 | FastInterlockAnd(EnsureWritablePages(&(GetWriteableDataForWrite()->m_dwFlags)), ~MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_Unrestored); |
| 588 | } |
| 589 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 590 | if (ETW_PROVIDER_ENABLED(MICROSOFT_WINDOWS_DOTNETRUNTIME_PROVIDER)) |
| 591 | { |
| 592 | ETW::MethodLog::MethodTableRestored(this); |
| 593 | } |
| 594 | #endif |
| 595 | } |
| 596 | |
| 597 | //========================================================================================== |
| 598 | // mark as COM object type (System.__ComObject and types deriving from it) |
| 599 | void MethodTable::SetComObjectType() |
| 600 | { |
| 601 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 602 | SetFlag(enum_flag_ComObject); |
| 603 | } |
| 604 | |
| 605 | #ifdef FEATURE_ICASTABLE |
| 606 | void MethodTable::SetICastable() |
| 607 | { |
| 608 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 609 | SetFlag(enum_flag_ICastable); |
| 610 | } |
| 611 | #endif |
| 612 | |
| 613 | BOOL MethodTable::IsICastable() |
| 614 | { |
| 615 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 616 | #ifdef FEATURE_ICASTABLE |
| 617 | return GetFlag(enum_flag_ICastable); |
| 618 | #else |
| 619 | return FALSE; |
| 620 | #endif |
| 621 | } |
| 622 | |
| 623 | |
| 624 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 625 | |
| 626 | //========================================================================================== |
| 627 | WORD MethodTable::GetNumMethods() |
| 628 | { |
| 629 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 630 | return GetClass()->GetNumMethods(); |
| 631 | } |
| 632 | |
| 633 | //========================================================================================== |
| 634 | PTR_BaseDomain MethodTable::GetDomain() |
| 635 | { |
| 636 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 637 | return dac_cast<PTR_BaseDomain>(AppDomain::GetCurrentDomain()); |
| 638 | } |
| 639 | |
| 640 | //========================================================================================== |
| 641 | BOOL MethodTable::HasSameTypeDefAs(MethodTable *pMT) |
| 642 | { |
| 643 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 644 | |
| 645 | if (this == pMT) |
| 646 | return TRUE; |
| 647 | |
| 648 | // optimize for the negative case where we expect RID mismatch |
| 649 | if (GetTypeDefRid() != pMT->GetTypeDefRid()) |
| 650 | return FALSE; |
| 651 | |
| 652 | if (GetCanonicalMethodTable() == pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 653 | return TRUE; |
| 654 | |
| 655 | return (GetModule() == pMT->GetModule()); |
| 656 | } |
| 657 | |
| 658 | //========================================================================================== |
| 659 | BOOL MethodTable::HasSameTypeDefAs_NoLogging(MethodTable *pMT) |
| 660 | { |
| 661 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 662 | |
| 663 | if (this == pMT) |
| 664 | return TRUE; |
| 665 | |
| 666 | // optimize for the negative case where we expect RID mismatch |
| 667 | if (GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging() != pMT->GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging()) |
| 668 | return FALSE; |
| 669 | |
| 670 | if (GetCanonicalMethodTable() == pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 671 | return TRUE; |
| 672 | |
| 673 | return (GetModule_NoLogging() == pMT->GetModule_NoLogging()); |
| 674 | } |
| 675 | |
| 676 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 677 | |
| 678 | //========================================================================================== |
| 679 | PTR_MethodTable InterfaceInfo_t::GetApproxMethodTable(Module * pContainingModule) |
| 680 | { |
| 681 | CONTRACTL |
| 682 | { |
| 683 | THROWS; |
| 684 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 685 | MODE_ANY; |
| 686 | } |
| 687 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 688 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 689 | if (m_pMethodTable.IsTagged()) |
| 690 | { |
| 691 | // Ideally, we would use Module::RestoreMethodTablePointer here. Unfortunately, it is not |
| 692 | // possible because of the current type loader architecture that restores types incrementally |
| 693 | // even in the NGen case. |
| 694 | MethodTable * pItfMT = *(m_pMethodTable.GetValuePtr()); |
| 695 | |
| 696 | // Restore the method table, but do not write it back if it has instantiation. We do not want |
| 697 | // to write back the approximate instantiations. |
| 698 | Module::RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw(&pItfMT, pContainingModule, CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); |
| 699 | |
| 700 | if (!pItfMT->HasInstantiation()) |
| 701 | { |
| 702 | // m_pMethodTable.SetValue() is not used here since we want to update the indirection cell |
| 703 | *EnsureWritablePages(m_pMethodTable.GetValuePtr()) = pItfMT; |
| 704 | } |
| 705 | |
| 706 | return pItfMT; |
| 707 | } |
| 708 | #endif |
| 709 | MethodTable * pItfMT = m_pMethodTable.GetValue(); |
| 710 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(TypeHandle(pItfMT), CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); |
| 711 | return pItfMT; |
| 712 | } |
| 713 | |
| 714 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
| 715 | //========================================================================================== |
| 716 | // get the method desc given the interface method desc |
| 717 | /* static */ MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethodAndServer( |
| 718 | TypeHandle ownerType, MethodDesc *pItfMD, OBJECTREF *pServer) |
| 719 | { |
| 720 | CONTRACT(MethodDesc*) |
| 721 | { |
| 722 | THROWS; |
| 723 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 724 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 725 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pItfMD)); |
| 726 | PRECONDITION(pItfMD->IsInterface()); |
| 727 | PRECONDITION(!ownerType.IsNull()); |
| 728 | PRECONDITION(ownerType.GetMethodTable()->HasSameTypeDefAs(pItfMD->GetMethodTable())); |
| 729 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
| 730 | } |
| 731 | CONTRACT_END; |
| 732 | VALIDATEOBJECTREF(*pServer); |
| 733 | |
| 734 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 735 | MethodTable * pItfMT = ownerType.GetMethodTable(); |
| 736 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pItfMT != NULL); |
| 737 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 738 | |
| 739 | MethodTable *pServerMT = (*pServer)->GetMethodTable(); |
| 740 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pServerMT != NULL); |
| 741 | |
| 742 | #ifdef FEATURE_ICASTABLE |
| 743 | // In case of ICastable, instead of trying to find method implementation in the real object type |
| 744 | // we call pObj.GetValueInternal() and call GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod() again with whatever type it returns. |
| 745 | // It allows objects that implement ICastable to mimic behavior of other types. |
| 746 | if (pServerMT->IsICastable() && |
| 747 | !pItfMD->HasMethodInstantiation() && |
| 748 | !TypeHandle(pServerMT).CanCastTo(ownerType)) // we need to make sure object doesn't implement this interface in a natural way |
| 749 | { |
| 750 | GCStress<cfg_any>::MaybeTrigger(); |
| 751 | |
| 752 | // Make call to ICastableHelpers.GetImplType(obj, interfaceTypeObj) |
| 753 | PREPARE_NONVIRTUAL_CALLSITE(METHOD__ICASTABLEHELPERS__GETIMPLTYPE); |
| 754 | |
| 755 | OBJECTREF ownerManagedType = ownerType.GetManagedClassObject(); //GC triggers |
| 756 | |
| 757 | DECLARE_ARGHOLDER_ARRAY(args, 2); |
| 758 | args[ARGNUM_0] = OBJECTREF_TO_ARGHOLDER(*pServer); |
| 759 | args[ARGNUM_1] = OBJECTREF_TO_ARGHOLDER(ownerManagedType); |
| 760 | |
| 761 | OBJECTREF impTypeObj = NULL; |
| 762 | CALL_MANAGED_METHOD_RETREF(impTypeObj, OBJECTREF, args); |
| 763 | |
| 764 | INDEBUG(ownerManagedType = NULL); //ownerManagedType wasn't protected during the call |
| 765 | if (impTypeObj == NULL) // GetImplType returns default(RuntimeTypeHandle) |
| 766 | { |
| 767 | COMPlusThrow(kEntryPointNotFoundException); |
| 768 | } |
| 769 | |
| 770 | ReflectClassBaseObject* resultTypeObj = ((ReflectClassBaseObject*)OBJECTREFToObject(impTypeObj)); |
| 771 | TypeHandle resulTypeHnd = resultTypeObj->GetType(); |
| 772 | MethodTable *pResultMT = resulTypeHnd.GetMethodTable(); |
| 773 | |
| 774 | RETURN(pResultMT->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(ownerType, pItfMD, TRUE /* throwOnConflict */)); |
| 775 | } |
| 776 | #endif |
| 777 | |
| 778 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 779 | if (pServerMT->IsComObjectType() && !pItfMD->HasMethodInstantiation()) |
| 780 | { |
| 781 | // interop needs an exact MethodDesc |
| 782 | pItfMD = MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( |
| 783 | pItfMD, |
| 784 | ownerType.GetMethodTable(), |
| 785 | FALSE, // forceBoxedEntryPoint |
| 786 | Instantiation(), // methodInst |
| 787 | FALSE, // allowInstParam |
| 788 | TRUE); // forceRemotableMethod |
| 789 | |
| 790 | RETURN(pServerMT->GetMethodDescForComInterfaceMethod(pItfMD, false)); |
| 791 | } |
| 792 | #endif // !FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 793 | |
| 794 | // Handle pure COM+ types. |
| 795 | RETURN (pServerMT->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(ownerType, pItfMD, TRUE /* throwOnConflict */)); |
| 796 | } |
| 797 | |
| 798 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 799 | //========================================================================================== |
| 800 | // get the method desc given the interface method desc on a COM implemented server |
| 801 | // (if fNullOk is set then NULL is an allowable return value) |
| 802 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetMethodDescForComInterfaceMethod(MethodDesc *pItfMD, bool fNullOk) |
| 803 | { |
| 804 | CONTRACT(MethodDesc*) |
| 805 | { |
| 806 | THROWS; |
| 807 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 808 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 809 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pItfMD)); |
| 810 | PRECONDITION(pItfMD->IsInterface()); |
| 811 | PRECONDITION(IsComObjectType()); |
| 812 | POSTCONDITION(fNullOk || CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
| 813 | } |
| 814 | CONTRACT_END; |
| 815 | |
| 816 | MethodTable * pItfMT = pItfMD->GetMethodTable(); |
| 817 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pItfMT != NULL); |
| 818 | |
| 819 | // We now handle __ComObject class that doesn't have Dynamic Interface Map |
| 820 | if (!HasDynamicInterfaceMap()) |
| 821 | { |
| 822 | RETURN(pItfMD); |
| 823 | } |
| 824 | else |
| 825 | { |
| 826 | // Now we handle the more complex extensible RCW's. The first thing to do is check |
| 827 | // to see if the static definition of the extensible RCW specifies that the class |
| 828 | // implements the interface. |
| 829 | DWORD slot = (DWORD) -1; |
| 830 | |
| 831 | // Calling GetTarget here instead of FindDispatchImpl gives us caching functionality to increase speed. |
| 832 | PCODE tgt = VirtualCallStubManager::GetTarget( |
| 833 | pItfMT->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetDispatchToken(pItfMT->GetTypeID(), pItfMD->GetSlot()), this, TRUE /* throwOnConflict */); |
| 834 | |
| 835 | if (tgt != NULL) |
| 836 | { |
| 837 | RETURN(MethodTable::GetMethodDescForSlotAddress(tgt)); |
| 838 | } |
| 839 | |
| 840 | // The interface is not in the static class definition so we need to look at the |
| 841 | // dynamic interfaces. |
| 842 | else if (FindDynamicallyAddedInterface(pItfMT)) |
| 843 | { |
| 844 | // This interface was added to the class dynamically so it is implemented |
| 845 | // by the COM object. We treat this dynamically added interfaces the same |
| 846 | // way we treat COM objects. That is by using the interface vtable. |
| 847 | RETURN(pItfMD); |
| 848 | } |
| 849 | else |
| 850 | { |
| 851 | RETURN(NULL); |
| 852 | } |
| 853 | } |
| 854 | } |
| 855 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 856 | |
| 857 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
| 858 | |
| 859 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 860 | // |
| 861 | MethodTable* CreateMinimalMethodTable(Module* pContainingModule, |
| 862 | LoaderHeap* pCreationHeap, |
| 863 | AllocMemTracker* pamTracker) |
| 864 | { |
| 865 | CONTRACTL |
| 866 | { |
| 867 | THROWS; |
| 868 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 869 | MODE_ANY; |
| 870 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
| 871 | } |
| 872 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 873 | |
| 874 | EEClass* pClass = EEClass::CreateMinimalClass(pCreationHeap, pamTracker); |
| 875 | |
| 876 | LOG((LF_BCL, LL_INFO100, "Level2 - Creating MethodTable {0x%p}...\n" , pClass)); |
| 877 | |
| 878 | MethodTable* pMT = (MethodTable *)(void *)pamTracker->Track(pCreationHeap->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(MethodTable)))); |
| 879 | |
| 880 | // Note: Memory allocated on loader heap is zero filled |
| 881 | // memset(pMT, 0, sizeof(MethodTable)); |
| 882 | |
| 883 | // Allocate the private data block ("private" during runtime in the ngen'ed case). |
| 884 | BYTE* pMTWriteableData = (BYTE *) |
| 885 | pamTracker->Track(pCreationHeap->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData)))); |
| 886 | pMT->SetWriteableData((PTR_MethodTableWriteableData)pMTWriteableData); |
| 887 | |
| 888 | // |
| 889 | // Set up the EEClass |
| 890 | // |
| 891 | pClass->SetMethodTable(pMT); // in the EEClass set the pointer to this MethodTable |
| 892 | pClass->SetAttrClass(tdPublic | tdSealed); |
| 893 | |
| 894 | // |
| 895 | // Set up the MethodTable |
| 896 | // |
| 897 | // Does not need parent. Note that MethodTable for COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN does not have parent either, |
| 898 | // so the system has to be wired for dealing with no parent anyway. |
| 899 | pMT->SetParentMethodTable(NULL); |
| 900 | pMT->SetClass(pClass); |
| 901 | pMT->SetLoaderModule(pContainingModule); |
| 902 | pMT->SetLoaderAllocator(pContainingModule->GetLoaderAllocator()); |
| 903 | pMT->SetInternalCorElementType(ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS); |
| 904 | pMT->SetBaseSize(OBJECT_BASESIZE); |
| 905 | |
| 906 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 907 | pClass->SetDebugClassName("dynamicClass" ); |
| 908 | pMT->SetDebugClassName("dynamicClass" ); |
| 909 | #endif |
| 910 | |
| 911 | LOG((LF_BCL, LL_INFO10, "Level1 - MethodTable created {0x%p}\n" , pClass)); |
| 912 | |
| 913 | return pMT; |
| 914 | } |
| 915 | |
| 916 | |
| 917 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 918 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
| 919 | //========================================================================================== |
| 920 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::GetObjCreateDelegate() |
| 921 | { |
| 922 | CONTRACTL |
| 923 | { |
| 924 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 925 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 926 | NOTHROW; |
| 927 | } |
| 928 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 929 | _ASSERT(!IsInterface()); |
| 930 | if (GetOHDelegate()) |
| 931 | return ObjectFromHandle(GetOHDelegate()); |
| 932 | else |
| 933 | return NULL; |
| 934 | } |
| 935 | |
| 936 | //========================================================================================== |
| 937 | void MethodTable::SetObjCreateDelegate(OBJECTREF orDelegate) |
| 938 | { |
| 939 | CONTRACTL |
| 940 | { |
| 941 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 942 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 943 | THROWS; // From CreateHandle |
| 944 | } |
| 945 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 946 | |
| 947 | if (GetOHDelegate()) |
| 948 | StoreObjectInHandle(GetOHDelegate(), orDelegate); |
| 949 | else |
| 950 | SetOHDelegate (GetAppDomain()->CreateHandle(orDelegate)); |
| 951 | } |
| 952 | #endif //CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
| 953 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 954 | |
| 955 | |
| 956 | //========================================================================================== |
| 957 | void MethodTable::SetInterfaceMap(WORD wNumInterfaces, InterfaceInfo_t* iMap) |
| 958 | { |
| 959 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 960 | if (wNumInterfaces == 0) |
| 961 | { |
| 962 | _ASSERTE(!HasInterfaceMap()); |
| 963 | return; |
| 964 | } |
| 965 | |
| 966 | m_wNumInterfaces = wNumInterfaces; |
| 967 | |
| 968 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IS_ALIGNED(iMap, sizeof(void*))); |
| 969 | m_pInterfaceMap.SetValue(iMap); |
| 970 | } |
| 971 | |
| 972 | //========================================================================================== |
| 973 | // Called after GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize above to setup a new MethodTable with the additional memory to track |
| 974 | // extra interface info. If there are a non-zero number of interfaces implemented on this class but |
| 975 | // GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize() returned zero, this call must still be made (with a NULL argument). |
| 976 | void MethodTable::InitializeExtraInterfaceInfo(PVOID pInfo) |
| 977 | { |
| 978 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 979 | |
| 980 | // Check that memory was allocated or not allocated in the right scenarios. |
| 981 | _ASSERTE(((pInfo == NULL) && (GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces()) == 0)) || |
| 982 | ((pInfo != NULL) && (GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces()) != 0))); |
| 983 | |
| 984 | // This call is a no-op if we don't require extra interface info (in which case a buffer should never have |
| 985 | // been allocated). |
| 986 | if (!HasExtraInterfaceInfo()) |
| 987 | { |
| 988 | _ASSERTE(pInfo == NULL); |
| 989 | return; |
| 990 | } |
| 991 | |
| 992 | // Get pointer to optional slot that holds either a small inlined bitmap of flags or the pointer to a |
| 993 | // larger bitmap. |
| 994 | PTR_TADDR pInfoSlot = GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(); |
| 995 | |
| 996 | // In either case, data inlined or held in an external buffer, the correct thing to do is to write pInfo |
| 997 | // to the slot. In the inlined case we wish to set all flags to their default value (zero, false) and |
| 998 | // writing NULL does that. Otherwise we simply want to dump the buffer pointer directly into the slot (no |
| 999 | // need for a discriminator bit, we can always infer which format we're using based on the interface |
| 1000 | // count). |
| 1001 | *pInfoSlot = (TADDR)pInfo; |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | // There shouldn't be any need for further initialization in the buffered case since loader heap |
| 1004 | // allocation zeroes data. |
| 1005 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 1006 | if (pInfo != NULL) |
| 1007 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces()); i++) |
| 1008 | _ASSERTE(*((BYTE*)pInfo + i) == 0); |
| 1009 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 1010 | } |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
| 1013 | // Ngen support. |
| 1014 | void MethodTable::SaveExtraInterfaceInfo(DataImage *pImage) |
| 1015 | { |
| 1016 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | // No extra data to save if the number of interfaces is below the threshhold -- there is either no data or |
| 1019 | // it all fits into the optional members inline. |
| 1020 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) |
| 1021 | return; |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | pImage->StoreStructure((LPVOID)*GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(), |
| 1024 | GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces()), |
| 1025 | DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); |
| 1026 | } |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | void MethodTable::FixupExtraInterfaceInfo(DataImage *pImage) |
| 1029 | { |
| 1030 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | // No pointer to extra data to fixup if the number of interfaces is below the threshhold -- there is |
| 1033 | // either no data or it all fits into the optional members inline. |
| 1034 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) |
| 1035 | return; |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | pImage->FixupPointerField(this, (BYTE*)GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr() - (BYTE*)this); |
| 1038 | } |
| 1039 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | // Define a macro that generates a mask for a given bit in a TADDR correctly on either 32 or 64 bit platforms. |
| 1042 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
| 1043 | #define SELECT_TADDR_BIT(_index) (1ULL << (_index)) |
| 1044 | #else |
| 1045 | #define SELECT_TADDR_BIT(_index) (1U << (_index)) |
| 1046 | #endif |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1049 | // For the given interface in the map (specified via map index) mark the interface as declared explicitly on |
| 1050 | // this class. This is not legal for dynamically added interfaces (as used by RCWs). |
| 1051 | void MethodTable::SetInterfaceDeclaredOnClass(DWORD index) |
| 1052 | { |
| 1053 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | _ASSERTE(HasExtraInterfaceInfo()); |
| 1056 | _ASSERTE(index < GetNumInterfaces()); |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | // Get address of optional slot for extra info. |
| 1059 | PTR_TADDR pInfoSlot = GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(); |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) |
| 1062 | { |
| 1063 | // Bitmap of flags is stored inline in the optional slot. |
| 1064 | *pInfoSlot |= SELECT_TADDR_BIT(index); |
| 1065 | } |
| 1066 | else |
| 1067 | { |
| 1068 | // Slot points to a buffer containing a larger bitmap. |
| 1069 | TADDR *pBitmap = (PTR_TADDR)*pInfoSlot; |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | DWORD idxTaddr = index / (sizeof(TADDR) * 8); // Select TADDR in array that covers the target bit |
| 1072 | DWORD idxInTaddr = index % (sizeof(TADDR) * 8); |
| 1073 | TADDR bitmask = SELECT_TADDR_BIT(idxInTaddr); |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | pBitmap[idxTaddr] |= bitmask; |
| 1076 | _ASSERTE((pBitmap[idxTaddr] & bitmask) == bitmask); |
| 1077 | } |
| 1078 | } |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1081 | // For the given interface return true if the interface was declared explicitly on this class. |
| 1082 | bool MethodTable::IsInterfaceDeclaredOnClass(DWORD index) |
| 1083 | { |
| 1084 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | _ASSERTE(HasExtraInterfaceInfo()); |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | // Dynamic interfaces are always marked as not DeclaredOnClass (I don't know why but this is how the code |
| 1089 | // was originally authored). |
| 1090 | if (index >= GetNumInterfaces()) |
| 1091 | { |
| 1092 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 1093 | _ASSERTE(HasDynamicInterfaceMap()); |
| 1094 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 1095 | return false; |
| 1096 | } |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | // Get data from the optional extra info slot. |
| 1099 | TADDR taddrInfo = *GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(); |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) |
| 1102 | { |
| 1103 | // Bitmap of flags is stored directly in the value. |
| 1104 | return (taddrInfo & SELECT_TADDR_BIT(index)) != 0; |
| 1105 | } |
| 1106 | else |
| 1107 | { |
| 1108 | // Slot points to a buffer containing a larger bitmap. |
| 1109 | TADDR *pBitmap = (PTR_TADDR)taddrInfo; |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | DWORD idxTaddr = index / (sizeof(TADDR) * 8); // Select TADDR in array that covers the target bit |
| 1112 | DWORD idxInTaddr = index % (sizeof(TADDR) * 8); |
| 1113 | TADDR bitmask = SELECT_TADDR_BIT(idxInTaddr); |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | return (pBitmap[idxTaddr] & bitmask) != 0; |
| 1116 | } |
| 1117 | } |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1122 | PTR_InterfaceInfo MethodTable::GetDynamicallyAddedInterfaceMap() |
| 1123 | { |
| 1124 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 1125 | PRECONDITION(HasDynamicInterfaceMap()); |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | return GetInterfaceMap() + GetNumInterfaces(); |
| 1128 | } |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1131 | unsigned MethodTable::GetNumDynamicallyAddedInterfaces() |
| 1132 | { |
| 1133 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 1134 | PRECONDITION(HasDynamicInterfaceMap()); |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | PTR_InterfaceInfo pInterfaces = GetInterfaceMap(); |
| 1137 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pInterfaces != NULL); |
| 1138 | return (unsigned)*(dac_cast<PTR_SIZE_T>(pInterfaces) - 1); |
| 1139 | } |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1142 | BOOL MethodTable::FindDynamicallyAddedInterface(MethodTable *pInterface) |
| 1143 | { |
| 1144 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | _ASSERTE(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 1147 | _ASSERTE(HasDynamicInterfaceMap()); // This should never be called on for a type that is not an extensible RCW. |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | unsigned cDynInterfaces = GetNumDynamicallyAddedInterfaces(); |
| 1150 | InterfaceInfo_t *pDynItfMap = GetDynamicallyAddedInterfaceMap(); |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cDynInterfaces; i++) |
| 1153 | { |
| 1154 | if (pDynItfMap[i].GetMethodTable() == pInterface) |
| 1155 | return TRUE; |
| 1156 | } |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | return FALSE; |
| 1159 | } |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1162 | void MethodTable::AddDynamicInterface(MethodTable *pItfMT) |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | CONTRACTL |
| 1165 | { |
| 1166 | THROWS; |
| 1167 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 1168 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1169 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 1170 | PRECONDITION(HasDynamicInterfaceMap()); // This should never be called on for a type that is not an extensible RCW. |
| 1171 | } |
| 1172 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | unsigned NumDynAddedInterfaces = GetNumDynamicallyAddedInterfaces(); |
| 1175 | unsigned TotalNumInterfaces = GetNumInterfaces() + NumDynAddedInterfaces; |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | InterfaceInfo_t *pNewItfMap = NULL; |
| 1178 | S_SIZE_T AllocSize = (S_SIZE_T(S_UINT32(TotalNumInterfaces) + S_UINT32(1)) * S_SIZE_T(sizeof(InterfaceInfo_t))) + S_SIZE_T(sizeof(DWORD_PTR)); |
| 1179 | if (AllocSize.IsOverflow()) |
| 1180 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | // Allocate the new interface table adding one for the new interface and one |
| 1183 | // more for the dummy slot before the start of the table.. |
| 1184 | pNewItfMap = (InterfaceInfo_t*)(void*)GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(AllocSize); |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | pNewItfMap = (InterfaceInfo_t*)(((BYTE *)pNewItfMap) + sizeof(DWORD_PTR)); |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | // Copy the old map into the new one. |
| 1189 | if (TotalNumInterfaces > 0) { |
| 1190 | InterfaceInfo_t *pInterfaceMap = GetInterfaceMap(); |
| 1191 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pInterfaceMap != NULL); |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | for (unsigned index = 0; index < TotalNumInterfaces; ++index) |
| 1194 | { |
| 1195 | InterfaceInfo_t *pIntInfo = (InterfaceInfo_t *) (pNewItfMap + index); |
| 1196 | pIntInfo->SetMethodTable((pInterfaceMap + index)->GetMethodTable()); |
| 1197 | } |
| 1198 | } |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | // Add the new interface at the end of the map. |
| 1201 | pNewItfMap[TotalNumInterfaces].SetMethodTable(pItfMT); |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | // Update the count of dynamically added interfaces. |
| 1204 | *(((DWORD_PTR *)pNewItfMap) - 1) = NumDynAddedInterfaces + 1; |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | // Switch the old interface map with the new one. |
| 1207 | EnsureWritablePages(&m_pInterfaceMap); |
| 1208 | m_pInterfaceMap.SetValueVolatile(pNewItfMap); |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | // Log the fact that we leaked the interface vtable map. |
| 1211 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 1212 | LOG((LF_INTEROP, LL_EVERYTHING, |
| 1213 | "Extensible RCW %s being cast to interface %s caused an interface vtable map leak" , |
| 1214 | GetClass()->GetDebugClassName(), pItfMT->GetClass()->m_szDebugClassName)); |
| 1215 | #else // !_DEBUG |
| 1216 | LOG((LF_INTEROP, LL_EVERYTHING, |
| 1217 | "Extensible RCW being cast to an interface caused an interface vtable map leak" )); |
| 1218 | #endif // !_DEBUG |
| 1219 | } // MethodTable::AddDynamicInterface |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 | void MethodTable::SetupGenericsStaticsInfo(FieldDesc* pStaticFieldDescs) |
| 1224 | { |
| 1225 | CONTRACTL |
| 1226 | { |
| 1227 | THROWS; |
| 1228 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1229 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1230 | } |
| 1231 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | // No need to generate IDs for open types. Indeed since we don't save them |
| 1234 | // in the NGEN image it would be actively incorrect to do so. However |
| 1235 | // we still leave the optional member in the MethodTable holding the value -1 for the ID. |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | GenericsStaticsInfo *pInfo = GetGenericsStaticsInfo(); |
| 1238 | if (!ContainsGenericVariables() && !IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) |
| 1239 | { |
| 1240 | Module * pModuleForStatics = GetLoaderModule(); |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | pInfo->m_DynamicTypeID = pModuleForStatics->AllocateDynamicEntry(this); |
| 1243 | } |
| 1244 | else |
| 1245 | { |
| 1246 | pInfo->m_DynamicTypeID = (SIZE_T)-1; |
| 1247 | } |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | pInfo->m_pFieldDescs.SetValueMaybeNull(pStaticFieldDescs); |
| 1250 | } |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1255 | // Calculate how many bytes of storage will be required to track additional information for interfaces. This |
| 1256 | // will be zero if there are no interfaces, but can also be zero for small numbers of interfaces as well, and |
| 1257 | // callers should be ready to handle this. |
| 1258 | /* static */ SIZE_T MethodTable::(DWORD cInterfaces) |
| 1259 | { |
| 1260 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | // For small numbers of interfaces we can record the info in the TADDR of the optional member itself (use |
| 1263 | // the TADDR as a bitmap). |
| 1264 | if (cInterfaces <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) |
| 1265 | return 0; |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | // Otherwise we'll cause an array of TADDRs to be allocated (use TADDRs since the heap space allocated |
| 1268 | // will almost certainly need to be TADDR aligned anyway). |
| 1269 | return ALIGN_UP(cInterfaces, sizeof(TADDR) * 8) / 8; |
| 1270 | } |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 1273 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1274 | void MethodTable::() |
| 1275 | { |
| 1276 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 | // No extra data to enum if the number of interfaces is below the threshhold -- there is either no data or |
| 1279 | // it all fits into the optional members inline. |
| 1280 | if (GetNumInterfaces() <= kInlinedInterfaceInfoThreshhold) |
| 1281 | return; |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(*GetExtraInterfaceInfoPtr(), GetExtraInterfaceInfoSize(GetNumInterfaces())); |
| 1284 | } |
| 1285 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1288 | Module* MethodTable::GetModuleForStatics() |
| 1289 | { |
| 1290 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 1291 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) |
| 1296 | { |
| 1297 | DWORD dwDynamicClassDomainID; |
| 1298 | return GetGenericsStaticsModuleAndID(&dwDynamicClassDomainID); |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | else |
| 1301 | { |
| 1302 | return GetLoaderModule(); |
| 1303 | } |
| 1304 | } |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1307 | DWORD MethodTable::GetModuleDynamicEntryID() |
| 1308 | { |
| 1309 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 1310 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | _ASSERTE(IsDynamicStatics() && "Only memory reflection emit types and generics can have a dynamic ID" ); |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) |
| 1315 | { |
| 1316 | DWORD dwDynamicClassDomainID; |
| 1317 | GetGenericsStaticsModuleAndID(&dwDynamicClassDomainID); |
| 1318 | return dwDynamicClassDomainID; |
| 1319 | } |
| 1320 | else |
| 1321 | { |
| 1322 | return GetClass()->GetModuleDynamicID(); |
| 1323 | } |
| 1324 | } |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE |
| 1329 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1330 | // Equivalence based on Guid and TypeIdentifier attributes to support the "no-PIA" feature. |
| 1331 | BOOL MethodTable::IsEquivalentTo_Worker(MethodTable *pOtherMT COMMA_INDEBUG(TypeHandlePairList *pVisited)) |
| 1332 | { |
| 1333 | CONTRACTL |
| 1334 | { |
| 1335 | THROWS; |
| 1336 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1337 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1338 | SO_TOLERANT; // we are called from MethodTable::CanCastToClass |
| 1339 | } |
| 1340 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | _ASSERTE(HasTypeEquivalence() && pOtherMT->HasTypeEquivalence()); |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 1346 | if (TypeHandlePairList::Exists(pVisited, TypeHandle(this), TypeHandle(pOtherMT))) |
| 1347 | { |
| 1348 | _ASSERTE(!"We are in the process of comparing these types already. That should never happen!" ); |
| 1349 | return TRUE; |
| 1350 | } |
| 1351 | TypeHandlePairList newVisited(TypeHandle(this), TypeHandle(pOtherMT), pVisited); |
| 1352 | #endif |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | if (HasInstantiation() != pOtherMT->HasInstantiation()) |
| 1356 | return FALSE; |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | if (IsArray()) |
| 1359 | { |
| 1360 | if (!pOtherMT->IsArray() || GetRank() != pOtherMT->GetRank()) |
| 1361 | return FALSE; |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | // arrays of structures have their own unshared MTs and will take this path |
| 1364 | return (GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle().IsEquivalentTo(pOtherMT->GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle() COMMA_INDEBUG(&newVisited))); |
| 1365 | } |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | BOOL bResult = FALSE; |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | BEGIN_SO_INTOLERANT_CODE(GetThread()); |
| 1370 | bResult = IsEquivalentTo_WorkerInner(pOtherMT COMMA_INDEBUG(&newVisited)); |
| 1371 | END_SO_INTOLERANT_CODE; |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | return bResult; |
| 1374 | } |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1377 | // Type equivalence - SO intolerant part. |
| 1378 | BOOL MethodTable::IsEquivalentTo_WorkerInner(MethodTable *pOtherMT COMMA_INDEBUG(TypeHandlePairList *pVisited)) |
| 1379 | { |
| 1380 | CONTRACTL |
| 1381 | { |
| 1382 | THROWS; |
| 1383 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1384 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1385 | SO_INTOLERANT; |
| 1386 | LOADS_TYPE(CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED); |
| 1387 | } |
| 1388 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | TypeEquivalenceHashTable *typeHashTable = NULL; |
| 1391 | AppDomain *pDomain = GetAppDomain(); |
| 1392 | if (pDomain != NULL) |
| 1393 | { |
| 1394 | typeHashTable = pDomain->GetTypeEquivalenceCache(); |
| 1395 | TypeEquivalenceHashTable::EquivalenceMatch match = typeHashTable->CheckEquivalence(TypeHandle(this), TypeHandle(pOtherMT)); |
| 1396 | switch (match) |
| 1397 | { |
| 1398 | case TypeEquivalenceHashTable::Match: |
| 1399 | return TRUE; |
| 1400 | case TypeEquivalenceHashTable::NoMatch: |
| 1401 | return FALSE; |
| 1402 | case TypeEquivalenceHashTable::MatchUnknown: |
| 1403 | break; |
| 1404 | default: |
| 1405 | _ASSERTE(FALSE); |
| 1406 | break; |
| 1407 | } |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | BOOL fEquivalent = FALSE; |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | // Check if type is generic |
| 1413 | if (HasInstantiation()) |
| 1414 | { |
| 1415 | // Limit variance on generics only to interfaces |
| 1416 | if (!IsInterface() || !pOtherMT->IsInterface()) |
| 1417 | { |
| 1418 | fEquivalent = FALSE; |
| 1419 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; |
| 1420 | } |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | // check whether the instantiations are equivalent |
| 1423 | Instantiation inst1 = GetInstantiation(); |
| 1424 | Instantiation inst2 = pOtherMT->GetInstantiation(); |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | // Verify generic argument count |
| 1427 | if (inst1.GetNumArgs() != inst2.GetNumArgs()) |
| 1428 | { |
| 1429 | fEquivalent = FALSE; |
| 1430 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; |
| 1431 | } |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | // Verify each generic argument type |
| 1434 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst1.GetNumArgs(); i++) |
| 1435 | { |
| 1436 | if (!inst1[i].IsEquivalentTo(inst2[i] COMMA_INDEBUG(pVisited))) |
| 1437 | { |
| 1438 | fEquivalent = FALSE; |
| 1439 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; |
| 1440 | } |
| 1441 | } |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | if (GetTypeDefRid() == pOtherMT->GetTypeDefRid() && GetModule() == pOtherMT->GetModule()) |
| 1444 | { |
| 1445 | // it's OK to declare the MTs equivalent at this point; the cases we care |
| 1446 | // about are IList<IFoo> and IList<IBar> where IFoo and IBar are equivalent |
| 1447 | fEquivalent = TRUE; |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | else |
| 1450 | { |
| 1451 | fEquivalent = FALSE; |
| 1452 | } |
| 1453 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; |
| 1454 | } |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | if (IsArray()) |
| 1457 | { |
| 1458 | if (!pOtherMT->IsArray() || GetRank() != pOtherMT->GetRank()) |
| 1459 | { |
| 1460 | fEquivalent = FALSE; |
| 1461 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; |
| 1462 | } |
| 1463 | |
| 1464 | // arrays of structures have their own unshared MTs and will take this path |
| 1465 | TypeHandle elementType1 = GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(); |
| 1466 | TypeHandle elementType2 = pOtherMT->GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(); |
| 1467 | fEquivalent = elementType1.IsEquivalentTo(elementType2 COMMA_INDEBUG(pVisited)); |
| 1468 | goto EquivalenceCalculated; |
| 1469 | } |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | fEquivalent = CompareTypeDefsForEquivalence(GetCl(), pOtherMT->GetCl(), GetModule(), pOtherMT->GetModule(), NULL); |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | EquivalenceCalculated: |
| 1474 | // Record equivalence matches if a table exists |
| 1475 | if (typeHashTable != NULL) |
| 1476 | { |
| 1477 | // Collectible type results will not get cached. |
| 1478 | if ((!Collectible() && !pOtherMT->Collectible())) |
| 1479 | { |
| 1480 | auto match = fEquivalent ? TypeEquivalenceHashTable::Match : TypeEquivalenceHashTable::NoMatch; |
| 1481 | typeHashTable->RecordEquivalence(TypeHandle(this), TypeHandle(pOtherMT), match); |
| 1482 | } |
| 1483 | } |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | return fEquivalent; |
| 1486 | } |
| 1487 | #endif // FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1490 | BOOL MethodTable::CanCastToInterface(MethodTable *pTargetMT, TypeHandlePairList *pVisited) |
| 1491 | { |
| 1492 | CONTRACTL |
| 1493 | { |
| 1494 | THROWS; |
| 1495 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1496 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1497 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 1498 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); |
| 1499 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->IsInterface()); |
| 1500 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 1501 | } |
| 1502 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | if (!pTargetMT->HasVariance()) |
| 1505 | { |
| 1506 | if (HasTypeEquivalence() || pTargetMT->HasTypeEquivalence()) |
| 1507 | { |
| 1508 | if (IsInterface() && IsEquivalentTo(pTargetMT)) |
| 1509 | return TRUE; |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | return ImplementsEquivalentInterface(pTargetMT); |
| 1512 | } |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | return CanCastToNonVariantInterface(pTargetMT); |
| 1515 | } |
| 1516 | else |
| 1517 | { |
| 1518 | if (CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(pTargetMT, pVisited)) |
| 1519 | return TRUE; |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); |
| 1522 | while (it.Next()) |
| 1523 | { |
| 1524 | if (it.GetInterface()->CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(pTargetMT, pVisited)) |
| 1525 | return TRUE; |
| 1526 | } |
| 1527 | } |
| 1528 | return FALSE; |
| 1529 | } |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1532 | BOOL MethodTable::CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(MethodTable *pTargetMT, TypeHandlePairList *pVisited) |
| 1533 | { |
| 1534 | CONTRACTL |
| 1535 | { |
| 1536 | THROWS; |
| 1537 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1538 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1539 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 1540 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); |
| 1541 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->HasVariance()); |
| 1542 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->IsInterface() || pTargetMT->IsDelegate()); |
| 1543 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 1544 | } |
| 1545 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | BOOL returnValue = FALSE; |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | EEClass *pClass = NULL; |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | TypeHandlePairList pairList(this, pTargetMT, pVisited); |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | if (TypeHandlePairList::Exists(pVisited, this, pTargetMT)) |
| 1554 | goto Exit; |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | if (GetTypeDefRid() != pTargetMT->GetTypeDefRid() || GetModule() != pTargetMT->GetModule()) |
| 1557 | { |
| 1558 | goto Exit; |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | { |
| 1562 | pClass = pTargetMT->GetClass(); |
| 1563 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); |
| 1564 | Instantiation targetInst = pTargetMT->GetInstantiation(); |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) |
| 1567 | { |
| 1568 | TypeHandle thArg = inst[i]; |
| 1569 | TypeHandle thTargetArg = targetInst[i]; |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | // If argument types are not equivalent, test them for compatibility |
| 1572 | // in accordance with the the variance annotation |
| 1573 | if (!thArg.IsEquivalentTo(thTargetArg)) |
| 1574 | { |
| 1575 | switch (pClass->GetVarianceOfTypeParameter(i)) |
| 1576 | { |
| 1577 | case gpCovariant : |
| 1578 | if (!thArg.IsBoxedAndCanCastTo(thTargetArg, &pairList)) |
| 1579 | goto Exit; |
| 1580 | break; |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | case gpContravariant : |
| 1583 | if (!thTargetArg.IsBoxedAndCanCastTo(thArg, &pairList)) |
| 1584 | goto Exit; |
| 1585 | break; |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | case gpNonVariant : |
| 1588 | goto Exit; |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | default : |
| 1591 | _ASSERTE(!"Illegal variance annotation" ); |
| 1592 | goto Exit; |
| 1593 | } |
| 1594 | } |
| 1595 | } |
| 1596 | } |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 | returnValue = TRUE; |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | Exit: |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | return returnValue; |
| 1603 | } |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1606 | BOOL MethodTable::CanCastToClass(MethodTable *pTargetMT, TypeHandlePairList *pVisited) |
| 1607 | { |
| 1608 | CONTRACTL |
| 1609 | { |
| 1610 | THROWS; |
| 1611 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1612 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1613 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 1614 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); |
| 1615 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->IsArray()); |
| 1616 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->IsInterface()); |
| 1617 | } |
| 1618 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | MethodTable *pMT = this; |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | // If the target type has variant type parameters, we take a slower path |
| 1623 | if (pTargetMT->HasVariance()) |
| 1624 | { |
| 1625 | // At present, we support variance only on delegates and interfaces |
| 1626 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(pTargetMT->IsDelegate()); |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | // First chase inheritance hierarchy until we hit a class that only differs in its instantiation |
| 1629 | do { |
| 1630 | // Cheap check for equivalence |
| 1631 | if (pMT->IsEquivalentTo(pTargetMT)) |
| 1632 | return TRUE; |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pMT); |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | if (pMT->CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(pTargetMT, pVisited)) |
| 1637 | return TRUE; |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 1640 | } while (pMT); |
| 1641 | } |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | // If there are no variant type parameters, just chase the hierarchy |
| 1644 | else |
| 1645 | { |
| 1646 | do { |
| 1647 | if (pMT->IsEquivalentTo(pTargetMT)) |
| 1648 | return TRUE; |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pMT); |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 1653 | } while (pMT); |
| 1654 | } |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 | return FALSE; |
| 1657 | } |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | #include <optsmallperfcritical.h> |
| 1660 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1661 | BOOL MethodTable::CanCastToNonVariantInterface(MethodTable *pTargetMT) |
| 1662 | { |
| 1663 | CONTRACTL |
| 1664 | { |
| 1665 | NOTHROW; |
| 1666 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 1667 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1668 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 1669 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 1670 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); |
| 1671 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->IsInterface()); |
| 1672 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->HasVariance()); |
| 1673 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 1674 | } |
| 1675 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | // Check to see if the current class is for the interface passed in. |
| 1678 | if (this == pTargetMT) |
| 1679 | return TRUE; |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | // Check to see if the static class definition indicates we implement the interface. |
| 1682 | return ImplementsInterfaceInline(pTargetMT); |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1686 | TypeHandle::CastResult MethodTable::CanCastToInterfaceNoGC(MethodTable *pTargetMT) |
| 1687 | { |
| 1688 | CONTRACTL |
| 1689 | { |
| 1690 | NOTHROW; |
| 1691 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 1692 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1693 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 1694 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 1695 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); |
| 1696 | PRECONDITION(pTargetMT->IsInterface()); |
| 1697 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 1698 | } |
| 1699 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | if (!pTargetMT->HasVariance() && !IsArray() && !HasTypeEquivalence() && !pTargetMT->HasTypeEquivalence()) |
| 1702 | { |
| 1703 | return CanCastToNonVariantInterface(pTargetMT) ? TypeHandle::CanCast : TypeHandle::CannotCast; |
| 1704 | } |
| 1705 | else |
| 1706 | { |
| 1707 | // We're conservative on variant interfaces and types with equivalence |
| 1708 | return TypeHandle::MaybeCast; |
| 1709 | } |
| 1710 | } |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | //========================================================================================== |
| 1713 | TypeHandle::CastResult MethodTable::CanCastToClassNoGC(MethodTable *pTargetMT) |
| 1714 | { |
| 1715 | CONTRACTL |
| 1716 | { |
| 1717 | NOTHROW; |
| 1718 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 1719 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1720 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 1721 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 1722 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pTargetMT)); |
| 1723 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->IsArray()); |
| 1724 | PRECONDITION(!pTargetMT->IsInterface()); |
| 1725 | } |
| 1726 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | // We're conservative on variant classes |
| 1729 | if (pTargetMT->HasVariance() || g_IBCLogger.InstrEnabled()) |
| 1730 | { |
| 1731 | return TypeHandle::MaybeCast; |
| 1732 | } |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | // Type equivalence needs the slow path |
| 1735 | if (HasTypeEquivalence() || pTargetMT->HasTypeEquivalence()) |
| 1736 | { |
| 1737 | return TypeHandle::MaybeCast; |
| 1738 | } |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | // If there are no variant type parameters, just chase the hierarchy |
| 1741 | else |
| 1742 | { |
| 1743 | PTR_VOID pMT = this; |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | do { |
| 1746 | if (pMT == pTargetMT) |
| 1747 | return TypeHandle::CanCast; |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | pMT = MethodTable::GetParentMethodTableOrIndirection(pMT); |
| 1750 | } while (pMT); |
| 1751 | } |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | return TypeHandle::CannotCast; |
| 1754 | } |
| 1755 | #include <optdefault.h> |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | BOOL |
| 1758 | MethodTable::IsExternallyVisible() |
| 1759 | { |
| 1760 | CONTRACTL |
| 1761 | { |
| 1762 | THROWS; |
| 1763 | MODE_ANY; |
| 1764 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1765 | SO_INTOLERANT; |
| 1766 | } |
| 1767 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | BOOL bIsVisible = IsTypeDefExternallyVisible(GetCl(), GetModule(), GetClass()->GetAttrClass()); |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | if (bIsVisible && HasInstantiation() && !IsGenericTypeDefinition()) |
| 1772 | { |
| 1773 | for (COUNT_T i = 0; i < GetNumGenericArgs(); i++) |
| 1774 | { |
| 1775 | if (!GetInstantiation()[i].IsExternallyVisible()) |
| 1776 | return FALSE; |
| 1777 | } |
| 1778 | } |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | return bIsVisible; |
| 1781 | } // MethodTable::IsExternallyVisible |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | BOOL MethodTable::CanShareVtableChunksFrom(MethodTable *pTargetMT, Module *pCurrentLoaderModule, Module *pCurrentPreferredZapModule) |
| 1786 | { |
| 1787 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 | // These constraints come from two places: |
| 1790 | // 1. A non-zapped MT cannot share with a zapped MT since it may result in SetSlot() on a read-only slot |
| 1791 | // 2. Zapping this MT in MethodTable::Save cannot "unshare" something we decide to share now |
| 1792 | // |
| 1793 | // We could fix both of these and allow non-zapped MTs to share chunks fully by doing the following |
| 1794 | // 1. Fix the few dangerous callers of SetSlot to first check whether the chunk itself is zapped |
| 1795 | // (see MethodTableBuilder::CopyExactParentSlots, or we could use ExecutionManager::FindZapModule) |
| 1796 | // 2. Have this function return FALSE if IsCompilationProcess and rely on MethodTable::Save to do all sharing for the NGen case |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | return !pTargetMT->IsZapped() && |
| 1799 | pTargetMT->GetLoaderModule() == pCurrentLoaderModule && |
| 1800 | pCurrentLoaderModule == pCurrentPreferredZapModule && |
| 1801 | pCurrentPreferredZapModule == Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(pTargetMT); |
| 1802 | } |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | #else |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | BOOL MethodTable::CanShareVtableChunksFrom(MethodTable *pTargetMT, Module *pCurrentLoaderModule) |
| 1807 | { |
| 1808 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | return pTargetMT->GetLoaderModule() == pCurrentLoaderModule; |
| 1811 | } |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | #endif |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | void |
| 1818 | MethodTable::DebugDumpVtable(LPCUTF8 szClassName, BOOL fDebug) |
| 1819 | { |
| 1820 | //diag functions shouldn't affect normal behavior |
| 1821 | CONTRACTL |
| 1822 | { |
| 1823 | NOTHROW; |
| 1824 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1825 | } |
| 1826 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | CQuickBytes qb; |
| 1829 | const size_t cchBuff = MAX_CLASSNAME_LENGTH + 30; |
| 1830 | LPWSTR buff = fDebug ? (LPWSTR) qb.AllocNoThrow(cchBuff * sizeof(WCHAR)) : NULL; |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | if ((buff == NULL) && fDebug) |
| 1833 | { |
| 1834 | WszOutputDebugString(W("OOM when dumping VTable - falling back to logging" )); |
| 1835 | fDebug = FALSE; |
| 1836 | } |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | if (fDebug) |
| 1839 | { |
| 1840 | swprintf_s(buff, cchBuff, W("Vtable (with interface dupes) for '%S':\n" ), szClassName); |
| 1841 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 1842 | swprintf_s(&buff[wcslen(buff)], cchBuff - wcslen(buff) , W(" Total duplicate slots = %d\n" ), g_dupMethods); |
| 1843 | #endif |
| 1844 | WszOutputDebugString(buff); |
| 1845 | } |
| 1846 | else |
| 1847 | { |
| 1848 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1849 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "Vtable (with interface dupes) for '%s':\n" , szClassName)); |
| 1850 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, " Total duplicate slots = %d\n" , g_dupMethods)); |
| 1851 | } |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | HRESULT hr; |
| 1854 | EX_TRY |
| 1855 | { |
| 1856 | MethodIterator it(this); |
| 1857 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
| 1858 | { |
| 1859 | MethodDesc *pMD = it.GetMethodDesc(); |
| 1860 | LPCUTF8 pszName = pMD->GetName((USHORT) it.GetSlotNumber()); |
| 1861 | DWORD dwAttrs = pMD->GetAttrs(); |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | if (fDebug) |
| 1864 | { |
| 1865 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClass(); |
| 1866 | LPCUTF8 name = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClass(pMD->GetMethodTable()); |
| 1867 | swprintf_s(buff, cchBuff, |
| 1868 | W(" slot %2d: %S::%S%S 0x%p (slot = %2d)\n" ), |
| 1869 | it.GetSlotNumber(), |
| 1870 | name, |
| 1871 | pszName, |
| 1872 | IsMdFinal(dwAttrs) ? " (final)" : "" , |
| 1873 | pMD->GetMethodEntryPoint(), |
| 1874 | pMD->GetSlot() |
| 1875 | ); |
| 1876 | WszOutputDebugString(buff); |
| 1877 | } |
| 1878 | else |
| 1879 | { |
| 1880 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1881 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, |
| 1882 | " slot %2d: %s::%s%s 0x%p (slot = %2d)\n" , |
| 1883 | it.GetSlotNumber(), |
| 1884 | pMD->GetClass()->GetDebugClassName(), |
| 1885 | pszName, |
| 1886 | IsMdFinal(dwAttrs) ? " (final)" : "" , |
| 1887 | pMD->GetMethodEntryPoint(), |
| 1888 | pMD->GetSlot() |
| 1889 | )); |
| 1890 | } |
| 1891 | if (it.GetSlotNumber() == (DWORD)(GetNumMethods()-1)) |
| 1892 | { |
| 1893 | if (fDebug) |
| 1894 | { |
| 1895 | WszOutputDebugString(W(" <-- vtable ends here\n" )); |
| 1896 | } |
| 1897 | else |
| 1898 | { |
| 1899 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1900 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, " <-- vtable ends here\n" )); |
| 1901 | } |
| 1902 | } |
| 1903 | } |
| 1904 | } |
| 1905 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | if (fDebug) |
| 1908 | { |
| 1909 | WszOutputDebugString(W("\n" )); |
| 1910 | } |
| 1911 | else |
| 1912 | { |
| 1913 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1914 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "\n" )); |
| 1915 | } |
| 1916 | } // MethodTable::DebugDumpVtable |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | void |
| 1919 | MethodTable::Debug_DumpInterfaceMap( |
| 1920 | LPCSTR szInterfaceMapPrefix) |
| 1921 | { |
| 1922 | // Diagnostic functions shouldn't affect normal behavior |
| 1923 | CONTRACTL |
| 1924 | { |
| 1925 | NOTHROW; |
| 1926 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 1927 | } |
| 1928 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | if (GetNumInterfaces() == 0) |
| 1931 | { // There are no interfaces, no point in printing interface map info |
| 1932 | return; |
| 1933 | } |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1936 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, |
| 1937 | "%s Interface Map for '%s':\n" , |
| 1938 | szInterfaceMapPrefix, |
| 1939 | GetDebugClassName())); |
| 1940 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, |
| 1941 | " Number of interfaces = %d\n" , |
| 1942 | GetNumInterfaces())); |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | HRESULT hr; |
| 1945 | EX_TRY |
| 1946 | { |
| 1947 | InterfaceMapIterator it(this); |
| 1948 | while (it.Next()) |
| 1949 | { |
| 1950 | MethodTable *pInterfaceMT = it.GetInterface(); |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1953 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, |
| 1954 | " index %2d: %s 0x%p\n" , |
| 1955 | it.GetIndex(), |
| 1956 | pInterfaceMT->GetDebugClassName(), |
| 1957 | pInterfaceMT)); |
| 1958 | } |
| 1959 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1960 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, " <-- interface map ends here\n" )); |
| 1961 | } |
| 1962 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1965 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "\n" )); |
| 1966 | } // MethodTable::Debug_DumpInterfaceMap |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | void |
| 1969 | MethodTable::Debug_DumpDispatchMap() |
| 1970 | { |
| 1971 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; // It's a dev helper, we don't care about contracts |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 | if (!HasDispatchMap()) |
| 1974 | { // There is no dipstch map for this type, no point in printing the info |
| 1975 | return; |
| 1976 | } |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1979 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, "Dispatch Map for '%s':\n" , GetDebugClassName())); |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | InterfaceInfo_t * pInterfaceMap = GetInterfaceMap(); |
| 1982 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(this); |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | while (it.IsValid()) |
| 1985 | { |
| 1986 | DispatchMapEntry *pEntry = it.Entry(); |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | UINT32 nInterfaceIndex = pEntry->GetTypeID().GetInterfaceNum(); |
| 1989 | _ASSERTE(nInterfaceIndex < GetNumInterfaces()); |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | MethodTable * pInterface = pInterfaceMap[nInterfaceIndex].GetMethodTable(); |
| 1992 | UINT32 nInterfaceSlotNumber = pEntry->GetSlotNumber(); |
| 1993 | UINT32 nImplementationSlotNumber = pEntry->GetTargetSlotNumber(); |
| 1994 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 1995 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, |
| 1996 | " Interface %d (%s) slot %d (%s) implemented in slot %d (%s)\n" , |
| 1997 | nInterfaceIndex, |
| 1998 | pInterface->GetDebugClassName(), |
| 1999 | nInterfaceSlotNumber, |
| 2000 | pInterface->GetMethodDescForSlot(nInterfaceSlotNumber)->GetName(), |
| 2001 | nImplementationSlotNumber, |
| 2002 | GetMethodDescForSlot(nImplementationSlotNumber)->GetName())); |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 | it.Next(); |
| 2005 | } |
| 2006 | //LF_ALWAYS allowed here because this is controlled by special env var code:EEConfig::ShouldDumpOnClassLoad |
| 2007 | LOG((LF_ALWAYS, LL_ALWAYS, " <-- Dispatch map ends here\n" )); |
| 2008 | } // MethodTable::Debug_DumpDispatchMap |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | #endif //_DEBUG |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | //========================================================================================== |
| 2013 | NOINLINE BOOL MethodTable::ImplementsInterface(MethodTable *pInterface) |
| 2014 | { |
| 2015 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 2016 | return ImplementsInterfaceInline(pInterface); |
| 2017 | } |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 | //========================================================================================== |
| 2020 | BOOL MethodTable::ImplementsEquivalentInterface(MethodTable *pInterface) |
| 2021 | { |
| 2022 | CONTRACTL |
| 2023 | { |
| 2024 | THROWS; |
| 2025 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 2026 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 2027 | PRECONDITION(pInterface->IsInterface()); // class we are looking up should be an interface |
| 2028 | } |
| 2029 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | // look for exact match first (optimize for success) |
| 2032 | if (ImplementsInterfaceInline(pInterface)) |
| 2033 | return TRUE; |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | if (!pInterface->HasTypeEquivalence()) |
| 2036 | return FALSE; |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | DWORD numInterfaces = GetNumInterfaces(); |
| 2039 | if (numInterfaces == 0) |
| 2040 | return FALSE; |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 | InterfaceInfo_t *pInfo = GetInterfaceMap(); |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 | do |
| 2045 | { |
| 2046 | if (pInfo->GetMethodTable()->IsEquivalentTo(pInterface)) |
| 2047 | return TRUE; |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | pInfo++; |
| 2050 | } |
| 2051 | while (--numInterfaces); |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | return FALSE; |
| 2054 | } |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | //========================================================================================== |
| 2057 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(MethodDesc *pInterfaceMD, BOOL throwOnConflict) |
| 2058 | { |
| 2059 | CONTRACTL |
| 2060 | { |
| 2061 | THROWS; |
| 2062 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 2063 | PRECONDITION(!pInterfaceMD->HasClassOrMethodInstantiation()); |
| 2064 | } |
| 2065 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 2066 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | return GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(TypeHandle(pInterfaceMD->GetMethodTable()), pInterfaceMD, throwOnConflict); |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | //========================================================================================== |
| 2072 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(TypeHandle ownerType, MethodDesc *pInterfaceMD, BOOL throwOnConflict) |
| 2073 | { |
| 2074 | CONTRACTL |
| 2075 | { |
| 2076 | THROWS; |
| 2077 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 2078 | PRECONDITION(!ownerType.IsNull()); |
| 2079 | PRECONDITION(ownerType.GetMethodTable()->IsInterface()); |
| 2080 | PRECONDITION(ownerType.GetMethodTable()->HasSameTypeDefAs(pInterfaceMD->GetMethodTable())); |
| 2081 | PRECONDITION(IsArray() || ImplementsEquivalentInterface(ownerType.GetMethodTable()) || ownerType.GetMethodTable()->HasVariance()); |
| 2082 | } |
| 2083 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 | MethodDesc *pMD = NULL; |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | MethodTable *pInterfaceMT = ownerType.AsMethodTable(); |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | #ifdef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
| 2090 | DispatchSlot implSlot(FindDispatchSlot(pInterfaceMT->GetTypeID(), pInterfaceMD->GetSlot(), throwOnConflict)); |
| 2091 | if (implSlot.IsNull()) |
| 2092 | { |
| 2093 | _ASSERTE(!throwOnConflict); |
| 2094 | return NULL; |
| 2095 | } |
| 2096 | PCODE pTgt = implSlot.GetTarget(); |
| 2097 | #else |
| 2098 | PCODE pTgt = VirtualCallStubManager::GetTarget( |
| 2099 | pInterfaceMT->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetDispatchToken(pInterfaceMT->GetTypeID(), pInterfaceMD->GetSlot()), |
| 2100 | this, throwOnConflict); |
| 2101 | if (pTgt == NULL) |
| 2102 | { |
| 2103 | _ASSERTE(!throwOnConflict); |
| 2104 | return NULL; |
| 2105 | } |
| 2106 | #endif |
| 2107 | pMD = MethodTable::GetMethodDescForSlotAddress(pTgt); |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 2110 | MethodDesc *pDispSlotMD = FindDispatchSlotForInterfaceMD(ownerType, pInterfaceMD, throwOnConflict).GetMethodDesc(); |
| 2111 | _ASSERTE(pDispSlotMD == pMD); |
| 2112 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | pMD->CheckRestore(); |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | return pMD; |
| 2117 | } |
| 2118 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | //========================================================================================== |
| 2121 | PTR_FieldDesc MethodTable::GetFieldDescByIndex(DWORD fieldIndex) |
| 2122 | { |
| 2123 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo() && |
| 2126 | fieldIndex >= GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields()) |
| 2127 | { |
| 2128 | return GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs() + (fieldIndex - GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields()); |
| 2129 | } |
| 2130 | else |
| 2131 | { |
| 2132 | return GetClass()->GetFieldDescList() + fieldIndex; |
| 2133 | } |
| 2134 | } |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | //========================================================================================== |
| 2137 | DWORD MethodTable::GetIndexForFieldDesc(FieldDesc *pField) |
| 2138 | { |
| 2139 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | if (pField->IsStatic() && HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) |
| 2142 | { |
| 2143 | FieldDesc *pStaticFields = GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs(); |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | return GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields() + DWORD(pField - pStaticFields); |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | } |
| 2148 | else |
| 2149 | { |
| 2150 | FieldDesc *pFields = GetClass()->GetFieldDescList(); |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | return DWORD(pField - pFields); |
| 2153 | } |
| 2154 | } |
| 2155 | |
| 2156 | //========================================================================================== |
| 2157 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 2158 | #pragma optimize("t", on) |
| 2159 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
| 2160 | // compute whether the type can be considered to have had its |
| 2161 | // static initialization run without doing anything at all, i.e. whether we know |
| 2162 | // immediately that the type requires nothing to do for initialization |
| 2163 | // |
| 2164 | // If a type used as a representiative during JITting is PreInit then |
| 2165 | // any types that it may represent within a code-sharing |
| 2166 | // group are also PreInit. For example, if List<object> is PreInit then List<string> |
| 2167 | // and List<MyType> are also PreInit. This is because the dynamicStatics, staticRefHandles |
| 2168 | // and hasCCtor are all identical given a head type, and weakening the domainNeutrality |
| 2169 | // to DomainSpecific only makes more types PreInit. |
| 2170 | BOOL MethodTable::IsClassPreInited() |
| 2171 | { |
| 2172 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | if (ContainsGenericVariables()) |
| 2175 | return TRUE; |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | if (HasClassConstructor()) |
| 2178 | return FALSE; |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | if (HasBoxedRegularStatics()) |
| 2181 | return FALSE; |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | if (IsDynamicStatics()) |
| 2184 | return FALSE; |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | return TRUE; |
| 2187 | } |
| 2188 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 2189 | #pragma optimize("", on) |
| 2190 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | //======================================================================================== |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | #if defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI_ITF) |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && defined(LOGGING) |
| 2197 | static |
| 2198 | const char* GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(SystemVClassificationType t) |
| 2199 | { |
| 2200 | switch (t) |
| 2201 | { |
| 2202 | case SystemVClassificationTypeUnknown: return "Unknown" ; |
| 2203 | case SystemVClassificationTypeStruct: return "Struct" ; |
| 2204 | case SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass: return "NoClass" ; |
| 2205 | case SystemVClassificationTypeMemory: return "Memory" ; |
| 2206 | case SystemVClassificationTypeInteger: return "Integer" ; |
| 2207 | case SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference: return "IntegerReference" ; |
| 2208 | case SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef: return "IntegerByReference" ; |
| 2209 | case SystemVClassificationTypeSSE: return "SSE" ; |
| 2210 | case SystemVClassificationTypeTypedReference: return "TypedReference" ; |
| 2211 | default: return "ERROR" ; |
| 2212 | } |
| 2213 | }; |
| 2214 | #endif // _DEBUG && LOGGING |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | // Returns 'true' if the struct is passed in registers, 'false' otherwise. |
| 2217 | bool MethodTable::ClassifyEightBytes(SystemVStructRegisterPassingHelperPtr helperPtr, unsigned int nestingLevel, unsigned int startOffsetOfStruct, bool useNativeLayout) |
| 2218 | { |
| 2219 | if (useNativeLayout) |
| 2220 | { |
| 2221 | return ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel, startOffsetOfStruct, useNativeLayout); |
| 2222 | } |
| 2223 | else |
| 2224 | { |
| 2225 | return ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel, startOffsetOfStruct, useNativeLayout); |
| 2226 | } |
| 2227 | } |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | // If we have a field classification already, but there is a union, we must merge the classification type of the field. Returns the |
| 2230 | // new, merged classification type. |
| 2231 | /* static */ |
| 2232 | static SystemVClassificationType ReClassifyField(SystemVClassificationType originalClassification, SystemVClassificationType newFieldClassification) |
| 2233 | { |
| 2234 | _ASSERTE((newFieldClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || |
| 2235 | (newFieldClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || |
| 2236 | (newFieldClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || |
| 2237 | (newFieldClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | switch (newFieldClassification) |
| 2240 | { |
| 2241 | case SystemVClassificationTypeInteger: |
| 2242 | // Integer overrides everything; the resulting classification is Integer. Can't merge Integer and IntegerReference. |
| 2243 | _ASSERTE((originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || |
| 2244 | (originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | return SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | case SystemVClassificationTypeSSE: |
| 2249 | // If the old and new classifications are both SSE, then the merge is SSE, otherwise it will be integer. Can't merge SSE and IntegerReference. |
| 2250 | _ASSERTE((originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || |
| 2251 | (originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | if (originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE) |
| 2254 | { |
| 2255 | return SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; |
| 2256 | } |
| 2257 | else |
| 2258 | { |
| 2259 | return SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2260 | } |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | case SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference: |
| 2263 | // IntegerReference can only merge with IntegerReference. |
| 2264 | _ASSERTE(originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference); |
| 2265 | return SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference; |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | case SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef: |
| 2268 | // IntegerByReference can only merge with IntegerByReference. |
| 2269 | _ASSERTE(originalClassification == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef); |
| 2270 | return SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef; |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | default: |
| 2273 | _ASSERTE(false); // Unexpected type. |
| 2274 | return SystemVClassificationTypeUnknown; |
| 2275 | } |
| 2276 | } |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | // Returns 'true' if the struct is passed in registers, 'false' otherwise. |
| 2279 | bool MethodTable::ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout(SystemVStructRegisterPassingHelperPtr helperPtr, |
| 2280 | unsigned int nestingLevel, |
| 2281 | unsigned int startOffsetOfStruct, |
| 2282 | bool useNativeLayout) |
| 2283 | { |
| 2284 | CONTRACTL |
| 2285 | { |
| 2286 | THROWS; |
| 2287 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 2288 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 2289 | MODE_ANY; |
| 2290 | } |
| 2291 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | WORD numIntroducedFields = GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields(); |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | // It appears the VM gives a struct with no fields of size 1. |
| 2296 | // Don't pass in register such structure. |
| 2297 | if (numIntroducedFields == 0) |
| 2298 | { |
| 2299 | return false; |
| 2300 | } |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | // No struct register passing with explicit layout. There may be cases where explicit layout may be still |
| 2303 | // eligible for register struct passing, but it is hard to tell the real intent. Make it simple and just |
| 2304 | // unconditionally disable register struct passing for explicit layout. |
| 2305 | if (GetClass()->HasExplicitFieldOffsetLayout()) |
| 2306 | { |
| 2307 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout: struct %s has explicit layout; will not be enregistered\n" , |
| 2308 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , this->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 2309 | return false; |
| 2310 | } |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | // The SIMD Intrinsic types are meant to be handled specially and should not be passed as struct registers |
| 2313 | if (IsIntrinsicType()) |
| 2314 | { |
| 2315 | LPCUTF8 namespaceName; |
| 2316 | LPCUTF8 className = GetFullyQualifiedNameInfo(&namespaceName); |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | if ((strcmp(className, "Vector256`1" ) == 0) || (strcmp(className, "Vector128`1" ) == 0) || |
| 2319 | (strcmp(className, "Vector64`1" ) == 0)) |
| 2320 | { |
| 2321 | assert(strcmp(namespaceName, "System.Runtime.Intrinsics" ) == 0); |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout: struct %s is a SIMD intrinsic type; will not be enregistered\n" , |
| 2324 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , this->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | return false; |
| 2327 | } |
| 2328 | } |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 2331 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** Classify %s (%p), startOffset %d, total struct size %d\n" , |
| 2332 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , this->GetDebugClassName(), this, startOffsetOfStruct, helperPtr->structSize)); |
| 2333 | int fieldNum = -1; |
| 2334 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | FieldDesc *pField = GetApproxFieldDescListRaw(); |
| 2337 | FieldDesc *pFieldEnd = pField + numIntroducedFields; |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | // System types are loaded before others, so ByReference<T> would be loaded before Span<T> or any other type that has a |
| 2340 | // ByReference<T> field. ByReference<T> is the first by-ref-like system type to be loaded (see |
| 2341 | // SystemDomain::LoadBaseSystemClasses), so if the current method table is marked as by-ref-like and g_pByReferenceClass is |
| 2342 | // null, it must be the initial load of ByReference<T>. |
| 2343 | bool isThisByReferenceOfT = IsByRefLike() && (g_pByReferenceClass == nullptr || HasSameTypeDefAs(g_pByReferenceClass)); |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | for (; pField < pFieldEnd; pField++) |
| 2346 | { |
| 2347 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 2348 | ++fieldNum; |
| 2349 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | DWORD fieldOffset = pField->GetOffset(); |
| 2352 | unsigned normalizedFieldOffset = fieldOffset + startOffsetOfStruct; |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | unsigned int fieldSize = pField->GetSize(); |
| 2355 | _ASSERTE(fieldSize != (unsigned int)-1); |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | // The field can't span past the end of the struct. |
| 2358 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset + fieldSize) > helperPtr->structSize) |
| 2359 | { |
| 2360 | _ASSERTE(false && "Invalid struct size. The size of fields and overall size don't agree" ); |
| 2361 | return false; |
| 2362 | } |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | CorElementType fieldType = pField->GetFieldType(); |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | SystemVClassificationType fieldClassificationType; |
| 2367 | if (isThisByReferenceOfT) |
| 2368 | { |
| 2369 | // ByReference<T> is a special type whose single IntPtr field holds a by-ref potentially interior pointer to GC |
| 2370 | // memory, so classify its field as such |
| 2371 | _ASSERTE(numIntroducedFields == 1); |
| 2372 | _ASSERTE(fieldType == CorElementType::ELEMENT_TYPE_I); |
| 2373 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef; |
| 2374 | } |
| 2375 | else |
| 2376 | { |
| 2377 | fieldClassificationType = CorInfoType2UnixAmd64Classification(fieldType); |
| 2378 | } |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 2381 | LPCUTF8 fieldName; |
| 2382 | pField->GetName_NoThrow(&fieldName); |
| 2383 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 2384 | if (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeStruct) |
| 2385 | { |
| 2386 | TypeHandle th = pField->GetApproxFieldTypeHandleThrowing(); |
| 2387 | _ASSERTE(!th.IsNull()); |
| 2388 | MethodTable* pFieldMT = th.GetMethodTable(); |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | bool inEmbeddedStructPrev = helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct; |
| 2391 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = true; |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | bool structRet = false; |
| 2394 | // If classifying for marshaling/PInvoke and the aggregated struct has a native layout |
| 2395 | // use the native classification. If not, continue using the managed layout. |
| 2396 | if (useNativeLayout && pFieldMT->HasLayout()) |
| 2397 | { |
| 2398 | structRet = pFieldMT->ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel + 1, normalizedFieldOffset, useNativeLayout); |
| 2399 | } |
| 2400 | else |
| 2401 | { |
| 2402 | structRet = pFieldMT->ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel + 1, normalizedFieldOffset, useNativeLayout); |
| 2403 | } |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = inEmbeddedStructPrev; |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | if (!structRet) |
| 2408 | { |
| 2409 | // If the nested struct says not to enregister, there's no need to continue analyzing at this level. Just return do not enregister. |
| 2410 | return false; |
| 2411 | } |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | continue; |
| 2414 | } |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | if (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeTypedReference || |
| 2417 | CorInfoType2UnixAmd64Classification(GetClass_NoLogging()->GetInternalCorElementType()) == SystemVClassificationTypeTypedReference) |
| 2418 | { |
| 2419 | // The TypedReference is a very special type. |
| 2420 | // In source/metadata it has two fields - Type and Value and both are defined of type IntPtr. |
| 2421 | // When the VM creates a layout of the type it changes the type of the Value to ByRef type and the |
| 2422 | // type of the Type field is left to IntPtr (TYPE_I internally - native int type.) |
| 2423 | // This requires a special treatment of this type. The code below handles the both fields (and this entire type). |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 2; i++) |
| 2426 | { |
| 2427 | fieldSize = 8; |
| 2428 | fieldOffset = (i == 0 ? 0 : 8); |
| 2429 | normalizedFieldOffset = fieldOffset + startOffsetOfStruct; |
| 2430 | fieldClassificationType = (i == 0 ? SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef : SystemVClassificationTypeInteger); |
| 2431 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset % fieldSize) != 0) |
| 2432 | { |
| 2433 | // The spec requires that struct values on the stack from register passed fields expects |
| 2434 | // those fields to be at their natural alignment. |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " %*sxxxx Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d not at natural alignment; not enregistering struct\n" , |
| 2437 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , fieldNum, fieldNum, (i == 0 ? "Value" : "Type" ), fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize)); |
| 2438 | return false; |
| 2439 | } |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | helperPtr->largestFieldOffset = (int)normalizedFieldOffset; |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | // Set the data for a new field. |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | // The new field classification must not have been initialized yet. |
| 2446 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] == SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass); |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | // There are only a few field classifications that are allowed. |
| 2449 | _ASSERTE((fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || |
| 2450 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || |
| 2451 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || |
| 2452 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldClassificationType; |
| 2455 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldSize; |
| 2456 | helperPtr->fieldOffsets[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = normalizedFieldOffset; |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " %*s**** Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d, currentUniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, chosen field classification %s\n" , |
| 2459 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , fieldNum, (i == 0 ? "Value" : "Type" ), fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize, helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField, |
| 2460 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), |
| 2461 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField]))); |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 | helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField++; |
| 2464 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 2465 | ++fieldNum; |
| 2466 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 2467 | } |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | // Both fields of the special TypedReference struct are handled. |
| 2470 | pField = pFieldEnd; |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | // Done classifying the System.TypedReference struct fields. |
| 2473 | continue; |
| 2474 | } |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset % fieldSize) != 0) |
| 2477 | { |
| 2478 | // The spec requires that struct values on the stack from register passed fields expects |
| 2479 | // those fields to be at their natural alignment. |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " %*sxxxx Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d not at natural alignment; not enregistering struct\n" , |
| 2482 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , fieldNum, fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize)); |
| 2483 | return false; |
| 2484 | } |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | if ((int)normalizedFieldOffset <= helperPtr->largestFieldOffset) |
| 2487 | { |
| 2488 | // Find the field corresponding to this offset and update the size if needed. |
| 2489 | // We assume that either it matches the offset of a previously seen field, or |
| 2490 | // it is an out-of-order offset (the VM does give us structs in non-increasing |
| 2491 | // offset order sometimes) that doesn't overlap any other field. |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | // REVIEW: will the offset ever match a previously seen field offset for cases that are NOT ExplicitLayout? |
| 2494 | // If not, we can get rid of this loop, and just assume the offset is from an out-of-order field. We wouldn't |
| 2495 | // need to maintain largestFieldOffset, either, since we would then assume all fields are unique. We could |
| 2496 | // also get rid of ReClassifyField(). |
| 2497 | int i; |
| 2498 | for (i = helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 2499 | { |
| 2500 | if (helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] == normalizedFieldOffset) |
| 2501 | { |
| 2502 | if (fieldSize > helperPtr->fieldSizes[i]) |
| 2503 | { |
| 2504 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[i] = fieldSize; |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i] = ReClassifyField(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i], fieldClassificationType); |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " %*sxxxx Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d, union with uniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, reclassified field to %s\n" , |
| 2510 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize, i, |
| 2511 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), |
| 2512 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i]))); |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | break; |
| 2515 | } |
| 2516 | // Make sure the field doesn't start in the middle of another field. |
| 2517 | _ASSERTE((normalizedFieldOffset < helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i]) || |
| 2518 | (normalizedFieldOffset >= helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] + helperPtr->fieldSizes[i])); |
| 2519 | } |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | if (i >= 0) |
| 2522 | { |
| 2523 | // The proper size of the union set of fields has been set above; continue to the next field. |
| 2524 | continue; |
| 2525 | } |
| 2526 | } |
| 2527 | else |
| 2528 | { |
| 2529 | helperPtr->largestFieldOffset = (int)normalizedFieldOffset; |
| 2530 | } |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 | // Set the data for a new field. |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | // The new field classification must not have been initialized yet. |
| 2535 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] == SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass); |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 | // There are only a few field classifications that are allowed. |
| 2538 | _ASSERTE((fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || |
| 2539 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || |
| 2540 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || |
| 2541 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldClassificationType; |
| 2544 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldSize; |
| 2545 | helperPtr->fieldOffsets[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = normalizedFieldOffset; |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " %*s**** Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d, currentUniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, chosen field classification %s\n" , |
| 2548 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldSize, helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField, |
| 2549 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), |
| 2550 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField]))); |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField < SYSTEMV_MAX_NUM_FIELDS_IN_REGISTER_PASSED_STRUCT); |
| 2553 | helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField++; |
| 2554 | } // end per-field for loop |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | AssignClassifiedEightByteTypes(helperPtr, nestingLevel); |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 | return true; |
| 2559 | } |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | // Returns 'true' if the struct is passed in registers, 'false' otherwise. |
| 2562 | bool MethodTable::ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(SystemVStructRegisterPassingHelperPtr helperPtr, |
| 2563 | unsigned int nestingLevel, |
| 2564 | unsigned int startOffsetOfStruct, |
| 2565 | bool useNativeLayout) |
| 2566 | { |
| 2567 | CONTRACTL |
| 2568 | { |
| 2569 | THROWS; |
| 2570 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 2571 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 2572 | MODE_ANY; |
| 2573 | } |
| 2574 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | // Should be in this method only doing a native layout classification. |
| 2577 | _ASSERTE(useNativeLayout); |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 2580 | // No register classification for this case. |
| 2581 | return false; |
| 2582 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | if (!HasLayout()) |
| 2585 | { |
| 2586 | // If there is no native layout for this struct use the managed layout instead. |
| 2587 | return ClassifyEightBytesWithManagedLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel, startOffsetOfStruct, useNativeLayout); |
| 2588 | } |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | const FieldMarshaler *pFieldMarshaler = GetLayoutInfo()->GetFieldMarshalers(); |
| 2591 | UINT numIntroducedFields = GetLayoutInfo()->GetNumCTMFields(); |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | // No fields. |
| 2594 | if (numIntroducedFields == 0) |
| 2595 | { |
| 2596 | return false; |
| 2597 | } |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | // No struct register passing with explicit layout. There may be cases where explicit layout may be still |
| 2600 | // eligible for register struct passing, but it is hard to tell the real intent. Make it simple and just |
| 2601 | // unconditionally disable register struct passing for explicit layout. |
| 2602 | if (GetClass()->HasExplicitFieldOffsetLayout()) |
| 2603 | { |
| 2604 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout: struct %s has explicit layout; will not be enregistered\n" , |
| 2605 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , this->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 2606 | return false; |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | // The SIMD Intrinsic types are meant to be handled specially and should not be passed as struct registers |
| 2610 | if (IsIntrinsicType()) |
| 2611 | { |
| 2612 | LPCUTF8 namespaceName; |
| 2613 | LPCUTF8 className = GetFullyQualifiedNameInfo(&namespaceName); |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | if ((strcmp(className, "Vector256`1" ) == 0) || (strcmp(className, "Vector128`1" ) == 0) || |
| 2616 | (strcmp(className, "Vector64`1" ) == 0)) |
| 2617 | { |
| 2618 | assert(strcmp(namespaceName, "System.Runtime.Intrinsics" ) == 0); |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout: struct %s is a SIMD intrinsic type; will not be enregistered\n" , |
| 2621 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , this->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | return false; |
| 2624 | } |
| 2625 | } |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 2628 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, "%*s**** Classify for native struct %s (%p), startOffset %d, total struct size %d\n" , |
| 2629 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , this->GetDebugClassName(), this, startOffsetOfStruct, helperPtr->structSize)); |
| 2630 | int fieldNum = -1; |
| 2631 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | while (numIntroducedFields--) |
| 2634 | { |
| 2635 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 2636 | ++fieldNum; |
| 2637 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | FieldDesc *pField = pFieldMarshaler->GetFieldDesc(); |
| 2640 | CorElementType fieldType = pField->GetFieldType(); |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | // Invalid field type. |
| 2643 | if (fieldType == ELEMENT_TYPE_END) |
| 2644 | { |
| 2645 | return false; |
| 2646 | } |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | DWORD fieldOffset = pFieldMarshaler->GetExternalOffset(); |
| 2649 | unsigned normalizedFieldOffset = fieldOffset + startOffsetOfStruct; |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | unsigned int fieldNativeSize = pFieldMarshaler->NativeSize(); |
| 2652 | if (fieldNativeSize > SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES) |
| 2653 | { |
| 2654 | // Pass on stack in this case. |
| 2655 | return false; |
| 2656 | } |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | _ASSERTE(fieldNativeSize != (unsigned int)-1); |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | // The field can't span past the end of the struct. |
| 2661 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset + fieldNativeSize) > helperPtr->structSize) |
| 2662 | { |
| 2663 | _ASSERTE(false && "Invalid native struct size. The size of fields and overall size don't agree" ); |
| 2664 | return false; |
| 2665 | } |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | SystemVClassificationType fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeUnknown; |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 2670 | LPCUTF8 fieldName; |
| 2671 | pField->GetName_NoThrow(&fieldName); |
| 2672 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 | // Some NStruct Field Types have extra information and require special handling |
| 2675 | NStructFieldType cls = pFieldMarshaler->GetNStructFieldType(); |
| 2676 | if (cls == NFT_FIXEDCHARARRAYANSI) |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2679 | } |
| 2680 | else if (cls == NFT_FIXEDARRAY) |
| 2681 | { |
| 2682 | VARTYPE vtElement = ((FieldMarshaler_FixedArray*)pFieldMarshaler)->GetElementVT(); |
| 2683 | switch (vtElement) |
| 2684 | { |
| 2685 | case VT_EMPTY: |
| 2686 | case VT_NULL: |
| 2687 | case VT_BOOL: |
| 2688 | case VT_I1: |
| 2689 | case VT_I2: |
| 2690 | case VT_I4: |
| 2691 | case VT_I8: |
| 2692 | case VT_UI1: |
| 2693 | case VT_UI2: |
| 2694 | case VT_UI4: |
| 2695 | case VT_UI8: |
| 2696 | case VT_PTR: |
| 2697 | case VT_INT: |
| 2698 | case VT_UINT: |
| 2699 | case VT_LPSTR: |
| 2700 | case VT_LPWSTR: |
| 2701 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2702 | break; |
| 2703 | case VT_R4: |
| 2704 | case VT_R8: |
| 2705 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; |
| 2706 | break; |
| 2707 | case VT_DECIMAL: |
| 2708 | case VT_DATE: |
| 2709 | case VT_BSTR: |
| 2710 | case VT_UNKNOWN: |
| 2711 | case VT_DISPATCH: |
| 2712 | case VT_SAFEARRAY: |
| 2713 | case VT_ERROR: |
| 2714 | case VT_HRESULT: |
| 2715 | case VT_CARRAY: |
| 2716 | case VT_USERDEFINED: |
| 2717 | case VT_RECORD: |
| 2718 | case VT_FILETIME: |
| 2719 | case VT_BLOB: |
| 2720 | case VT_STREAM: |
| 2721 | case VT_STORAGE: |
| 2722 | case VT_STREAMED_OBJECT: |
| 2723 | case VT_STORED_OBJECT: |
| 2724 | case VT_BLOB_OBJECT: |
| 2725 | case VT_CF: |
| 2726 | case VT_CLSID: |
| 2727 | default: |
| 2728 | // Not supported. |
| 2729 | return false; |
| 2730 | } |
| 2731 | } |
| 2732 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 2733 | else if (cls == NFT_INTERFACE) |
| 2734 | { |
| 2735 | // COMInterop not supported for CORECLR. |
| 2736 | _ASSERTE(false && "COMInterop not supported for CORECLR." ); |
| 2737 | return false; |
| 2738 | } |
| 2739 | #ifdef FEATURE_CLASSIC_COMINTEROP |
| 2740 | else if (cls == NFT_SAFEARRAY) |
| 2741 | { |
| 2742 | // COMInterop not supported for CORECLR. |
| 2743 | _ASSERTE(false && "COMInterop not supported for CORECLR." ); |
| 2744 | return false; |
| 2745 | } |
| 2746 | #endif // FEATURE_CLASSIC_COMINTEROP |
| 2747 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 2748 | else if (cls == NFT_NESTEDLAYOUTCLASS) |
| 2749 | { |
| 2750 | MethodTable* pFieldMT = ((FieldMarshaler_NestedLayoutClass*)pFieldMarshaler)->GetMethodTable(); |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | bool inEmbeddedStructPrev = helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct; |
| 2753 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = true; |
| 2754 | bool structRet = pFieldMT->ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel + 1, normalizedFieldOffset, useNativeLayout); |
| 2755 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = inEmbeddedStructPrev; |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | if (!structRet) |
| 2758 | { |
| 2759 | // If the nested struct says not to enregister, there's no need to continue analyzing at this level. Just return do not enregister. |
| 2760 | return false; |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | continue; |
| 2764 | } |
| 2765 | else if (cls == NFT_NESTEDVALUECLASS) |
| 2766 | { |
| 2767 | MethodTable* pFieldMT = ((FieldMarshaler_NestedValueClass*)pFieldMarshaler)->GetMethodTable(); |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | bool inEmbeddedStructPrev = helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct; |
| 2770 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = true; |
| 2771 | bool structRet = pFieldMT->ClassifyEightBytesWithNativeLayout(helperPtr, nestingLevel + 1, normalizedFieldOffset, useNativeLayout); |
| 2772 | helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct = inEmbeddedStructPrev; |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | if (!structRet) |
| 2775 | { |
| 2776 | // If the nested struct says not to enregister, there's no need to continue analyzing at this level. Just return do not enregister. |
| 2777 | return false; |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | continue; |
| 2781 | } |
| 2782 | else if (cls == NFT_COPY1) |
| 2783 | { |
| 2784 | // The following CorElementTypes are the only ones handled with FieldMarshaler_Copy1. |
| 2785 | switch (fieldType) |
| 2786 | { |
| 2787 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I1: |
| 2788 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2789 | break; |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U1: |
| 2792 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2793 | break; |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | default: |
| 2796 | // Invalid entry. |
| 2797 | return false; // Pass on stack. |
| 2798 | } |
| 2799 | } |
| 2800 | else if (cls == NFT_COPY2) |
| 2801 | { |
| 2802 | // The following CorElementTypes are the only ones handled with FieldMarshaler_Copy2. |
| 2803 | switch (fieldType) |
| 2804 | { |
| 2805 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_CHAR: |
| 2806 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I2: |
| 2807 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U2: |
| 2808 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2809 | break; |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | default: |
| 2812 | // Invalid entry. |
| 2813 | return false; // Pass on stack. |
| 2814 | } |
| 2815 | } |
| 2816 | else if (cls == NFT_COPY4) |
| 2817 | { |
| 2818 | // The following CorElementTypes are the only ones handled with FieldMarshaler_Copy4. |
| 2819 | switch (fieldType) |
| 2820 | { |
| 2821 | // At this point, ELEMENT_TYPE_I must be 4 bytes long. Same for ELEMENT_TYPE_U. |
| 2822 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I: |
| 2823 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I4: |
| 2824 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U: |
| 2825 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U4: |
| 2826 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_PTR: |
| 2827 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2828 | break; |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_R4: |
| 2831 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; |
| 2832 | break; |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | default: |
| 2835 | // Invalid entry. |
| 2836 | return false; // Pass on stack. |
| 2837 | } |
| 2838 | } |
| 2839 | else if (cls == NFT_COPY8) |
| 2840 | { |
| 2841 | // The following CorElementTypes are the only ones handled with FieldMarshaler_Copy8. |
| 2842 | switch (fieldType) |
| 2843 | { |
| 2844 | // At this point, ELEMENT_TYPE_I must be 8 bytes long. Same for ELEMENT_TYPE_U. |
| 2845 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I: |
| 2846 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I8: |
| 2847 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U: |
| 2848 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U8: |
| 2849 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_PTR: |
| 2850 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2851 | break; |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_R8: |
| 2854 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; |
| 2855 | break; |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | default: |
| 2858 | // Invalid entry. |
| 2859 | return false; // Pass on stack. |
| 2860 | } |
| 2861 | } |
| 2862 | else if (cls == NFT_FIXEDSTRINGUNI) |
| 2863 | { |
| 2864 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2865 | } |
| 2866 | else if (cls == NFT_FIXEDSTRINGANSI) |
| 2867 | { |
| 2868 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | else |
| 2871 | { |
| 2872 | // All other NStruct Field Types which do not require special handling. |
| 2873 | switch (cls) |
| 2874 | { |
| 2875 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 2876 | case NFT_HSTRING: |
| 2877 | case NFT_VARIANT: |
| 2878 | case NFT_VARIANTBOOL: |
| 2879 | case NFT_CURRENCY: |
| 2880 | // COMInterop not supported for CORECLR. |
| 2881 | _ASSERTE(false && "COMInterop not supported for CORECLR." ); |
| 2882 | return false; |
| 2883 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 2884 | case NFT_STRINGUNI: |
| 2885 | case NFT_STRINGANSI: |
| 2886 | case NFT_ANSICHAR: |
| 2887 | case NFT_STRINGUTF8: |
| 2888 | case NFT_WINBOOL: |
| 2889 | case NFT_CBOOL: |
| 2890 | case NFT_DELEGATE: |
| 2891 | case NFT_SAFEHANDLE: |
| 2892 | case NFT_CRITICALHANDLE: |
| 2893 | case NFT_BSTR: |
| 2894 | fieldClassificationType = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 2895 | break; |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | // It's not clear what the right behavior for NTF_DECIMAL and NTF_DATE is |
| 2898 | // But those two types would only make sense on windows. We can revisit this later |
| 2899 | case NFT_DECIMAL: |
| 2900 | case NFT_DATE: |
| 2901 | case NFT_ILLEGAL: |
| 2902 | default: |
| 2903 | return false; |
| 2904 | } |
| 2905 | } |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | if ((normalizedFieldOffset % fieldNativeSize) != 0) |
| 2908 | { |
| 2909 | // The spec requires that struct values on the stack from register passed fields expects |
| 2910 | // those fields to be at their natural alignment. |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " %*sxxxx Native Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), native size %d not at natural alignment; not enregistering struct\n" , |
| 2913 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , fieldNum, fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldNativeSize)); |
| 2914 | return false; |
| 2915 | } |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | if ((int)normalizedFieldOffset <= helperPtr->largestFieldOffset) |
| 2918 | { |
| 2919 | // Find the field corresponding to this offset and update the size if needed. |
| 2920 | // We assume that either it matches the offset of a previously seen field, or |
| 2921 | // it is an out-of-order offset (the VM does give us structs in non-increasing |
| 2922 | // offset order sometimes) that doesn't overlap any other field. |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | int i; |
| 2925 | for (i = helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 2926 | { |
| 2927 | if (helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] == normalizedFieldOffset) |
| 2928 | { |
| 2929 | if (fieldNativeSize > helperPtr->fieldSizes[i]) |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[i] = fieldNativeSize; |
| 2932 | } |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i] = ReClassifyField(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i], fieldClassificationType); |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " %*sxxxx Native Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), native size %d, union with uniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, reclassified field to %s\n" , |
| 2937 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldNativeSize, i, |
| 2938 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), |
| 2939 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[i]))); |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | break; |
| 2942 | } |
| 2943 | // Make sure the field doesn't start in the middle of another field. |
| 2944 | _ASSERTE((normalizedFieldOffset < helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i]) || |
| 2945 | (normalizedFieldOffset >= helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] + helperPtr->fieldSizes[i])); |
| 2946 | } |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | if (i >= 0) |
| 2949 | { |
| 2950 | // The proper size of the union set of fields has been set above; continue to the next field. |
| 2951 | continue; |
| 2952 | } |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | else |
| 2955 | { |
| 2956 | helperPtr->largestFieldOffset = (int)normalizedFieldOffset; |
| 2957 | } |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | // Set the data for a new field. |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | // The new field classification must not have been initialized yet. |
| 2962 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] == SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass); |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | // There are only a few field classifications that are allowed. |
| 2965 | _ASSERTE((fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || |
| 2966 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || |
| 2967 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || |
| 2968 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeSSE)); |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldClassificationType; |
| 2971 | helperPtr->fieldSizes[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = fieldNativeSize; |
| 2972 | helperPtr->fieldOffsets[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField] = normalizedFieldOffset; |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " %*s**** Native Field %d %s: offset %d (normalized %d), size %d, currentUniqueOffsetField %d, field type classification %s, chosen field classification %s\n" , |
| 2975 | nestingLevel * 5, "" , fieldNum, fieldName, fieldOffset, normalizedFieldOffset, fieldNativeSize, helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField, |
| 2976 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(fieldClassificationType), |
| 2977 | GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->fieldClassifications[helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField]))); |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField < SYSTEMV_MAX_NUM_FIELDS_IN_REGISTER_PASSED_STRUCT); |
| 2980 | helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField++; |
| 2981 | ((BYTE*&)pFieldMarshaler) += MAXFIELDMARSHALERSIZE; |
| 2982 | } // end per-field for loop |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | AssignClassifiedEightByteTypes(helperPtr, nestingLevel); |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | return true; |
| 2987 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 2988 | } |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | // Assigns the classification types to the array with eightbyte types. |
| 2991 | void MethodTable::AssignClassifiedEightByteTypes(SystemVStructRegisterPassingHelperPtr helperPtr, unsigned int nestingLevel) const |
| 2992 | { |
| 2993 | static const size_t CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS = CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_EIGHTBYTES_COUNT_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS * SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES; |
| 2994 | static_assert_no_msg(CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS == SYSTEMV_MAX_NUM_FIELDS_IN_REGISTER_PASSED_STRUCT); |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | if (!helperPtr->inEmbeddedStruct) |
| 2997 | { |
| 2998 | _ASSERTE(nestingLevel == 0); |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | int largestFieldOffset = helperPtr->largestFieldOffset; |
| 3001 | _ASSERTE(largestFieldOffset != -1); |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | // We're at the top level of the recursion, and we're done looking at the fields. |
| 3004 | // Now sort the fields by offset and set the output data. |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 | int sortedFieldOrder[CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS]; |
| 3007 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS; i++) |
| 3008 | { |
| 3009 | sortedFieldOrder[i] = -1; |
| 3010 | } |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | unsigned numFields = helperPtr->currentUniqueOffsetField; |
| 3013 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < numFields; i++) |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i] < CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_BYTES_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS); |
| 3016 | _ASSERTE(sortedFieldOrder[helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i]] == -1); // we haven't seen this field offset yet. |
| 3017 | sortedFieldOrder[helperPtr->fieldOffsets[i]] = i; |
| 3018 | } |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | // Calculate the eightbytes and their types. |
| 3021 | unsigned int accumulatedSizeForEightByte = 0; |
| 3022 | unsigned int currentEightByteOffset = 0; |
| 3023 | unsigned int currentEightByte = 0; |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 | int lastFieldOrdinal = sortedFieldOrder[largestFieldOffset]; |
| 3026 | unsigned int offsetAfterLastFieldByte = largestFieldOffset + helperPtr->fieldSizes[lastFieldOrdinal]; |
| 3027 | SystemVClassificationType lastFieldClassification = helperPtr->fieldClassifications[lastFieldOrdinal]; |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | unsigned offset = 0; |
| 3030 | for (unsigned fieldSize = 0; offset < helperPtr->structSize; offset += fieldSize) |
| 3031 | { |
| 3032 | SystemVClassificationType fieldClassificationType; |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | int ordinal = sortedFieldOrder[offset]; |
| 3035 | if (ordinal == -1) |
| 3036 | { |
| 3037 | // If there is no field that starts as this offset, treat its contents as padding. |
| 3038 | // Any padding that follows the last field receives the same classification as the |
| 3039 | // last field; padding between fields receives the NO_CLASS classification as per |
| 3040 | // the SysV ABI spec. |
| 3041 | fieldSize = 1; |
| 3042 | fieldClassificationType = offset < offsetAfterLastFieldByte ? SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass : lastFieldClassification; |
| 3043 | } |
| 3044 | else |
| 3045 | { |
| 3046 | fieldSize = helperPtr->fieldSizes[ordinal]; |
| 3047 | _ASSERTE(fieldSize > 0 && fieldSize <= SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES); |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | fieldClassificationType = helperPtr->fieldClassifications[ordinal]; |
| 3050 | _ASSERTE(fieldClassificationType != SystemVClassificationTypeMemory && fieldClassificationType != SystemVClassificationTypeUnknown); |
| 3051 | } |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | if (helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == fieldClassificationType) |
| 3054 | { |
| 3055 | // Do nothing. The eight-byte already has this classification. |
| 3056 | } |
| 3057 | else if (helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == SystemVClassificationTypeNoClass) |
| 3058 | { |
| 3059 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = fieldClassificationType; |
| 3060 | } |
| 3061 | else if ((helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger) || |
| 3062 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeInteger)) |
| 3063 | { |
| 3064 | _ASSERTE((fieldClassificationType != SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) && |
| 3065 | (fieldClassificationType != SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef)); |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = SystemVClassificationTypeInteger; |
| 3068 | } |
| 3069 | else if ((helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference) || |
| 3070 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference)) |
| 3071 | { |
| 3072 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerReference; |
| 3073 | } |
| 3074 | else if ((helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef) || |
| 3075 | (fieldClassificationType == SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef)) |
| 3076 | { |
| 3077 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = SystemVClassificationTypeIntegerByRef; |
| 3078 | } |
| 3079 | else |
| 3080 | { |
| 3081 | helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[currentEightByte] = SystemVClassificationTypeSSE; |
| 3082 | } |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | accumulatedSizeForEightByte += fieldSize; |
| 3085 | if (accumulatedSizeForEightByte == SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES) |
| 3086 | { |
| 3087 | // Save data for this eightbyte. |
| 3088 | helperPtr->eightByteSizes[currentEightByte] = SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES; |
| 3089 | helperPtr->eightByteOffsets[currentEightByte] = currentEightByteOffset; |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | // Set up for next eightbyte. |
| 3092 | currentEightByte++; |
| 3093 | _ASSERTE(currentEightByte <= CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_EIGHTBYTES_COUNT_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS); |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | currentEightByteOffset = offset + fieldSize; |
| 3096 | accumulatedSizeForEightByte = 0; |
| 3097 | } |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | _ASSERTE(accumulatedSizeForEightByte < SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES); |
| 3100 | } |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | // Handle structs that end in the middle of an eightbyte. |
| 3103 | if (accumulatedSizeForEightByte > 0 && accumulatedSizeForEightByte < SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES) |
| 3104 | { |
| 3105 | _ASSERTE((helperPtr->structSize % SYSTEMV_EIGHT_BYTE_SIZE_IN_BYTES) != 0); |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | helperPtr->eightByteSizes[currentEightByte] = accumulatedSizeForEightByte; |
| 3108 | helperPtr->eightByteOffsets[currentEightByte] = currentEightByteOffset; |
| 3109 | currentEightByte++; |
| 3110 | } |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 | helperPtr->eightByteCount = currentEightByte; |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | _ASSERTE(helperPtr->eightByteCount <= CLR_SYSTEMV_MAX_EIGHTBYTES_COUNT_TO_PASS_IN_REGISTERS); |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 3117 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " ----\n" )); |
| 3118 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " **** Number EightBytes: %d\n" , helperPtr->eightByteCount)); |
| 3119 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < helperPtr->eightByteCount; i++) |
| 3120 | { |
| 3121 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_EVERYTHING, " **** eightByte %d -- classType: %s, eightByteOffset: %d, eightByteSize: %d\n" , |
| 3122 | i, GetSystemVClassificationTypeName(helperPtr->eightByteClassifications[i]), helperPtr->eightByteOffsets[i], helperPtr->eightByteSizes[i])); |
| 3123 | } |
| 3124 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 3125 | } |
| 3126 | } |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | #endif // defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI_ITF) |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | #if !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && !defined(CROSSGEN_COMPILE) |
| 3131 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3132 | void MethodTable::AllocateRegularStaticBoxes() |
| 3133 | { |
| 3134 | CONTRACTL |
| 3135 | { |
| 3136 | THROWS; |
| 3137 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3138 | PRECONDITION(!ContainsGenericVariables()); |
| 3139 | PRECONDITION(HasBoxedRegularStatics()); |
| 3140 | MODE_ANY; |
| 3141 | } |
| 3142 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "STATICS: Instantiating static handles for %s\n" , GetDebugClassName())); |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | GCX_COOP(); |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | PTR_BYTE pStaticBase = GetGCStaticsBasePointer(); |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | GCPROTECT_BEGININTERIOR(pStaticBase); |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 | // In ngened case, we have cached array with boxed statics MTs. In JITed case, we have just the FieldDescs |
| 3153 | ClassCtorInfoEntry *pClassCtorInfoEntry = GetClassCtorInfoIfExists(); |
| 3154 | if (pClassCtorInfoEntry != NULL) |
| 3155 | { |
| 3156 | OBJECTREF* pStaticSlots = (OBJECTREF*)(pStaticBase + pClassCtorInfoEntry->firstBoxedStaticOffset); |
| 3157 | GCPROTECT_BEGININTERIOR(pStaticSlots); |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | ArrayDPTR(RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_MethodTable>) ppMTs = GetLoaderModule()->GetZapModuleCtorInfo()-> |
| 3160 | GetGCStaticMTs(pClassCtorInfoEntry->firstBoxedStaticMTIndex); |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | DWORD numBoxedStatics = pClassCtorInfoEntry->numBoxedStatics; |
| 3163 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < numBoxedStatics; i++) |
| 3164 | { |
| 3165 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 3166 | Module::RestoreMethodTablePointer(&(ppMTs[i]), GetLoaderModule()); |
| 3167 | #endif |
| 3168 | MethodTable *pFieldMT = ppMTs[i].GetValue(); |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | _ASSERTE(pFieldMT); |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "\tInstantiating static of type %s\n" , pFieldMT->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 3173 | OBJECTREF obj = AllocateStaticBox(pFieldMT, pClassCtorInfoEntry->hasFixedAddressVTStatics); |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | SetObjectReference( &(pStaticSlots[i]), obj, GetAppDomain() ); |
| 3176 | } |
| 3177 | GCPROTECT_END(); |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | else |
| 3180 | { |
| 3181 | // We should never take this codepath in zapped images. |
| 3182 | _ASSERTE(!IsZapped()); |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | FieldDesc *pField = HasGenericsStaticsInfo() ? |
| 3185 | GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs() : (GetApproxFieldDescListRaw() + GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields()); |
| 3186 | FieldDesc *pFieldEnd = pField + GetNumStaticFields(); |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | while (pField < pFieldEnd) |
| 3189 | { |
| 3190 | _ASSERTE(pField->IsStatic()); |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | if (!pField->IsSpecialStatic() && pField->IsByValue()) |
| 3193 | { |
| 3194 | TypeHandle th = pField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing(); |
| 3195 | MethodTable* pFieldMT = th.GetMethodTable(); |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "\tInstantiating static of type %s\n" , pFieldMT->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 3198 | OBJECTREF obj = AllocateStaticBox(pFieldMT, HasFixedAddressVTStatics()); |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | SetObjectReference( (OBJECTREF*)(pStaticBase + pField->GetOffset()), obj, GetAppDomain() ); |
| 3201 | } |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | pField++; |
| 3204 | } |
| 3205 | } |
| 3206 | GCPROTECT_END(); |
| 3207 | } |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3210 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::AllocateStaticBox(MethodTable* pFieldMT, BOOL fPinned, OBJECTHANDLE* pHandle) |
| 3211 | { |
| 3212 | CONTRACTL |
| 3213 | { |
| 3214 | THROWS; |
| 3215 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3216 | MODE_ANY; |
| 3217 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3218 | } |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | _ASSERTE(pFieldMT->IsValueType()); |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | // Activate any dependent modules if necessary |
| 3223 | pFieldMT->EnsureInstanceActive(); |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | OBJECTREF obj = AllocateObject(pFieldMT); |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | // Pin the object if necessary |
| 3228 | if (fPinned) |
| 3229 | { |
| 3230 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "\tSTATICS:Pinning static (VT fixed address attribute) of type %s\n" , pFieldMT->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 3231 | OBJECTHANDLE oh = GetAppDomain()->CreatePinningHandle(obj); |
| 3232 | if (pHandle) |
| 3233 | { |
| 3234 | *pHandle = oh; |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | } |
| 3237 | else |
| 3238 | { |
| 3239 | if (pHandle) |
| 3240 | { |
| 3241 | *pHandle = NULL; |
| 3242 | } |
| 3243 | } |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | return obj; |
| 3246 | } |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3249 | BOOL MethodTable::RunClassInitEx(OBJECTREF *pThrowable) |
| 3250 | { |
| 3251 | CONTRACTL |
| 3252 | { |
| 3253 | THROWS; |
| 3254 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3255 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 3256 | PRECONDITION(IsFullyLoaded()); |
| 3257 | PRECONDITION(IsProtectedByGCFrame(pThrowable)); |
| 3258 | } |
| 3259 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | // A somewhat unusual function, can both return throwable and throw. |
| 3262 | // The difference is, we throw on restartable operations and just return throwable |
| 3263 | // on exceptions fatal for the .cctor |
| 3264 | // (Of course in the latter case the caller is supposed to throw pThrowable) |
| 3265 | // Doing the opposite ( i.e. throwing on fatal and returning on nonfatal) |
| 3266 | // would be more intuitive but it's more convenient the way it is |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 | BOOL fRet = FALSE; |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | // During the <clinit>, this thread must not be asynchronously |
| 3271 | // stopped or interrupted. That would leave the class unavailable |
| 3272 | // and is therefore a security hole. We don't have to worry about |
| 3273 | // multithreading, since we only manipulate the current thread's count. |
| 3274 | ThreadPreventAsyncHolder preventAsync; |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | // If the static initialiser throws an exception that it doesn't catch, it has failed |
| 3277 | EX_TRY |
| 3278 | { |
| 3279 | // Activate our module if necessary |
| 3280 | EnsureInstanceActive(); |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | STRESS_LOG1(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO1000, "RunClassInit: Calling class contructor for type %pT\n" , this); |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | // Call the code method without touching MethodDesc if possible |
| 3287 | PCODE pCctorCode = pCanonMT->GetSlot(pCanonMT->GetClassConstructorSlot()); |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | if (pCanonMT->IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) |
| 3290 | { |
| 3291 | PREPARE_NONVIRTUAL_CALLSITE_USING_CODE(pCctorCode); |
| 3292 | DECLARE_ARGHOLDER_ARRAY(args, 1); |
| 3293 | args[ARGNUM_0] = PTR_TO_ARGHOLDER(this); |
| 3294 | CATCH_HANDLER_FOUND_NOTIFICATION_CALLSITE; |
| 3295 | CALL_MANAGED_METHOD_NORET(args); |
| 3296 | } |
| 3297 | else |
| 3298 | { |
| 3299 | PREPARE_NONVIRTUAL_CALLSITE_USING_CODE(pCctorCode); |
| 3300 | DECLARE_ARGHOLDER_ARRAY(args, 0); |
| 3301 | CATCH_HANDLER_FOUND_NOTIFICATION_CALLSITE; |
| 3302 | CALL_MANAGED_METHOD_NORET(args); |
| 3303 | } |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | STRESS_LOG1(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO100000, "RunClassInit: Returned Successfully from class contructor for type %pT\n" , this); |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | fRet = TRUE; |
| 3308 | } |
| 3309 | EX_CATCH |
| 3310 | { |
| 3311 | // Exception set by parent |
| 3312 | // <TODO>@TODO: We should make this an ExceptionInInitializerError if the exception thrown is not |
| 3313 | // a subclass of Error</TODO> |
| 3314 | *pThrowable = GET_THROWABLE(); |
| 3315 | _ASSERTE(fRet == FALSE); |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS |
| 3318 | // If active thread state does not have a CorruptionSeverity set for the exception, |
| 3319 | // then set one up based upon the current exception code and/or the throwable. |
| 3320 | // |
| 3321 | // When can we be here and current exception tracker may not have corruption severity set? |
| 3322 | // Incase of SO in managed code, SO is never seen by CLR's exception handler for managed code |
| 3323 | // and if this happens in cctor, we can end up here without the corruption severity set. |
| 3324 | Thread *pThread = GetThread(); |
| 3325 | _ASSERTE(pThread != NULL); |
| 3326 | ThreadExceptionState *pCurTES = pThread->GetExceptionState(); |
| 3327 | _ASSERTE(pCurTES != NULL); |
| 3328 | if (pCurTES->GetLastActiveExceptionCorruptionSeverity() == NotSet) |
| 3329 | { |
| 3330 | if (CEHelper::IsProcessCorruptedStateException(GetCurrentExceptionCode()) || |
| 3331 | CEHelper::IsProcessCorruptedStateException(*pThrowable)) |
| 3332 | { |
| 3333 | // Process Corrupting |
| 3334 | pCurTES->SetLastActiveExceptionCorruptionSeverity(ProcessCorrupting); |
| 3335 | LOG((LF_EH, LL_INFO100, "MethodTable::RunClassInitEx - Exception treated as ProcessCorrupting.\n" )); |
| 3336 | } |
| 3337 | else |
| 3338 | { |
| 3339 | // Not Corrupting |
| 3340 | pCurTES->SetLastActiveExceptionCorruptionSeverity(NotCorrupting); |
| 3341 | LOG((LF_EH, LL_INFO100, "MethodTable::RunClassInitEx - Exception treated as non-corrupting.\n" )); |
| 3342 | } |
| 3343 | } |
| 3344 | else |
| 3345 | { |
| 3346 | LOG((LF_EH, LL_INFO100, "MethodTable::RunClassInitEx - Exception already has corruption severity set.\n" )); |
| 3347 | } |
| 3348 | #endif // FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS |
| 3349 | } |
| 3350 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | return fRet; |
| 3353 | } |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3356 | void MethodTable::DoRunClassInitThrowing() |
| 3357 | { |
| 3358 | CONTRACTL |
| 3359 | { |
| 3360 | THROWS; |
| 3361 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3362 | MODE_ANY; |
| 3363 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 3364 | } |
| 3365 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | GCX_COOP(); |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | // This is a fairly aggressive policy. Merely asking that the class be initialized is grounds for kicking you out. |
| 3370 | // Alternately, we could simply NOP out the class initialization. Since the aggressive policy is also the more secure |
| 3371 | // policy, keep this unless it proves intractable to remove all premature classinits in the system. |
| 3372 | EnsureActive(); |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | Thread *pThread; |
| 3375 | pThread = GetThread(); |
| 3376 | _ASSERTE(pThread); |
| 3377 | INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE_FOR(pThread, 8); |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | AppDomain *pDomain = GetAppDomain(); |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | HRESULT hrResult = E_FAIL; |
| 3382 | const char *description; |
| 3383 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO100000, "DoRunClassInit: Request to init %pT in appdomain %p\n" , this, pDomain); |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | // |
| 3386 | // Take the global lock |
| 3387 | // |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | ListLock *_pLock = pDomain->GetClassInitLock(); |
| 3390 | |
| 3391 | ListLockHolder pInitLock(_pLock); |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | // Check again |
| 3394 | if (IsClassInited()) |
| 3395 | goto Exit; |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | // |
| 3398 | // Handle cases where the .cctor has already tried to run but failed. |
| 3399 | // |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | if (IsInitError()) |
| 3403 | { |
| 3404 | // Some error occurred trying to init this class |
| 3405 | ListLockEntry* pEntry= (ListLockEntry *) _pLock->Find(this); |
| 3406 | _ASSERTE(pEntry!=NULL); |
| 3407 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator == (GetDomain()->IsSharedDomain() ? pDomain->GetLoaderAllocator() : GetLoaderAllocator())); |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | // If this isn't a TypeInitializationException, then its creation failed |
| 3410 | // somehow previously, so we should make one last attempt to create it. If |
| 3411 | // that fails, just throw the exception that was originally thrown. |
| 3412 | // Primarily, this deals with the problem that the exception is a |
| 3413 | // ThreadAbortException, because this must be executing on a different |
| 3414 | // thread. If in fact this thread is also aborting, then rethrowing the |
| 3415 | // other thread's exception will not do any worse. |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 | // If we need to create the type init exception object, we'll need to |
| 3418 | // GC protect these, so might as well create the structure now. |
| 3419 | struct _gc { |
| 3420 | OBJECTREF pInitException; |
| 3421 | OBJECTREF pNewInitException; |
| 3422 | OBJECTREF pThrowable; |
| 3423 | } gc; |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | gc.pInitException = pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(pEntry->m_hInitException); |
| 3426 | gc.pNewInitException = NULL; |
| 3427 | gc.pThrowable = NULL; |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 | GCPROTECT_BEGIN(gc); |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | // We need to release this lock because CreateTypeInitializationExceptionObject and fetching the TypeLoad exception can cause |
| 3432 | // managed code to re-enter into this codepath, causing a locking order violation. |
| 3433 | pInitLock.Release(); |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | if (MscorlibBinder::GetException(kTypeInitializationException) != gc.pInitException->GetMethodTable()) |
| 3436 | { |
| 3437 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClassWOnStack(); |
| 3438 | LPCWSTR wszName = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(this); |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | CreateTypeInitializationExceptionObject(wszName, &gc.pInitException, &gc.pNewInitException, &gc.pThrowable); |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | LOADERHANDLE hOrigInitException = pEntry->m_hInitException; |
| 3443 | if (!CLRException::IsPreallocatedExceptionObject(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(hOrigInitException))) |
| 3444 | { |
| 3445 | // Now put the new init exception in the handle. If another thread beat us (because we released the |
| 3446 | // lock above), then we'll just let the extra init exception object get collected later. |
| 3447 | pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->CompareExchangeValueInHandle(pEntry->m_hInitException, gc.pNewInitException, gc.pInitException); |
| 3448 | } else { |
| 3449 | // if the stored exception is a preallocated one we cannot store the new Exception object in it. |
| 3450 | // we'll attempt to create a new handle for the new TypeInitializationException object |
| 3451 | LOADERHANDLE hNewInitException = NULL; |
| 3452 | // CreateHandle can throw due to OOM. We need to catch this so that we make sure to set the |
| 3453 | // init error. Whatever exception was thrown will be rethrown below, so no worries. |
| 3454 | EX_TRY { |
| 3455 | hNewInitException = pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->AllocateHandle(gc.pNewInitException); |
| 3456 | } EX_CATCH { |
| 3457 | // If we failed to create the handle we'll just leave the originally alloc'd one in place. |
| 3458 | } EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | // if two threads are racing to set m_hInitException, clear the handle created by the loser |
| 3461 | if (hNewInitException != NULL && |
| 3462 | InterlockedCompareExchangeT((&pEntry->m_hInitException), hNewInitException, hOrigInitException) != hOrigInitException) |
| 3463 | { |
| 3464 | pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->FreeHandle(hNewInitException); |
| 3465 | } |
| 3466 | } |
| 3467 | } |
| 3468 | else { |
| 3469 | gc.pThrowable = gc.pInitException; |
| 3470 | } |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | GCPROTECT_END(); |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | // Throw the saved exception. Since we may be rethrowing a previously cached exception, must clear the stack trace first. |
| 3475 | // Rethrowing a previously cached exception is distasteful but is required for appcompat with Everett. |
| 3476 | // |
| 3477 | // (The IsException() is probably more appropriate as an assert but as this isn't a heavily tested code path, |
| 3478 | // I prefer to be defensive here.) |
| 3479 | if (IsException(gc.pThrowable->GetMethodTable())) |
| 3480 | { |
| 3481 | ((EXCEPTIONREF)(gc.pThrowable))->ClearStackTraceForThrow(); |
| 3482 | } |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | // <FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS> |
| 3485 | // Specify the corruption severity to be used to raise this exception in COMPlusThrow below. |
| 3486 | // This will ensure that when the exception is seen by the managed code personality routine, |
| 3487 | // it will setup the correct corruption severity in the exception tracker. |
| 3488 | // </FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS> |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 | COMPlusThrow(gc.pThrowable |
| 3491 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS |
| 3492 | , pEntry->m_CorruptionSeverity |
| 3493 | #endif // FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS |
| 3494 | ); |
| 3495 | } |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | description = ".cctor lock" ; |
| 3498 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 3499 | description = GetDebugClassName(); |
| 3500 | #endif |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 | // Take the lock |
| 3503 | { |
| 3504 | //nontrivial holder, might take a lock in destructor |
| 3505 | ListLockEntryHolder pEntry(ListLockEntry::Find(pInitLock, this, description)); |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | ListLockEntryLockHolder pLock(pEntry, FALSE); |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | // We have a list entry, we can release the global lock now |
| 3510 | pInitLock.Release(); |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 | if (pLock.DeadlockAwareAcquire()) |
| 3513 | { |
| 3514 | if (pEntry->m_hrResultCode == S_FALSE) |
| 3515 | { |
| 3516 | if (!NingenEnabled()) |
| 3517 | { |
| 3518 | if (HasBoxedRegularStatics()) |
| 3519 | { |
| 3520 | // First, instantiate any objects needed for value type statics |
| 3521 | AllocateRegularStaticBoxes(); |
| 3522 | } |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | // Nobody has run the .cctor yet |
| 3525 | if (HasClassConstructor()) |
| 3526 | { |
| 3527 | struct _gc { |
| 3528 | OBJECTREF pInnerException; |
| 3529 | OBJECTREF pInitException; |
| 3530 | OBJECTREF pThrowable; |
| 3531 | } gc; |
| 3532 | gc.pInnerException = NULL; |
| 3533 | gc.pInitException = NULL; |
| 3534 | gc.pThrowable = NULL; |
| 3535 | GCPROTECT_BEGIN(gc); |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | if (!RunClassInitEx(&gc.pInnerException)) |
| 3538 | { |
| 3539 | // The .cctor failed and we want to store the exception that resulted |
| 3540 | // in the entry. Increment the ref count to keep the entry alive for |
| 3541 | // subsequent attempts to run the .cctor. |
| 3542 | pEntry->AddRef(); |
| 3543 | // For collectible types, register the entry for cleanup. |
| 3544 | if (GetLoaderAllocator()->IsCollectible()) |
| 3545 | { |
| 3546 | GetLoaderAllocator()->RegisterFailedTypeInitForCleanup(pEntry); |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | _ASSERTE(g_pThreadAbortExceptionClass == MscorlibBinder::GetException(kThreadAbortException)); |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | if(gc.pInnerException->GetMethodTable() == g_pThreadAbortExceptionClass) |
| 3552 | { |
| 3553 | gc.pThrowable = gc.pInnerException; |
| 3554 | gc.pInitException = gc.pInnerException; |
| 3555 | gc.pInnerException = NULL; |
| 3556 | } |
| 3557 | else |
| 3558 | { |
| 3559 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClassWOnStack(); |
| 3560 | LPCWSTR wszName = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(this); |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 | // Note that this may not succeed due to problems creating the exception |
| 3563 | // object. On failure, it will first try to |
| 3564 | CreateTypeInitializationExceptionObject( |
| 3565 | wszName, &gc.pInnerException, &gc.pInitException, &gc.pThrowable); |
| 3566 | } |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator = GetDomain()->IsSharedDomain() ? pDomain->GetLoaderAllocator() : GetLoaderAllocator(); |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | // CreateHandle can throw due to OOM. We need to catch this so that we make sure to set the |
| 3571 | // init error. Whatever exception was thrown will be rethrown below, so no worries. |
| 3572 | EX_TRY { |
| 3573 | // Save the exception object, and return to caller as well. |
| 3574 | pEntry->m_hInitException = pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->AllocateHandle(gc.pInitException); |
| 3575 | } EX_CATCH { |
| 3576 | // If we failed to create the handle (due to OOM), we'll just store the preallocated OOM |
| 3577 | // handle here instead. |
| 3578 | pEntry->m_hInitException = pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->AllocateHandle(CLRException::GetPreallocatedOutOfMemoryException()); |
| 3579 | } EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | pEntry->m_hrResultCode = E_FAIL; |
| 3582 | SetClassInitError(); |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS |
| 3585 | // Save the corruption severity of the exception so that if the type system |
| 3586 | // attempts to pick it up from its cache list and throw again, it should |
| 3587 | // treat the exception as corrupting, if applicable. |
| 3588 | pEntry->m_CorruptionSeverity = pThread->GetExceptionState()->GetLastActiveExceptionCorruptionSeverity(); |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | // We should be having a valid corruption severity at this point |
| 3591 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_CorruptionSeverity != NotSet); |
| 3592 | #endif // FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | COMPlusThrow(gc.pThrowable |
| 3595 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS |
| 3596 | , pEntry->m_CorruptionSeverity |
| 3597 | #endif // FEATURE_CORRUPTING_EXCEPTIONS |
| 3598 | ); |
| 3599 | } |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | GCPROTECT_END(); |
| 3602 | } |
| 3603 | } |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 | pEntry->m_hrResultCode = S_OK; |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 | // Set the initialization flags in the DLS and on domain-specific types. |
| 3608 | // Note we also set the flag for dynamic statics, which use the DynamicStatics part |
| 3609 | // of the DLS irrespective of whether the type is domain neutral or not. |
| 3610 | SetClassInited(); |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 | } |
| 3613 | else |
| 3614 | { |
| 3615 | // Use previous result |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | hrResult = pEntry->m_hrResultCode; |
| 3618 | if(FAILED(hrResult)) |
| 3619 | { |
| 3620 | // An exception may have occurred in the cctor. DoRunClassInit() should return FALSE in that |
| 3621 | // case. |
| 3622 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_hInitException); |
| 3623 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator == (GetDomain()->IsSharedDomain() ? pDomain->GetLoaderAllocator() : GetLoaderAllocator())); |
| 3624 | _ASSERTE(IsInitError()); |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | // Throw the saved exception. Since we are rethrowing a previously cached exception, must clear the stack trace first. |
| 3627 | // Rethrowing a previously cached exception is distasteful but is required for appcompat with Everett. |
| 3628 | // |
| 3629 | // (The IsException() is probably more appropriate as an assert but as this isn't a heavily tested code path, |
| 3630 | // I prefer to be defensive here.) |
| 3631 | if (IsException(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(pEntry->m_hInitException)->GetMethodTable())) |
| 3632 | { |
| 3633 | ((EXCEPTIONREF)(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(pEntry->m_hInitException)))->ClearStackTraceForThrow(); |
| 3634 | } |
| 3635 | COMPlusThrow(pEntry->m_pLoaderAllocator->GetHandleValue(pEntry->m_hInitException)); |
| 3636 | } |
| 3637 | } |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | } |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | // |
| 3642 | // Notify any entries waiting on the current entry and wait for the required entries. |
| 3643 | // |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | // We need to take the global lock before we play with the list of entries. |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO100000, "DoRunClassInit: returning SUCCESS for init %pT in appdomain %p\n" , this, pDomain); |
| 3648 | // No need to set pThrowable in case of error it will already have been set. |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 3651 | Exit: |
| 3652 | ; |
| 3653 | END_INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE; |
| 3654 | } |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3657 | void MethodTable::CheckRunClassInitThrowing() |
| 3658 | { |
| 3659 | CONTRACTL |
| 3660 | { |
| 3661 | THROWS; |
| 3662 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3663 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 3664 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
| 3665 | PRECONDITION(IsFullyLoaded()); |
| 3666 | } |
| 3667 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 | { // Debug-only code causes SO volation, so add exception. |
| 3670 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(SOToleranceViolation); |
| 3671 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckActivated()); |
| 3672 | } |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 | // To find GC hole easier... |
| 3675 | TRIGGERSGC(); |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | if (IsClassPreInited()) |
| 3678 | return; |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | // Don't initialize shared generic instantiations (e.g. MyClass<__Canon>) |
| 3681 | if (IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) |
| 3682 | return; |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | DomainLocalModule *pLocalModule = GetDomainLocalModule(); |
| 3685 | _ASSERTE(pLocalModule); |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | DWORD iClassIndex = GetClassIndex(); |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | // Check to see if we have already run the .cctor for this class. |
| 3690 | if (!pLocalModule->IsClassAllocated(this, iClassIndex)) |
| 3691 | pLocalModule->PopulateClass(this); |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 | if (!pLocalModule->IsClassInitialized(this, iClassIndex)) |
| 3694 | DoRunClassInitThrowing(); |
| 3695 | } |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3698 | void MethodTable::CheckRunClassInitAsIfConstructingThrowing() |
| 3699 | { |
| 3700 | CONTRACTL |
| 3701 | { |
| 3702 | THROWS; |
| 3703 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3704 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 3705 | MODE_ANY; |
| 3706 | } |
| 3707 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3708 | if (HasPreciseInitCctors()) |
| 3709 | { |
| 3710 | MethodTable *pMTCur = this; |
| 3711 | while (pMTCur != NULL) |
| 3712 | { |
| 3713 | if (!pMTCur->GetClass()->IsBeforeFieldInit()) |
| 3714 | pMTCur->CheckRunClassInitThrowing(); |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | pMTCur = pMTCur->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 3717 | } |
| 3718 | } |
| 3719 | } |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3722 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::Allocate() |
| 3723 | { |
| 3724 | CONTRACTL |
| 3725 | { |
| 3726 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 3727 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3728 | THROWS; |
| 3729 | } |
| 3730 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IsFullyLoaded()); |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | EnsureInstanceActive(); |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | if (HasPreciseInitCctors()) |
| 3737 | { |
| 3738 | CheckRunClassInitAsIfConstructingThrowing(); |
| 3739 | } |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | return AllocateObject(this); |
| 3742 | } |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3745 | // box 'data' creating a new object and return it. This routine understands the special |
| 3746 | // handling needed for Nullable values. |
| 3747 | // see code:Nullable#NullableVerification |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::Box(void* data) |
| 3750 | { |
| 3751 | CONTRACTL |
| 3752 | { |
| 3753 | THROWS; |
| 3754 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3755 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 3756 | PRECONDITION(IsValueType()); |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | OBJECTREF ref; |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | GCPROTECT_BEGININTERIOR (data); |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | if (IsByRefLike()) |
| 3765 | { |
| 3766 | // We should never box a type that contains stack pointers. |
| 3767 | COMPlusThrow(kInvalidOperationException, W("InvalidOperation_TypeCannotBeBoxed" )); |
| 3768 | } |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | ref = FastBox(&data); |
| 3771 | GCPROTECT_END (); |
| 3772 | return ref; |
| 3773 | } |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::FastBox(void** data) |
| 3776 | { |
| 3777 | CONTRACTL |
| 3778 | { |
| 3779 | THROWS; |
| 3780 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3781 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 3782 | PRECONDITION(IsValueType()); |
| 3783 | } |
| 3784 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | // See code:Nullable#NullableArchitecture for more |
| 3787 | if (IsNullable()) |
| 3788 | return Nullable::Box(*data, this); |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 | OBJECTREF ref = Allocate(); |
| 3791 | CopyValueClass(ref->UnBox(), *data, this, ref->GetAppDomain()); |
| 3792 | return ref; |
| 3793 | } |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | #if _TARGET_X86_ || _TARGET_AMD64_ |
| 3796 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3797 | static void FastCallFinalize(Object *obj, PCODE funcPtr, BOOL fCriticalCall) |
| 3798 | { |
| 3799 | STATIC_CONTRACT_THROWS; |
| 3800 | STATIC_CONTRACT_GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3801 | STATIC_CONTRACT_MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 3802 | STATIC_CONTRACT_SO_INTOLERANT; |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 | BEGIN_CALL_TO_MANAGEDEX(fCriticalCall ? EEToManagedCriticalCall : EEToManagedDefault); |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | #if defined(_TARGET_X86_) |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | __asm |
| 3809 | { |
| 3810 | mov ecx, [obj] |
| 3811 | call [funcPtr] |
| 3812 | INDEBUG(nop) // Mark the fact that we can call managed code |
| 3813 | } |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 | #else // _TARGET_X86_ |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | FastCallFinalizeWorker(obj, funcPtr); |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 | #endif // _TARGET_X86_ |
| 3820 | |
| 3821 | END_CALL_TO_MANAGED(); |
| 3822 | } |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 | #endif // _TARGET_X86_ || _TARGET_AMD64_ |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | void CallFinalizerOnThreadObject(Object *obj) |
| 3827 | { |
| 3828 | STATIC_CONTRACT_MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 | THREADBASEREF refThis = (THREADBASEREF)ObjectToOBJECTREF(obj); |
| 3831 | Thread* thread = refThis->GetInternal(); |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | // Prevent multiple calls to Finalize |
| 3834 | // Objects can be resurrected after being finalized. However, there is no |
| 3835 | // race condition here. We always check whether an exposed thread object is |
| 3836 | // still attached to the internal Thread object, before proceeding. |
| 3837 | if (thread) |
| 3838 | { |
| 3839 | refThis->SetDelegate(NULL); |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | // During process shutdown, we finalize even reachable objects. But if we break |
| 3842 | // the link between the System.Thread and the internal Thread object, the runtime |
| 3843 | // may not work correctly. In particular, we won't be able to transition between |
| 3844 | // contexts and domains to finalize other objects. Since the runtime doesn't |
| 3845 | // require that Threads finalize during shutdown, we need to disable this. If |
| 3846 | // we wait until phase 2 of shutdown finalization (when the EE is suspended and |
| 3847 | // will never resume) then we can simply skip the side effects of Thread |
| 3848 | // finalization. |
| 3849 | if ((g_fEEShutDown & ShutDown_Finalize2) == 0) |
| 3850 | { |
| 3851 | if (GetThread() != thread) |
| 3852 | { |
| 3853 | refThis->ClearInternal(); |
| 3854 | } |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | FastInterlockOr ((ULONG *)&thread->m_State, Thread::TS_Finalized); |
| 3857 | Thread::SetCleanupNeededForFinalizedThread(); |
| 3858 | } |
| 3859 | } |
| 3860 | } |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | //========================================================================================== |
| 3863 | // From the GC finalizer thread, invoke the Finalize() method on an object. |
| 3864 | void MethodTable::CallFinalizer(Object *obj) |
| 3865 | { |
| 3866 | CONTRACTL |
| 3867 | { |
| 3868 | THROWS; |
| 3869 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3870 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 3871 | PRECONDITION(obj->GetMethodTable()->HasFinalizer()); |
| 3872 | } |
| 3873 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | // Never call any finalizers under ngen for determinism |
| 3876 | if (IsCompilationProcess()) |
| 3877 | { |
| 3878 | return; |
| 3879 | } |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | MethodTable *pMT = obj->GetMethodTable(); |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 | // Check for precise init class constructors that have failed, if any have failed, then we didn't run the |
| 3885 | // constructor for the object, and running the finalizer for the object would violate the CLI spec by running |
| 3886 | // instance code without having successfully run the precise-init class constructor. |
| 3887 | if (pMT->HasPreciseInitCctors()) |
| 3888 | { |
| 3889 | MethodTable *pMTCur = pMT; |
| 3890 | do |
| 3891 | { |
| 3892 | if ((!pMTCur->GetClass()->IsBeforeFieldInit()) && pMTCur->IsInitError()) |
| 3893 | { |
| 3894 | // Precise init Type Initializer for type failed... do not run finalizer |
| 3895 | return; |
| 3896 | } |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | pMTCur = pMTCur->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 3899 | } |
| 3900 | while (pMTCur != NULL); |
| 3901 | } |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | if (pMT == g_pThreadClass) |
| 3904 | { |
| 3905 | // Finalizing Thread object requires ThreadStoreLock. It is expensive if |
| 3906 | // we keep taking ThreadStoreLock. This is very bad if we have high retiring |
| 3907 | // rate of Thread objects. |
| 3908 | // To avoid taking ThreadStoreLock multiple times, we mark Thread with TS_Finalized |
| 3909 | // and clean up a batch of them when we take ThreadStoreLock next time. |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | // To avoid possible hierarchy requirement between critical finalizers, we call cleanup |
| 3912 | // code directly. |
| 3913 | CallFinalizerOnThreadObject(obj); |
| 3914 | return; |
| 3915 | } |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | // Determine if the object has a critical or normal finalizer. |
| 3919 | BOOL fCriticalFinalizer = pMT->HasCriticalFinalizer(); |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | // There's no reason to actually set up a frame here. If we crawl out of the |
| 3922 | // Finalize() method on this thread, we will see FRAME_TOP which indicates |
| 3923 | // that the crawl should terminate. This is analogous to how KickOffThread() |
| 3924 | // starts new threads in the runtime. |
| 3925 | PCODE funcPtr = pMT->GetRestoredSlot(g_pObjectFinalizerMD->GetSlot()); |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | #ifdef STRESS_LOG |
| 3928 | if (fCriticalFinalizer) |
| 3929 | { |
| 3930 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_GCALLOC, LL_INFO100, "Finalizing CriticalFinalizer %pM in domain %d\n" , |
| 3931 | pMT, GetAppDomain()->GetId().m_dwId); |
| 3932 | } |
| 3933 | #endif |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | #if defined(_TARGET_X86_) || defined(_TARGET_AMD64_) |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | #ifdef DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
| 3938 | if (CORDebuggerTraceCall()) |
| 3939 | g_pDebugInterface->TraceCall((const BYTE *) funcPtr); |
| 3940 | #endif // DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
| 3941 | |
| 3942 | FastCallFinalize(obj, funcPtr, fCriticalFinalizer); |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | #else // defined(_TARGET_X86_) || defined(_TARGET_AMD64_) |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | PREPARE_NONVIRTUAL_CALLSITE_USING_CODE(funcPtr); |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | DECLARE_ARGHOLDER_ARRAY(args, 1); |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | args[ARGNUM_0] = PTR_TO_ARGHOLDER(obj); |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | if (fCriticalFinalizer) |
| 3953 | { |
| 3954 | CRITICAL_CALLSITE; |
| 3955 | } |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 | CALL_MANAGED_METHOD_NORET(args); |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | #endif // (defined(_TARGET_X86_) && defined(_TARGET_AMD64_) |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | #ifdef STRESS_LOG |
| 3962 | if (fCriticalFinalizer) |
| 3963 | { |
| 3964 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_GCALLOC, LL_INFO100, "Finalized CriticalFinalizer %pM in domain %d without exception\n" , |
| 3965 | pMT, GetAppDomain()->GetId().m_dwId); |
| 3966 | } |
| 3967 | #endif |
| 3968 | } |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | //========================================================================== |
| 3971 | // If the MethodTable doesn't yet know the Exposed class that represents it via |
| 3972 | // Reflection, acquire that class now. Regardless, return it to the caller. |
| 3973 | //========================================================================== |
| 3974 | OBJECTREF MethodTable::GetManagedClassObject() |
| 3975 | { |
| 3976 | CONTRACT(OBJECTREF) { |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | THROWS; |
| 3979 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 3980 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 3981 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
| 3982 | PRECONDITION(!IsArray()); // Arrays can't go through this path. |
| 3983 | POSTCONDITION(GetWriteableData()->m_hExposedClassObject != 0); |
| 3984 | //REENTRANT |
| 3985 | } |
| 3986 | CONTRACT_END; |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 3989 | // Force a GC here because GetManagedClassObject could trigger GC nondeterminsticaly |
| 3990 | GCStress<cfg_any, PulseGcTriggerPolicy>::MaybeTrigger(); |
| 3991 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 | if (GetWriteableData()->m_hExposedClassObject == NULL) |
| 3994 | { |
| 3995 | // Make sure that we have been restored |
| 3996 | CheckRestore(); |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | REFLECTCLASSBASEREF refClass = NULL; |
| 3999 | GCPROTECT_BEGIN(refClass); |
| 4000 | refClass = (REFLECTCLASSBASEREF) AllocateObject(g_pRuntimeTypeClass); |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 | LoaderAllocator *pLoaderAllocator = GetLoaderAllocator(); |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 | ((ReflectClassBaseObject*)OBJECTREFToObject(refClass))->SetType(TypeHandle(this)); |
| 4005 | ((ReflectClassBaseObject*)OBJECTREFToObject(refClass))->SetKeepAlive(pLoaderAllocator->GetExposedObject()); |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | // Let all threads fight over who wins using InterlockedCompareExchange. |
| 4008 | // Only the winner can set m_ExposedClassObject from NULL. |
| 4009 | LOADERHANDLE exposedClassObjectHandle = pLoaderAllocator->AllocateHandle(refClass); |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | if (FastInterlockCompareExchangePointer(&(EnsureWritablePages(GetWriteableDataForWrite())->m_hExposedClassObject), exposedClassObjectHandle, static_cast<LOADERHANDLE>(NULL))) |
| 4012 | { |
| 4013 | pLoaderAllocator->FreeHandle(exposedClassObjectHandle); |
| 4014 | } |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | GCPROTECT_END(); |
| 4017 | } |
| 4018 | RETURN(GetManagedClassObjectIfExists()); |
| 4019 | } |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE && !CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4024 | // This needs to stay consistent with AllocateNewMT() and MethodTable::Save() |
| 4025 | // |
| 4026 | // <TODO> protect this via some asserts as we've had one hard-to-track-down |
| 4027 | // bug already </TODO> |
| 4028 | // |
| 4029 | void MethodTable::GetSavedExtent(TADDR *pStart, TADDR *pEnd) |
| 4030 | { |
| 4031 | CONTRACTL |
| 4032 | { |
| 4033 | NOTHROW; |
| 4034 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 4035 | } |
| 4036 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | TADDR start; |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | if (ContainsPointersOrCollectible()) |
| 4041 | start = dac_cast<TADDR>(this) - CGCDesc::GetCGCDescFromMT(this)->GetSize(); |
| 4042 | else |
| 4043 | start = dac_cast<TADDR>(this); |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | TADDR end = dac_cast<TADDR>(this) + GetEndOffsetOfOptionalMembers(); |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 | _ASSERTE(start && end && (start < end)); |
| 4048 | *pStart = start; |
| 4049 | *pEnd = end; |
| 4050 | } |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 | BOOL MethodTable::CanInternVtableChunk(DataImage *image, VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it) |
| 4057 | { |
| 4058 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | _ASSERTE(IsCompilationProcess()); |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | BOOL canBeSharedWith = TRUE; |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 | // We allow full sharing except that which would break MethodTable::Fixup -- when the slots are Fixup'd |
| 4065 | // we need to ensure that regardless of who is doing the Fixup the same target is decided on. |
| 4066 | // Note that if this requirement is not met, an assert will fire in ZapStoredStructure::Save |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | if (GetFlag(enum_flag_NotInPZM)) |
| 4069 | { |
| 4070 | canBeSharedWith = FALSE; |
| 4071 | } |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 | if (canBeSharedWith) |
| 4074 | { |
| 4075 | for (DWORD slotNumber = it.GetStartSlot(); slotNumber < it.GetEndSlot(); slotNumber++) |
| 4076 | { |
| 4077 | MethodDesc *pMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); |
| 4078 | _ASSERTE(pMD != NULL); |
| 4079 | pMD->CheckRestore(); |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | if (!image->CanEagerBindToMethodDesc(pMD)) |
| 4082 | { |
| 4083 | canBeSharedWith = FALSE; |
| 4084 | break; |
| 4085 | } |
| 4086 | } |
| 4087 | } |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | return canBeSharedWith; |
| 4090 | } |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4093 | void MethodTable::PrepopulateDictionary(DataImage * image, BOOL nonExpansive) |
| 4094 | { |
| 4095 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | if (GetDictionary()) |
| 4098 | { |
| 4099 | // We can only save elements of the dictionary if we are sure of its |
| 4100 | // layout, which means we must be either tightly-knit to the EEClass |
| 4101 | // (i.e. be the owner of the EEClass) or else we can hard-bind to the EEClass. |
| 4102 | // There's no point in prepopulating the dictionary if we can't save the entries. |
| 4103 | // |
| 4104 | // This corresponds to the canSaveSlots which we pass to the Dictionary::Fixup |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable() && image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(GetCanonicalMethodTable())) |
| 4107 | { |
| 4108 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "GENERICS: Prepopulating dictionary for MT %s\n" , GetDebugClassName())); |
| 4109 | GetDictionary()->PrepopulateDictionary(NULL, this, nonExpansive); |
| 4110 | } |
| 4111 | } |
| 4112 | } |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4115 | void ModuleCtorInfo::AddElement(MethodTable *pMethodTable) |
| 4116 | { |
| 4117 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | // Get the values for the new entry before we update the |
| 4120 | // cache in the Module |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | // Expand the table if needed. No lock is needed because this is at NGEN time |
| 4123 | if (numElements >= numLastAllocated) |
| 4124 | { |
| 4125 | _ASSERTE(numElements == numLastAllocated); |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | RelativePointer<MethodTable *> *ppOldMTEntries = ppMT; |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | #ifdef _PREFAST_ |
| 4130 | #pragma warning(push) |
| 4131 | #pragma warning(disable:22011) // Suppress PREFast warning about integer overflows or underflows |
| 4132 | #endif // _PREFAST_ |
| 4133 | DWORD numNewAllocated = max(2 * numLastAllocated, MODULE_CTOR_ELEMENTS); |
| 4134 | #ifdef _PREFAST_ |
| 4135 | #pragma warning(pop) |
| 4136 | #endif // _PREFAST_ |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | ppMT = new RelativePointer<MethodTable *> [numNewAllocated]; |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | _ASSERTE(ppMT); |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | for (unsigned index = 0; index < numLastAllocated; ++index) |
| 4143 | { |
| 4144 | ppMT[index].SetValueMaybeNull(ppOldMTEntries[index].GetValueMaybeNull()); |
| 4145 | } |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 | for (unsigned index = numLastAllocated; index < numNewAllocated; ++index) |
| 4148 | { |
| 4149 | ppMT[index].SetValueMaybeNull(NULL); |
| 4150 | } |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 | delete[] ppOldMTEntries; |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | numLastAllocated = numNewAllocated; |
| 4155 | } |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 | // Assign the new entry |
| 4158 | // |
| 4159 | // Note the use of two "parallel" arrays. We do this to keep the workingset smaller since we |
| 4160 | // often search (in GetClassCtorInfoIfExists) for a methodtable pointer but never actually find it. |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 | ppMT[numElements].SetValue(pMethodTable); |
| 4163 | numElements++; |
| 4164 | } |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4167 | void MethodTable::Save(DataImage *image, DWORD profilingFlags) |
| 4168 | { |
| 4169 | CONTRACTL { |
| 4170 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
| 4171 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 4172 | PRECONDITION(IsFullyLoaded()); |
| 4173 | PRECONDITION(image->GetModule()->GetAssembly() == |
| 4174 | GetAppDomain()->ToCompilationDomain()->GetTargetAssembly()); |
| 4175 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Save %s (%p)\n" , GetDebugClassName(), this)); |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | // Be careful about calling DictionaryLayout::Trim - strict conditions apply. |
| 4180 | // See note on that method. |
| 4181 | if (GetDictionary() && |
| 4182 | GetClass()->GetDictionaryLayout() && |
| 4183 | image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(GetCanonicalMethodTable())) |
| 4184 | { |
| 4185 | GetClass()->GetDictionaryLayout()->Trim(); |
| 4186 | } |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | // Set the "restore" flags. They may not have been set yet. |
| 4189 | // We don't need the return value of this call. |
| 4190 | NeedsRestore(image); |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | //check if this is actually in the PZM |
| 4193 | if (Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(this) != GetLoaderModule()) |
| 4194 | { |
| 4195 | _ASSERTE(!IsStringOrArray()); |
| 4196 | SetFlag(enum_flag_NotInPZM); |
| 4197 | } |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | // Set the IsStructMarshallable Bit |
| 4200 | if (::IsStructMarshalable(this)) |
| 4201 | { |
| 4202 | SetStructMarshalable(); |
| 4203 | } |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | TADDR start, end; |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | GetSavedExtent(&start, &end); |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 4210 | if (HasGuidInfo()) |
| 4211 | { |
| 4212 | // Make sure our GUID is computed |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | // Generic WinRT types can have their GUID computed only if the instantiation is WinRT-legal |
| 4215 | if (IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) |
| 4216 | { |
| 4217 | GUID dummy; |
| 4218 | if (SUCCEEDED(GetGuidNoThrow(&dummy, TRUE, FALSE))) |
| 4219 | { |
| 4220 | GuidInfo* pGuidInfo = GetGuidInfo(); |
| 4221 | _ASSERTE(pGuidInfo != NULL); |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | image->StoreStructure(pGuidInfo, |
| 4224 | sizeof(GuidInfo), |
| 4225 | DataImage::ITEM_GUID_INFO); |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | Module *pModule = GetModule(); |
| 4228 | if (pModule->CanCacheWinRTTypeByGuid(this)) |
| 4229 | { |
| 4230 | pModule->CacheWinRTTypeByGuid(this, pGuidInfo); |
| 4231 | } |
| 4232 | } |
| 4233 | else |
| 4234 | { |
| 4235 | GuidInfo** ppGuidInfo = GetGuidInfoPtr(); |
| 4236 | *ppGuidInfo = NULL; |
| 4237 | } |
| 4238 | } |
| 4239 | } |
| 4240 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 4244 | if (GetDebugClassName() != NULL && !image->IsStored(GetDebugClassName())) |
| 4245 | image->StoreStructure(debug_m_szClassName, (ULONG)(strlen(GetDebugClassName())+1), |
| 4246 | DataImage::ITEM_DEBUG, |
| 4247 | 1); |
| 4248 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | DataImage::ItemKind kindBasic = DataImage::ITEM_METHOD_TABLE; |
| 4251 | if (IsWriteable()) |
| 4252 | kindBasic = DataImage::ITEM_METHOD_TABLE_SPECIAL_WRITEABLE; |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | ZapStoredStructure * pMTNode = image->StoreStructure((void*) start, (ULONG)(end - start), kindBasic); |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | if ((void *)this != (void *)start) |
| 4257 | image->BindPointer(this, pMTNode, (BYTE *)this - (BYTE *)start); |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | // Store the vtable chunks |
| 4260 | VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it = IterateVtableIndirectionSlots(); |
| 4261 | while (it.Next()) |
| 4262 | { |
| 4263 | if (!image->IsStored(it.GetIndirectionSlot())) |
| 4264 | { |
| 4265 | if (!MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t::isRelative |
| 4266 | && CanInternVtableChunk(image, it)) |
| 4267 | image->StoreInternedStructure(it.GetIndirectionSlot(), it.GetSize(), DataImage::ITEM_VTABLE_CHUNK); |
| 4268 | else |
| 4269 | image->StoreStructure(it.GetIndirectionSlot(), it.GetSize(), DataImage::ITEM_VTABLE_CHUNK); |
| 4270 | } |
| 4271 | else |
| 4272 | { |
| 4273 | // Tell the interning system that we have already shared this structure without its help |
| 4274 | image->NoteReusedStructure(it.GetIndirectionSlot()); |
| 4275 | } |
| 4276 | } |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | if (HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()) |
| 4279 | { |
| 4280 | image->StoreStructure(GetNonVirtualSlotsArray(), GetNonVirtualSlotsArraySize(), DataImage::ITEM_VTABLE_CHUNK); |
| 4281 | } |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | if (HasInterfaceMap()) |
| 4284 | { |
| 4285 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 4286 | // Dynamic interface maps have an additional DWORD_PTR preceding the InterfaceInfo_t array |
| 4287 | if (HasDynamicInterfaceMap()) |
| 4288 | { |
| 4289 | ZapStoredStructure * pInterfaceMapNode; |
| 4290 | if (decltype(InterfaceInfo_t::m_pMethodTable)::isRelative) |
| 4291 | { |
| 4292 | pInterfaceMapNode = image->StoreStructure(((DWORD_PTR *)GetInterfaceMap()) - 1, |
| 4293 | GetInterfaceMapSize(), |
| 4294 | DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); |
| 4295 | } |
| 4296 | else |
| 4297 | { |
| 4298 | pInterfaceMapNode = image->StoreInternedStructure(((DWORD_PTR *)GetInterfaceMap()) - 1, |
| 4299 | GetInterfaceMapSize(), |
| 4300 | DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); |
| 4301 | } |
| 4302 | image->BindPointer(GetInterfaceMap(), pInterfaceMapNode, sizeof(DWORD_PTR)); |
| 4303 | } |
| 4304 | else |
| 4305 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 4306 | { |
| 4307 | if (decltype(InterfaceInfo_t::m_pMethodTable)::isRelative) |
| 4308 | { |
| 4309 | image->StoreStructure(GetInterfaceMap(), GetInterfaceMapSize(), DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); |
| 4310 | } |
| 4311 | else |
| 4312 | { |
| 4313 | image->StoreInternedStructure(GetInterfaceMap(), GetInterfaceMapSize(), DataImage::ITEM_INTERFACE_MAP); |
| 4314 | } |
| 4315 | } |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 | SaveExtraInterfaceInfo(image); |
| 4318 | } |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | // If we have a dispatch map, save it. |
| 4321 | if (HasDispatchMapSlot()) |
| 4322 | { |
| 4323 | GetDispatchMap()->Save(image); |
| 4324 | } |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | if (HasPerInstInfo()) |
| 4327 | { |
| 4328 | ZapStoredStructure * pPerInstInfoNode; |
| 4329 | if (CanEagerBindToParentDictionaries(image, NULL)) |
| 4330 | { |
| 4331 | if (PerInstInfoElem_t::isRelative) |
| 4332 | { |
| 4333 | pPerInstInfoNode = image->StoreStructure((BYTE *)GetPerInstInfo() - sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), GetPerInstInfoSize() + sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY); |
| 4334 | } |
| 4335 | else |
| 4336 | { |
| 4337 | pPerInstInfoNode = image->StoreInternedStructure((BYTE *)GetPerInstInfo() - sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), GetPerInstInfoSize() + sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY); |
| 4338 | } |
| 4339 | } |
| 4340 | else |
| 4341 | { |
| 4342 | pPerInstInfoNode = image->StoreStructure((BYTE *)GetPerInstInfo() - sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), GetPerInstInfoSize() + sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY_WRITEABLE); |
| 4343 | } |
| 4344 | image->BindPointer(GetPerInstInfo(), pPerInstInfoNode, sizeof(GenericsDictInfo)); |
| 4345 | } |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 | Dictionary * pDictionary = GetDictionary(); |
| 4348 | if (pDictionary != NULL) |
| 4349 | { |
| 4350 | BOOL fIsWriteable; |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 4353 | { |
| 4354 | // CanEagerBindToMethodTable would not work for targeted patching here. The dictionary |
| 4355 | // layout is sensitive to compilation order that can be changed by TP compatible changes. |
| 4356 | BOOL canSaveSlots = (image->GetModule() == GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetLoaderModule()); |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | fIsWriteable = pDictionary->IsWriteable(image, canSaveSlots, |
| 4359 | GetNumGenericArgs(), |
| 4360 | GetModule(), |
| 4361 | GetClass()->GetDictionaryLayout()); |
| 4362 | } |
| 4363 | else |
| 4364 | { |
| 4365 | fIsWriteable = FALSE; |
| 4366 | } |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | if (!fIsWriteable) |
| 4370 | { |
| 4371 | image->StoreInternedStructure(pDictionary, GetInstAndDictSize(), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY); |
| 4372 | } |
| 4373 | else |
| 4374 | { |
| 4375 | image->StoreStructure(pDictionary, GetInstAndDictSize(), DataImage::ITEM_DICTIONARY_WRITEABLE); |
| 4376 | } |
| 4377 | } |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | WORD numStaticFields = GetClass()->GetNumStaticFields(); |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable() && HasGenericsStaticsInfo() && numStaticFields != 0) |
| 4382 | { |
| 4383 | FieldDesc * pGenericsFieldDescs = GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs(); |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < numStaticFields; i++) |
| 4386 | { |
| 4387 | FieldDesc *pFld = pGenericsFieldDescs + i; |
| 4388 | pFld->PrecomputeNameHash(); |
| 4389 | } |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | ZapStoredStructure * pFDNode = image->StoreStructure(pGenericsFieldDescs, sizeof(FieldDesc) * numStaticFields, |
| 4392 | DataImage::ITEM_GENERICS_STATIC_FIELDDESCS); |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < numStaticFields; i++) |
| 4395 | { |
| 4396 | FieldDesc *pFld = pGenericsFieldDescs + i; |
| 4397 | pFld->SaveContents(image); |
| 4398 | if (pFld != pGenericsFieldDescs) |
| 4399 | image->BindPointer(pFld, pFDNode, (BYTE *)pFld - (BYTE *)pGenericsFieldDescs); |
| 4400 | } |
| 4401 | } |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | // Allocate a ModuleCtorInfo entry in the NGEN image if necessary |
| 4404 | if (HasBoxedRegularStatics()) |
| 4405 | { |
| 4406 | image->GetModule()->GetZapModuleCtorInfo()->AddElement(this); |
| 4407 | } |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 | // MethodTable WriteableData |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | PTR_Const_MethodTableWriteableData pWriteableData = GetWriteableData_NoLogging(); |
| 4413 | _ASSERTE(pWriteableData != NULL); |
| 4414 | if (pWriteableData != NULL) |
| 4415 | { |
| 4416 | pWriteableData->Save(image, this, profilingFlags); |
| 4417 | } |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Save %s (%p) complete.\n" , GetDebugClassName(), this)); |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | // Save the EEClass at the same time as the method table if this is the canonical method table |
| 4422 | if (IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 4423 | GetClass()->Save(image, this); |
| 4424 | } // MethodTable::Save |
| 4425 | |
| 4426 | //========================================================================== |
| 4427 | // The NeedsRestore Computation. |
| 4428 | // |
| 4429 | // WARNING: The NeedsRestore predicate on MethodTable and EEClass |
| 4430 | // MUST be computable immediately after we have loaded a type. |
| 4431 | // It must NOT depend on any additions or changes made to the |
| 4432 | // MethodTable as a result of compiling code, or |
| 4433 | // later steps such as prepopulating dictionaries. |
| 4434 | //========================================================================== |
| 4435 | BOOL MethodTable::ComputeNeedsRestore(DataImage *image, TypeHandleList *pVisited) |
| 4436 | { |
| 4437 | CONTRACTL |
| 4438 | { |
| 4439 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
| 4440 | // See comment in ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker |
| 4441 | PRECONDITION(GetLoaderModule()->HasNativeImage() || GetLoaderModule() == GetAppDomain()->ToCompilationDomain()->GetTargetModule()); |
| 4442 | } |
| 4443 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 | _ASSERTE(GetAppDomain()->IsCompilationDomain()); // only used at ngen time! |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | if (GetWriteableData()->IsNeedsRestoreCached()) |
| 4448 | { |
| 4449 | return GetWriteableData()->GetCachedNeedsRestore(); |
| 4450 | } |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | // We may speculatively assume that any types we've visited on this run of |
| 4453 | // the ComputeNeedsRestore algorithm don't need a restore. If they |
| 4454 | // do need a restore then we will check that when we first visit that method |
| 4455 | // table. |
| 4456 | if (TypeHandleList::Exists(pVisited, TypeHandle(this))) |
| 4457 | { |
| 4458 | pVisited->MarkBrokenCycle(this); |
| 4459 | return FALSE; |
| 4460 | } |
| 4461 | TypeHandleList newVisited(this, pVisited); |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | BOOL needsRestore = ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker(image, &newVisited); |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | // Cache the results of running the algorithm. |
| 4466 | // We can only cache the result if we have not speculatively assumed |
| 4467 | // that any types are not NeedsRestore |
| 4468 | if (!newVisited.HasBrokenCycleMark()) |
| 4469 | { |
| 4470 | GetWriteableDataForWrite()->SetCachedNeedsRestore(needsRestore); |
| 4471 | } |
| 4472 | else |
| 4473 | { |
| 4474 | _ASSERTE(pVisited != NULL); |
| 4475 | } |
| 4476 | return needsRestore; |
| 4477 | } |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4480 | BOOL MethodTable::ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker(DataImage *image, TypeHandleList *pVisited) |
| 4481 | { |
| 4482 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 4485 | // You should only call ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker on things being saved into |
| 4486 | // the current LoaderModule - the NeedsRestore flag should have been computed |
| 4487 | // for all items from NGEN images, and we should never compute NeedsRestore |
| 4488 | // on anything that is not related to an NGEN image. If this fails then |
| 4489 | // there is probably a CanEagerBindTo check missing as we trace through a |
| 4490 | // pointer from one data structure to another. |
| 4491 | // Trace back on the call stack and work out where this condition first fails. |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 | Module* myModule = GetLoaderModule(); |
| 4494 | AppDomain* myAppDomain = GetAppDomain(); |
| 4495 | CompilationDomain* myCompilationDomain = myAppDomain->ToCompilationDomain(); |
| 4496 | Module* myCompilationModule = myCompilationDomain->GetTargetModule(); |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 | if (myModule != myCompilationModule) |
| 4499 | { |
| 4500 | _ASSERTE(!"You should only call ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker on things being saved into the current LoaderModule" ); |
| 4501 | } |
| 4502 | #endif |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel == CORCOMPILE_VERBOSE) |
| 4505 | { |
| 4506 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(); |
| 4507 | LPCWSTR name = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(this); |
| 4508 | WszOutputDebugString(W("MethodTable " )); |
| 4509 | WszOutputDebugString(name); |
| 4510 | WszOutputDebugString(W(" needs restore? " )); |
| 4511 | } |
| 4512 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel >= CORCOMPILE_STATS && GetModule()->GetNgenStats()) |
| 4513 | GetModule()->GetNgenStats()->MethodTableRestoreNumReasons[TotalMethodTables]++; |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | #define UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(ARG) \ |
| 4516 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel == CORCOMPILE_VERBOSE) \ |
| 4517 | { WszOutputDebugString(W("Yes, ")); WszOutputDebugString(W(#ARG "\n")); } \ |
| 4518 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel >= CORCOMPILE_STATS && GetModule()->GetNgenStats()) \ |
| 4519 | GetModule()->GetNgenStats()->MethodTableRestoreNumReasons[ARG]++; |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | // The special method table for IL stubs has to be prerestored. Restore is not able to handle it |
| 4522 | // because of it does not have a token. In particular, this is a problem for /profiling native images. |
| 4523 | if (this == image->GetModule()->GetILStubCache()->GetStubMethodTable()) |
| 4524 | { |
| 4525 | return FALSE; |
| 4526 | } |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | // When profiling, we always want to perform the restore. |
| 4529 | if (GetAppDomain()->ToCompilationDomain()->m_fForceProfiling) |
| 4530 | { |
| 4531 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(ProfilingEnabled); |
| 4532 | return TRUE; |
| 4533 | } |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | if (DependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs()) |
| 4536 | { |
| 4537 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(ComImportStructDependenciesNeedRestore); |
| 4538 | return TRUE; |
| 4539 | } |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable() && !image->CanPrerestoreEagerBindToMethodTable(GetCanonicalMethodTable(), pVisited)) |
| 4542 | { |
| 4543 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CanNotPreRestoreHardBindToCanonicalMethodTable); |
| 4544 | return TRUE; |
| 4545 | } |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 | if (!image->CanEagerBindToModule(GetModule())) |
| 4548 | { |
| 4549 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CrossAssembly); |
| 4550 | return TRUE; |
| 4551 | } |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | if (GetParentMethodTable()) |
| 4554 | { |
| 4555 | if (!image->CanPrerestoreEagerBindToMethodTable(GetParentMethodTable(), pVisited)) |
| 4556 | { |
| 4557 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CanNotPreRestoreHardBindToParentMethodTable); |
| 4558 | return TRUE; |
| 4559 | } |
| 4560 | } |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | // Check per-inst pointers-to-dictionaries. |
| 4563 | if (!CanEagerBindToParentDictionaries(image, pVisited)) |
| 4564 | { |
| 4565 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CanNotHardBindToInstanceMethodTableChain); |
| 4566 | return TRUE; |
| 4567 | } |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 | // Now check if the dictionary (if any) owned by this methodtable needs a restore. |
| 4570 | if (GetDictionary()) |
| 4571 | { |
| 4572 | if (GetDictionary()->ComputeNeedsRestore(image, pVisited, GetNumGenericArgs())) |
| 4573 | { |
| 4574 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(GenericsDictionaryNeedsRestore); |
| 4575 | return TRUE; |
| 4576 | } |
| 4577 | } |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | // The interface chain is traversed without doing CheckRestore's. Thus |
| 4580 | // if any of the types in the inherited interfaces hierarchy need a restore |
| 4581 | // or are cross-module pointers then this methodtable will also need a restore. |
| 4582 | InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); |
| 4583 | while (it.Next()) |
| 4584 | { |
| 4585 | if (!image->CanPrerestoreEagerBindToMethodTable(it.GetInterface(), pVisited)) |
| 4586 | { |
| 4587 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(InterfaceIsGeneric); |
| 4588 | return TRUE; |
| 4589 | } |
| 4590 | } |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 | if (NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo()) |
| 4593 | { |
| 4594 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(CrossModuleGenericsStatics); |
| 4595 | return TRUE; |
| 4596 | } |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 | if (IsArray()) |
| 4599 | { |
| 4600 | if(!image->CanPrerestoreEagerBindToTypeHandle(GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(), pVisited)) |
| 4601 | { |
| 4602 | UPDATE_RESTORE_REASON(ArrayElement); |
| 4603 | return TRUE; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel == CORCOMPILE_VERBOSE) |
| 4608 | { |
| 4609 | WszOutputDebugString(W("No\n" )); |
| 4610 | } |
| 4611 | return FALSE; |
| 4612 | } |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4615 | BOOL MethodTable::CanEagerBindToParentDictionaries(DataImage *image, TypeHandleList *pVisited) |
| 4616 | { |
| 4617 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | MethodTable *pChain = GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 4620 | while (pChain != NULL) |
| 4621 | { |
| 4622 | // This is for the case were the method table contains a pointer to |
| 4623 | // an inherited dictionary, e.g. given the case D : C, C : B<int> |
| 4624 | // where B<int> is in another module then D contains a pointer to the |
| 4625 | // dictionary for B<int>. Note that in this case we might still be |
| 4626 | // able to hadbind to C. |
| 4627 | if (pChain->HasInstantiation()) |
| 4628 | { |
| 4629 | if (!image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(pChain, FALSE, pVisited) || |
| 4630 | !image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pChain->GetLoaderModule())) |
| 4631 | { |
| 4632 | return FALSE; |
| 4633 | } |
| 4634 | } |
| 4635 | pChain = pChain->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | return TRUE; |
| 4638 | } |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4641 | BOOL MethodTable::NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo() |
| 4642 | { |
| 4643 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | return HasGenericsStaticsInfo() && !ContainsGenericVariables() && !IsSharedByGenericInstantiations() && |
| 4646 | (Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(this) != GetLoaderModule()); |
| 4647 | } |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4650 | BOOL MethodTable::IsWriteable() |
| 4651 | { |
| 4652 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 4655 | // Dynamic expansion of interface map writes into method table |
| 4656 | // (see code:MethodTable::AddDynamicInterface) |
| 4657 | if (HasDynamicInterfaceMap()) |
| 4658 | return TRUE; |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | // CCW template is created lazily and when that happens, the |
| 4661 | // pointer is written directly into the method table. |
| 4662 | if (HasCCWTemplate()) |
| 4663 | return TRUE; |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 | // RCW per-type data is created lazily at run-time. |
| 4666 | if (HasRCWPerTypeData()) |
| 4667 | return TRUE; |
| 4668 | #endif |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | return FALSE; |
| 4671 | } |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4674 | // This is used when non-canonical (i.e. duplicated) method tables |
| 4675 | // attempt to bind to items logically belonging to an EEClass or MethodTable. |
| 4676 | // i.e. the contract map in the EEClass and the generic dictionary stored in the canonical |
| 4677 | // method table. |
| 4678 | // |
| 4679 | // We want to check if we can hard bind to the containing structure before |
| 4680 | // deciding to hardbind to the inside of it. This is because we may not be able |
| 4681 | // to hardbind to all EEClass and/or MethodTables even if they live in a hradbindable |
| 4682 | // target module. Thus we want to call CanEagerBindToMethodTable |
| 4683 | // to check we can hardbind to the containing structure. |
| 4684 | static |
| 4685 | void HardBindOrClearDictionaryPointer(DataImage *image, MethodTable *pMT, void * p, SSIZE_T offset, bool isRelative) |
| 4686 | { |
| 4687 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | if (image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(pMT) && |
| 4690 | image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pMT->GetLoaderModule())) |
| 4691 | { |
| 4692 | if (isRelative) |
| 4693 | { |
| 4694 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(p, offset); |
| 4695 | } |
| 4696 | else |
| 4697 | { |
| 4698 | image->FixupPointerField(p, offset); |
| 4699 | } |
| 4700 | } |
| 4701 | else |
| 4702 | { |
| 4703 | image->ZeroPointerField(p, offset); |
| 4704 | } |
| 4705 | } |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 | //========================================================================================== |
| 4708 | void MethodTable::Fixup(DataImage *image) |
| 4709 | { |
| 4710 | CONTRACTL |
| 4711 | { |
| 4712 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
| 4713 | PRECONDITION(IsFullyLoaded()); |
| 4714 | } |
| 4715 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Fixup %s\n" , GetDebugClassName())); |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 | if (GetWriteableData()->IsFixedUp()) |
| 4720 | return; |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | BOOL needsRestore = NeedsRestore(image); |
| 4723 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Fixup %s (%p), needsRestore=%d\n" , GetDebugClassName(), this, needsRestore)); |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 | BOOL isCanonical = IsCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 | Module *pZapModule = image->GetModule(); |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | MethodTable *pNewMT = (MethodTable *) image->GetImagePointer(this); |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | // For canonical method tables, the pointer to the EEClass is never encoded as a fixup |
| 4732 | // even if this method table is not in its preferred zap module, i.e. the two are |
| 4733 | // "tightly-bound". |
| 4734 | if (IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 4735 | { |
| 4736 | // Pointer to EEClass |
| 4737 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativePointerField(this, &MethodTable::m_pEEClass); |
| 4738 | } |
| 4739 | else |
| 4740 | { |
| 4741 | // |
| 4742 | // Encode m_pEEClassOrCanonMT |
| 4743 | // |
| 4744 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | ZapNode * pImport = NULL; |
| 4747 | if (image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(pCanonMT)) |
| 4748 | { |
| 4749 | if (image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pCanonMT->GetLoaderModule())) |
| 4750 | { |
| 4751 | // Pointer to canonical methodtable |
| 4752 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativeField(this, &MethodTable::m_pCanonMT, pCanonMT, UNION_METHODTABLE); |
| 4753 | } |
| 4754 | else |
| 4755 | { |
| 4756 | // Pointer to lazy bound indirection cell to canonical methodtable |
| 4757 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pCanonMT); |
| 4758 | } |
| 4759 | } |
| 4760 | else |
| 4761 | { |
| 4762 | // Pointer to eager bound indirection cell to canonical methodtable |
| 4763 | _ASSERTE(pCanonMT->IsTypicalTypeDefinition() || |
| 4764 | !pCanonMT->ContainsGenericVariables()); |
| 4765 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pCanonMT); |
| 4766 | } |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 | if (pImport != NULL) |
| 4769 | { |
| 4770 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativeFieldToNode(this, &MethodTable::m_pCanonMT, pImport, UNION_INDIRECTION); |
| 4771 | } |
| 4772 | } |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 | image->FixupField(this, offsetof(MethodTable, m_pLoaderModule), pZapModule, 0, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RELPTR); |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 4777 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(MethodTable, debug_m_szClassName)); |
| 4778 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 | MethodTable * pParentMT = GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 4781 | _ASSERTE(!pNewMT->IsParentMethodTableIndirectPointerMaybeNull()); |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | ZapRelocationType relocType; |
| 4784 | if (decltype(MethodTable::m_pParentMethodTable)::isRelative) |
| 4785 | { |
| 4786 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_RELPTR; |
| 4787 | } |
| 4788 | else |
| 4789 | { |
| 4790 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_PTR; |
| 4791 | } |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 | if (pParentMT != NULL) |
| 4794 | { |
| 4795 | // |
| 4796 | // Encode m_pParentMethodTable |
| 4797 | // |
| 4798 | ZapNode * pImport = NULL; |
| 4799 | if (image->CanEagerBindToMethodTable(pParentMT)) |
| 4800 | { |
| 4801 | if (image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pParentMT->GetLoaderModule())) |
| 4802 | { |
| 4803 | _ASSERTE(!IsParentMethodTableIndirectPointer()); |
| 4804 | image->FixupField(this, offsetof(MethodTable, m_pParentMethodTable), pParentMT, 0, relocType); |
| 4805 | } |
| 4806 | else |
| 4807 | { |
| 4808 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pParentMT); |
| 4809 | } |
| 4810 | } |
| 4811 | else |
| 4812 | { |
| 4813 | if (!pParentMT->IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 4814 | { |
| 4815 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 4816 | IMDInternalImport *pInternalImport = GetModule()->GetMDImport(); |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | mdToken crExtends; |
| 4819 | pInternalImport->GetTypeDefProps(GetCl(), |
| 4820 | NULL, |
| 4821 | &crExtends); |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(crExtends) == mdtTypeSpec); |
| 4824 | #endif |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 | // Use unique cell for now since we are first going to set the parent method table to |
| 4827 | // approx one first, and then to the exact one later. This would mess up the shared cell. |
| 4828 | // It would be nice to clean it up to use the shared cell - we should set the parent method table |
| 4829 | // just once at the end. |
| 4830 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pParentMT, this /* pUniqueId */); |
| 4831 | } |
| 4832 | else |
| 4833 | { |
| 4834 | pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(pParentMT); |
| 4835 | } |
| 4836 | } |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 | if (pImport != NULL) |
| 4839 | { |
| 4840 | image->FixupFieldToNode(this, offsetof(MethodTable, m_pParentMethodTable), pImport, -PARENT_MT_FIXUP_OFFSET, relocType); |
| 4841 | pNewMT->SetFlag(enum_flag_HasIndirectParent); |
| 4842 | } |
| 4843 | } |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 | if (HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()) |
| 4846 | { |
| 4847 | TADDR ppNonVirtualSlots = GetNonVirtualSlotsPtr(); |
| 4848 | PREFIX_ASSUME(ppNonVirtualSlots != NULL); |
| 4849 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppNonVirtualSlots - (BYTE *)this); |
| 4850 | } |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 | if (HasInterfaceMap()) |
| 4853 | { |
| 4854 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativePointerField(this, &MethodTable::m_pInterfaceMap); |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 | FixupExtraInterfaceInfo(image); |
| 4857 | } |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | _ASSERTE(GetWriteableData()); |
| 4860 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativePointerField(this, &MethodTable::m_pWriteableData); |
| 4861 | m_pWriteableData.GetValue()->Fixup(image, this, needsRestore); |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 4864 | if (HasGuidInfo()) |
| 4865 | { |
| 4866 | GuidInfo **ppGuidInfo = GetGuidInfoPtr(); |
| 4867 | if (*ppGuidInfo != NULL) |
| 4868 | { |
| 4869 | image->FixupPointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppGuidInfo - (BYTE *)this); |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | else |
| 4872 | { |
| 4873 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppGuidInfo - (BYTE *)this); |
| 4874 | } |
| 4875 | } |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | if (HasCCWTemplate()) |
| 4878 | { |
| 4879 | ComCallWrapperTemplate **ppTemplate = GetCCWTemplatePtr(); |
| 4880 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppTemplate - (BYTE *)this); |
| 4881 | } |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | if (HasRCWPerTypeData()) |
| 4884 | { |
| 4885 | // it would be nice to save these but the impact on mscorlib.ni size is prohibitive |
| 4886 | RCWPerTypeData **ppData = GetRCWPerTypeDataPtr(); |
| 4887 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, (BYTE *)ppData - (BYTE *)this); |
| 4888 | } |
| 4889 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | // |
| 4893 | // Fix flags |
| 4894 | // |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | _ASSERTE((pNewMT->GetFlag(enum_flag_IsZapped) == 0)); |
| 4897 | pNewMT->SetFlag(enum_flag_IsZapped); |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | _ASSERTE((pNewMT->GetFlag(enum_flag_IsPreRestored) == 0)); |
| 4900 | if (!needsRestore) |
| 4901 | pNewMT->SetFlag(enum_flag_IsPreRestored); |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | // |
| 4904 | // Fixup vtable |
| 4905 | // If the canonical method table lives in a different loader module |
| 4906 | // then just zero out the entries and copy them across from the canonical |
| 4907 | // vtable on restore. |
| 4908 | // |
| 4909 | // Note the canonical method table will be the same as the current method table |
| 4910 | // if the method table is not a generic instantiation. |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | if (HasDispatchMapSlot()) |
| 4913 | { |
| 4914 | TADDR pSlot = GetMultipurposeSlotPtr(enum_flag_HasDispatchMapSlot, c_DispatchMapSlotOffsets); |
| 4915 | DispatchMap * pDispatchMap = RelativePointer<PTR_DispatchMap>::GetValueAtPtr(pSlot); |
| 4916 | image->FixupField(this, pSlot - (TADDR)this, pDispatchMap, 0, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
| 4917 | pDispatchMap->Fixup(image); |
| 4918 | } |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | if (HasModuleOverride()) |
| 4921 | { |
| 4922 | image->FixupModulePointer(this, GetModuleOverridePtr()); |
| 4923 | } |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 | { |
| 4926 | VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it = IterateVtableIndirectionSlots(); |
| 4927 | while (it.Next()) |
| 4928 | { |
| 4929 | if (VTableIndir_t::isRelative) |
| 4930 | { |
| 4931 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(this, it.GetOffsetFromMethodTable()); |
| 4932 | } |
| 4933 | else |
| 4934 | { |
| 4935 | image->FixupPointerField(this, it.GetOffsetFromMethodTable()); |
| 4936 | } |
| 4937 | } |
| 4938 | } |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | unsigned numVTableSlots = GetNumVtableSlots(); |
| 4941 | for (unsigned slotNumber = 0; slotNumber < numVTableSlots; slotNumber++) |
| 4942 | { |
| 4943 | // |
| 4944 | // Find the method desc from the slot. |
| 4945 | // |
| 4946 | MethodDesc *pMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); |
| 4947 | _ASSERTE(pMD != NULL); |
| 4948 | pMD->CheckRestore(); |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | PVOID slotBase; |
| 4951 | SSIZE_T slotOffset; |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | if (slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()) |
| 4954 | { |
| 4955 | // Virtual slots live in chunks pointed to by vtable indirections |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 | slotBase = (PVOID) GetVtableIndirections()[GetIndexOfVtableIndirection(slotNumber)].GetValueMaybeNull(); |
| 4958 | slotOffset = GetIndexAfterVtableIndirection(slotNumber) * sizeof(MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t); |
| 4959 | } |
| 4960 | else if (HasSingleNonVirtualSlot()) |
| 4961 | { |
| 4962 | // Non-virtual slots < GetNumVtableSlots live in a single chunk pointed to by an optional member, |
| 4963 | // except when there is only one in which case it lives in the optional member itself |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber == GetNumVirtuals()); |
| 4966 | slotBase = (PVOID) this; |
| 4967 | slotOffset = (BYTE *)GetSlotPtr(slotNumber) - (BYTE *)this; |
| 4968 | } |
| 4969 | else |
| 4970 | { |
| 4971 | // Non-virtual slots < GetNumVtableSlots live in a single chunk pointed to by an optional member |
| 4972 | |
| 4973 | _ASSERTE(HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()); |
| 4974 | slotBase = (PVOID) GetNonVirtualSlotsArray(); |
| 4975 | slotOffset = (slotNumber - GetNumVirtuals()) * sizeof(PCODE); |
| 4976 | } |
| 4977 | |
| 4978 | // Attempt to make the slot point directly at the prejitted code. |
| 4979 | // Note that changes to this logic may require or enable an update to CanInternVtableChunk. |
| 4980 | // If a necessary update is not made, an assert will fire in ZapStoredStructure::Save. |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 | if (pMD->GetMethodTable() == this) |
| 4983 | { |
| 4984 | ZapRelocationType relocType; |
| 4985 | if (slotNumber >= GetNumVirtuals() || MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t::isRelative) |
| 4986 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer; |
| 4987 | else |
| 4988 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_PTR; |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 | pMD->FixupSlot(image, slotBase, slotOffset, relocType); |
| 4991 | } |
| 4992 | else |
| 4993 | { |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | // Static method should be in the owning methodtable only. |
| 4998 | _ASSERTE(!pMD->IsStatic()); |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | MethodTable *pSourceMT = isCanonical |
| 5001 | ? GetParentMethodTable() |
| 5002 | : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | // It must be inherited from the parent or copied from the canonical |
| 5005 | _ASSERTE(pSourceMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber) == pMD); |
| 5006 | #endif |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | ZapRelocationType relocType; |
| 5009 | if (MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t::isRelative) |
| 5010 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_RELPTR; |
| 5011 | else |
| 5012 | relocType = IMAGE_REL_BASED_PTR; |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | if (image->CanEagerBindToMethodDesc(pMD) && pMD->GetLoaderModule() == pZapModule) |
| 5015 | { |
| 5016 | pMD->FixupSlot(image, slotBase, slotOffset, relocType); |
| 5017 | } |
| 5018 | else |
| 5019 | { |
| 5020 | if (!pMD->IsGenericMethodDefinition()) |
| 5021 | { |
| 5022 | ZapNode * importThunk = image->GetVirtualImportThunk(pMD->GetMethodTable(), pMD, slotNumber); |
| 5023 | // On ARM, make sure that the address to the virtual thunk that we write into the |
| 5024 | // vtable "chunk" has the Thumb bit set. |
| 5025 | image->FixupFieldToNode(slotBase, slotOffset, importThunk ARM_ARG(THUMB_CODE) NOT_ARM_ARG(0), relocType); |
| 5026 | } |
| 5027 | else |
| 5028 | { |
| 5029 | // Virtual generic methods don't/can't use their vtable slot |
| 5030 | image->ZeroPointerField(slotBase, slotOffset); |
| 5031 | } |
| 5032 | } |
| 5033 | } |
| 5034 | } |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 | // |
| 5037 | // Fixup Interface map |
| 5038 | // |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 | InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); |
| 5041 | while (it.Next()) |
| 5042 | { |
| 5043 | image->FixupMethodTablePointer(GetInterfaceMap(), &it.GetInterfaceInfo()->m_pMethodTable); |
| 5044 | } |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | if (IsArray()) |
| 5047 | { |
| 5048 | image->HardBindTypeHandlePointer(this, offsetof(MethodTable, m_ElementTypeHnd)); |
| 5049 | } |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | // |
| 5052 | // Fixup per-inst pointers for this method table |
| 5053 | // |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | if (HasPerInstInfo()) |
| 5056 | { |
| 5057 | // Fixup the pointer to the per-inst table |
| 5058 | image->FixupPlainOrRelativePointerField(this, &MethodTable::m_pPerInstInfo); |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 | for (MethodTable *pChain = this; pChain != NULL; pChain = pChain->GetParentMethodTable()) |
| 5061 | { |
| 5062 | if (pChain->HasInstantiation()) |
| 5063 | { |
| 5064 | DWORD dictNum = pChain->GetNumDicts()-1; |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | // If we can't hardbind then the value will be copied down from |
| 5067 | // the parent upon restore. |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | // We special-case the dictionary for this method table because we must always |
| 5070 | // hard bind to it even if it's not in its preferred zap module |
| 5071 | size_t sizeDict = sizeof(PerInstInfoElem_t); |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | if (pChain == this) |
| 5074 | { |
| 5075 | if (PerInstInfoElem_t::isRelative) |
| 5076 | { |
| 5077 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(GetPerInstInfo(), dictNum * sizeDict); |
| 5078 | } |
| 5079 | else |
| 5080 | { |
| 5081 | image->FixupPointerField(GetPerInstInfo(), dictNum * sizeDict); |
| 5082 | } |
| 5083 | } |
| 5084 | else |
| 5085 | { |
| 5086 | HardBindOrClearDictionaryPointer(image, pChain, GetPerInstInfo(), dictNum * sizeDict, PerInstInfoElem_t::isRelative); |
| 5087 | } |
| 5088 | } |
| 5089 | } |
| 5090 | } |
| 5091 | // |
| 5092 | // Fixup instantiation+dictionary for this method table (if any) |
| 5093 | // |
| 5094 | if (GetDictionary()) |
| 5095 | { |
| 5096 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "GENERICS: Fixup dictionary for MT %s\n" , GetDebugClassName())); |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 | // CanEagerBindToMethodTable would not work for targeted patching here. The dictionary |
| 5099 | // layout is sensitive to compilation order that can be changed by TP compatible changes. |
| 5100 | BOOL canSaveSlots = !IsCanonicalMethodTable() && (image->GetModule() == GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetLoaderModule()); |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | // See comment on Dictionary::Fixup |
| 5103 | GetDictionary()->Fixup(image, |
| 5104 | TRUE, |
| 5105 | canSaveSlots, |
| 5106 | GetNumGenericArgs(), |
| 5107 | GetModule(), |
| 5108 | GetClass()->GetDictionaryLayout()); |
| 5109 | } |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | // Fixup per-inst statics info |
| 5112 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) |
| 5113 | { |
| 5114 | GenericsStaticsInfo *pInfo = GetGenericsStaticsInfo(); |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(this, (BYTE *)&pInfo->m_pFieldDescs - (BYTE *)this); |
| 5117 | if (!isCanonical) |
| 5118 | { |
| 5119 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < GetClass()->GetNumStaticFields(); i++) |
| 5120 | { |
| 5121 | FieldDesc *pFld = GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs() + i; |
| 5122 | pFld->Fixup(image); |
| 5123 | } |
| 5124 | } |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 | if (NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo()) |
| 5127 | { |
| 5128 | MethodTableWriteableData * pNewWriteableData = (MethodTableWriteableData *)image->GetImagePointer(m_pWriteableData.GetValue()); |
| 5129 | CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo * pNewCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo = pNewWriteableData->GetCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo(); |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | pNewCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo->m_DynamicTypeID = pInfo->m_DynamicTypeID; |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | image->ZeroPointerField(m_pWriteableData.GetValue(), sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData) + offsetof(CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo, m_pModuleForStatics)); |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 | pNewMT->SetFlag(enum_flag_StaticsMask_IfGenericsThenCrossModule); |
| 5136 | } |
| 5137 | } |
| 5138 | else |
| 5139 | { |
| 5140 | _ASSERTE(!NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo()); |
| 5141 | } |
| 5142 | |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Fixup %s (%p) complete\n" , GetDebugClassName(), this)); |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 | // If this method table is canonical (one-to-one with EEClass) then fix up the EEClass also |
| 5147 | if (isCanonical) |
| 5148 | GetClass()->Fixup(image, this); |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | // Mark method table as fixed-up |
| 5151 | GetWriteableDataForWrite()->SetFixedUp(); |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | } // MethodTable::Fixup |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 | //========================================================================================== |
| 5156 | void MethodTableWriteableData::Save(DataImage *image, MethodTable *pMT, DWORD profilingFlags) const |
| 5157 | { |
| 5158 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | SIZE_T size = sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData); |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | // MethodTableWriteableData is followed by optional CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo in NGen images |
| 5163 | if (pMT->NeedsCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo()) |
| 5164 | size += sizeof(CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo); |
| 5165 | |
| 5166 | DataImage::ItemKind kindWriteable = DataImage::ITEM_METHOD_TABLE_DATA_COLD_WRITEABLE; |
| 5167 | if ((profilingFlags & (1 << WriteMethodTableWriteableData)) != 0) |
| 5168 | kindWriteable = DataImage::ITEM_METHOD_TABLE_DATA_HOT_WRITEABLE; |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | ZapStoredStructure * pNode = image->StoreStructure(NULL, size, kindWriteable); |
| 5171 | image->BindPointer(this, pNode, 0); |
| 5172 | image->CopyData(pNode, this, sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData)); |
| 5173 | } |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 | //========================================================================================== |
| 5176 | void MethodTableWriteableData::Fixup(DataImage *image, MethodTable *pMT, BOOL needsRestore) |
| 5177 | { |
| 5178 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(MethodTableWriteableData, m_hExposedClassObject), sizeof(m_hExposedClassObject)); |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 | MethodTableWriteableData *pNewNgenPrivateMT = (MethodTableWriteableData*) image->GetImagePointer(this); |
| 5183 | _ASSERTE(pNewNgenPrivateMT != NULL); |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | if (needsRestore) |
| 5186 | pNewNgenPrivateMT->m_dwFlags |= (enum_flag_UnrestoredTypeKey | |
| 5187 | enum_flag_Unrestored | |
| 5188 | enum_flag_HasApproxParent | |
| 5189 | enum_flag_IsNotFullyLoaded); |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 5192 | pNewNgenPrivateMT->m_dwLastVerifedGCCnt = (DWORD)-1; |
| 5193 | #endif |
| 5194 | } |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
| 5199 | |
| 5200 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 | //========================================================================================== |
| 5203 | void MethodTable::CheckRestore() |
| 5204 | { |
| 5205 | CONTRACTL |
| 5206 | { |
| 5207 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) NOTHROW; else THROWS; |
| 5208 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) GC_NOTRIGGER; else GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 5209 | } |
| 5210 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | if (!IsFullyLoaded()) |
| 5213 | { |
| 5214 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(this); |
| 5215 | _ASSERTE(IsFullyLoaded()); |
| 5216 | } |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 5219 | } |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | #else // !FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 5222 | //========================================================================================== |
| 5223 | void MethodTable::CheckRestore() |
| 5224 | { |
| 5225 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 5226 | } |
| 5227 | #endif // !FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | BOOL SatisfiesClassConstraints(TypeHandle instanceTypeHnd, TypeHandle typicalTypeHnd, |
| 5233 | const InstantiationContext *pInstContext); |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | static VOID DoAccessibilityCheck(MethodTable *pAskingMT, MethodTable *pTargetMT, UINT resIDWhy) |
| 5236 | { |
| 5237 | CONTRACTL |
| 5238 | { |
| 5239 | THROWS; |
| 5240 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 5241 | } |
| 5242 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | StaticAccessCheckContext accessContext(NULL, pAskingMT); |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 | if (!ClassLoader::CanAccessClass(&accessContext, |
| 5247 | pTargetMT, //the desired class |
| 5248 | pTargetMT->GetAssembly(), //the desired class's assembly |
| 5249 | *AccessCheckOptions::s_pNormalAccessChecks |
| 5250 | )) |
| 5251 | { |
| 5252 | SString displayName; |
| 5253 | pAskingMT->GetAssembly()->GetDisplayName(displayName); |
| 5254 | SString targetName; |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | // Error string is either E_ACCESSDENIED which requires the type name of the target, vs |
| 5257 | // a more normal TypeLoadException which displays the requesting type. |
| 5258 | _ASSERTE((resIDWhy == (UINT)E_ACCESSDENIED) || (resIDWhy == (UINT)IDS_CLASSLOAD_INTERFACE_NO_ACCESS)); |
| 5259 | TypeString::AppendType(targetName, TypeHandle((resIDWhy == (UINT)E_ACCESSDENIED) ? pTargetMT : pAskingMT)); |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, resIDWhy, targetName.GetUnicode(), displayName.GetUnicode()); |
| 5262 | } |
| 5263 | |
| 5264 | } |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 | VOID DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraint(MethodTable *pAskingMT, TypeHandle thConstraint, UINT resIDWhy) |
| 5267 | { |
| 5268 | CONTRACTL |
| 5269 | { |
| 5270 | THROWS; |
| 5271 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 5272 | } |
| 5273 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | if (thConstraint.IsTypeDesc()) |
| 5276 | { |
| 5277 | TypeDesc *pTypeDesc = thConstraint.AsTypeDesc(); |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | if (pTypeDesc->IsGenericVariable()) |
| 5280 | { |
| 5281 | // since the metadata respresents a generic type param constraint as an index into |
| 5282 | // the declaring type's list of generic params, it is structurally impossible |
| 5283 | // to express a violation this way. So there's no check to be done here. |
| 5284 | } |
| 5285 | else |
| 5286 | if (pTypeDesc->HasTypeParam()) |
| 5287 | { |
| 5288 | DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraint(pAskingMT, pTypeDesc->GetTypeParam(), resIDWhy); |
| 5289 | } |
| 5290 | else |
| 5291 | { |
| 5292 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, E_ACCESSDENIED); |
| 5293 | } |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | } |
| 5296 | else |
| 5297 | { |
| 5298 | DoAccessibilityCheck(pAskingMT, thConstraint.GetMethodTable(), resIDWhy); |
| 5299 | } |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 | } |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 | VOID DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraints(MethodTable *pAskingMT, TypeVarTypeDesc *pTyVar, UINT resIDWhy) |
| 5304 | { |
| 5305 | CONTRACTL |
| 5306 | { |
| 5307 | THROWS; |
| 5308 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 5309 | } |
| 5310 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | DWORD numConstraints; |
| 5313 | TypeHandle *pthConstraints = pTyVar->GetCachedConstraints(&numConstraints); |
| 5314 | for (DWORD cidx = 0; cidx < numConstraints; cidx++) |
| 5315 | { |
| 5316 | TypeHandle thConstraint = pthConstraints[cidx]; |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 | DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraint(pAskingMT, thConstraint, resIDWhy); |
| 5319 | } |
| 5320 | } |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 | // Recursive worker that pumps the transitive closure of a type's dependencies to the specified target level. |
| 5324 | // Dependencies include: |
| 5325 | // |
| 5326 | // - parent |
| 5327 | // - interfaces |
| 5328 | // - canonical type, for non-canonical instantiations |
| 5329 | // - typical type, for non-typical instantiations |
| 5330 | // |
| 5331 | // Parameters: |
| 5332 | // |
| 5333 | // pVisited - used to prevent endless recursion in the case of cyclic dependencies |
| 5334 | // |
| 5335 | // level - target level to pump to - must be CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED or CLASS_LOADED |
| 5336 | // |
| 5337 | // if CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED, all transitive dependencies are resolved to their |
| 5338 | // exact types. |
| 5339 | // |
| 5340 | // if CLASS_LOADED, all type-safety checks are done on the type and all its transitive |
| 5341 | // dependencies. Note that for the CLASS_LOADED case, some types may be left |
| 5342 | // on the pending list rather that pushed to CLASS_LOADED in the case of cyclic |
| 5343 | // dependencies - the root caller must handle this. |
| 5344 | // |
| 5345 | // pfBailed - if we or one of our depedencies bails early due to cyclic dependencies, we |
| 5346 | // must set *pfBailed to TRUE. Otherwise, we must *leave it unchanged* (thus, the |
| 5347 | // boolean acts as a cumulative OR.) |
| 5348 | // |
| 5349 | // pPending - if one of our dependencies bailed, the type cannot yet be promoted to CLASS_LOADED |
| 5350 | // as the dependencies will be checked later and may fail a security check then. |
| 5351 | // Instead, DoFullyLoad() will add the type to the pending list - the root caller |
| 5352 | // is responsible for promoting the type after the full transitive closure has been |
| 5353 | // walked. Note that it would be just as correct to always defer to the pending list - |
| 5354 | // however, that is a little less performant. |
| 5355 | // |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | // Closure of locals necessary for implementing CheckForEquivalenceAndFullyLoadType. |
| 5359 | // Used so that we can have one valuetype walking algorithm used for type equivalence walking of the parameters of the method. |
| 5360 | struct DoFullyLoadLocals |
| 5361 | { |
| 5362 | DoFullyLoadLocals(DFLPendingList *pPendingParam, ClassLoadLevel levelParam, MethodTable *pMT, Generics::RecursionGraph *pVisited) |
| 5363 | : newVisited(pVisited, TypeHandle(pMT)) |
| 5364 | , pPending(pPendingParam) |
| 5365 | , level(levelParam) |
| 5366 | , fBailed(FALSE) |
| 5367 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE |
| 5368 | , fHasEquivalentStructParameter(FALSE) |
| 5369 | #endif |
| 5370 | , fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter(FALSE) |
| 5371 | , fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs(FALSE) |
| 5372 | { |
| 5373 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 5374 | } |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | Generics::RecursionGraph newVisited; |
| 5377 | DFLPendingList * const pPending; |
| 5378 | const ClassLoadLevel level; |
| 5379 | BOOL fBailed; |
| 5380 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE |
| 5381 | BOOL fHasEquivalentStructParameter; |
| 5382 | #endif |
| 5383 | BOOL fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter; |
| 5384 | BOOL fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs; |
| 5385 | }; |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | #if defined(FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
| 5388 | static void CheckForEquivalenceAndFullyLoadType(Module *pModule, mdToken token, Module *pDefModule, mdToken defToken, const SigParser *ptr, SigTypeContext *pTypeContext, void *pData) |
| 5389 | { |
| 5390 | CONTRACTL |
| 5391 | { |
| 5392 | THROWS; |
| 5393 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 5394 | SO_INTOLERANT; |
| 5395 | } |
| 5396 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | SigPointer sigPtr(*ptr); |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 | DoFullyLoadLocals *pLocals = (DoFullyLoadLocals *)pData; |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | if (IsTypeDefEquivalent(defToken, pDefModule)) |
| 5403 | { |
| 5404 | TypeHandle th = sigPtr.GetTypeHandleThrowing(pModule, pTypeContext, ClassLoader::LoadTypes, (ClassLoadLevel)(pLocals->level - 1)); |
| 5405 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!th.IsNull()); |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | th.DoFullyLoad(&pLocals->newVisited, pLocals->level, pLocals->pPending, &pLocals->fBailed, NULL); |
| 5408 | pLocals->fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs = TRUE; |
| 5409 | pLocals->fHasEquivalentStructParameter = TRUE; |
| 5410 | } |
| 5411 | } |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 | #endif // defined(FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | struct CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals |
| 5416 | { |
| 5417 | Module * pModule; |
| 5418 | BOOL * pfTypeForwarderFound; |
| 5419 | }; |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | // Callback for code:WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs of type code:PFN_WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs |
| 5422 | static void CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRef( |
| 5423 | mdToken tkTypeDefOrRef, |
| 5424 | void * pData) |
| 5425 | { |
| 5426 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 | CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals * pLocals = (CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals *)pData; |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | // If a type forwarder was found, return - we're done |
| 5431 | if ((pLocals->pfTypeForwarderFound != NULL) && (*(pLocals->pfTypeForwarderFound))) |
| 5432 | return; |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | // Only type ref's are interesting |
| 5435 | if (TypeFromToken(tkTypeDefOrRef) == mdtTypeRef) |
| 5436 | { |
| 5437 | Module * pDummyModule; |
| 5438 | mdToken tkDummy; |
| 5439 | ClassLoader::ResolveTokenToTypeDefThrowing( |
| 5440 | pLocals->pModule, |
| 5441 | tkTypeDefOrRef, |
| 5442 | &pDummyModule, |
| 5443 | &tkDummy, |
| 5444 | Loader::Load, |
| 5445 | pLocals->pfTypeForwarderFound); |
| 5446 | } |
| 5447 | } |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | typedef void (* PFN_WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs)(mdToken tkTypeDefOrRef, void * pData); |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | // Call 'function' for ValueType in the signature. |
| 5452 | void WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs( |
| 5453 | const SigParser * pSig, |
| 5454 | PFN_WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs function, |
| 5455 | void * pData) |
| 5456 | { |
| 5457 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 5458 | |
| 5459 | SigParser sig(*pSig); |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | CorElementType typ; |
| 5462 | IfFailThrow(sig.GetElemType(&typ)); |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 | switch (typ) |
| 5465 | { |
| 5466 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE: |
| 5467 | mdToken token; |
| 5468 | IfFailThrow(sig.GetToken(&token)); |
| 5469 | function(token, pData); |
| 5470 | break; |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_GENERICINST: |
| 5473 | // Process and skip generic type |
| 5474 | WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs(&sig, function, pData); |
| 5475 | IfFailThrow(sig.SkipExactlyOne()); |
| 5476 | |
| 5477 | // Get number of parameters |
| 5478 | ULONG argCnt; |
| 5479 | IfFailThrow(sig.GetData(&argCnt)); |
| 5480 | while (argCnt-- != 0) |
| 5481 | { // Process and skip generic parameter |
| 5482 | WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs(&sig, function, pData); |
| 5483 | IfFailThrow(sig.SkipExactlyOne()); |
| 5484 | } |
| 5485 | break; |
| 5486 | default: |
| 5487 | break; |
| 5488 | } |
| 5489 | } |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | // Callback for code:MethodDesc::WalkValueTypeParameters (of type code:WalkValueTypeParameterFnPtr) |
| 5492 | static void CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameter( |
| 5493 | Module * pModule, |
| 5494 | mdToken token, |
| 5495 | Module * pDefModule, |
| 5496 | mdToken defToken, |
| 5497 | const SigParser *ptr, |
| 5498 | SigTypeContext * pTypeContext, |
| 5499 | void * pData) |
| 5500 | { |
| 5501 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | DoFullyLoadLocals * pLocals = (DoFullyLoadLocals *)pData; |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | // If a type forwarder was found, return - we're done |
| 5506 | if (pLocals->fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter) |
| 5507 | return; |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals locals; |
| 5510 | locals.pModule = pModule; |
| 5511 | locals.pfTypeForwarderFound = &pLocals->fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter; // By not passing NULL here, we determine if there is a type forwarder involved. |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs(ptr, CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRef, &locals); |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | if (pLocals->fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter) |
| 5516 | pLocals->fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs = TRUE; |
| 5517 | } |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | // Callback for code:MethodDesc::WalkValueTypeParameters (of type code:WalkValueTypeParameterFnPtr) |
| 5520 | static void LoadTypeDefOrRefAssembly( |
| 5521 | Module * pModule, |
| 5522 | mdToken token, |
| 5523 | Module * pDefModule, |
| 5524 | mdToken defToken, |
| 5525 | const SigParser *ptr, |
| 5526 | SigTypeContext * pTypeContext, |
| 5527 | void * pData) |
| 5528 | { |
| 5529 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | DoFullyLoadLocals * pLocals = (DoFullyLoadLocals *)pData; |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 | CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameterLocals locals; |
| 5534 | locals.pModule = pModule; |
| 5535 | locals.pfTypeForwarderFound = NULL; // By passing NULL here, we simply resolve the token to TypeDef. |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 | WalkValueTypeTypeDefOrRefs(ptr, CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRef, &locals); |
| 5538 | } |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 | void MethodTable::DoFullyLoad(Generics::RecursionGraph * const pVisited, const ClassLoadLevel level, DFLPendingList * const pPending, |
| 5543 | BOOL * const pfBailed, const InstantiationContext * const pInstContext) |
| 5544 | { |
| 5545 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | _ASSERTE(level == CLASS_LOADED || level == CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED); |
| 5548 | _ASSERTE(pfBailed != NULL); |
| 5549 | _ASSERTE(!(level == CLASS_LOADED && pPending == NULL)); |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 | if (Generics::RecursionGraph::HasSeenType(pVisited, TypeHandle(this))) |
| 5555 | { |
| 5556 | *pfBailed = TRUE; |
| 5557 | return; |
| 5558 | } |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | if (GetLoadLevel() >= level) |
| 5561 | { |
| 5562 | return; |
| 5563 | } |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | if (level == CLASS_LOADED) |
| 5566 | { |
| 5567 | UINT numTH = pPending->Count(); |
| 5568 | TypeHandle *pTypeHndPending = pPending->Table(); |
| 5569 | for (UINT idxPending = 0; idxPending < numTH; idxPending++) |
| 5570 | { |
| 5571 | if (pTypeHndPending[idxPending] == this) |
| 5572 | { |
| 5573 | *pfBailed = TRUE; |
| 5574 | return; |
| 5575 | } |
| 5576 | } |
| 5577 | |
| 5578 | } |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 | BEGIN_SO_INTOLERANT_CODE(GetThread()); |
| 5581 | // First ensure that we're loaded to just below CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED |
| 5582 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(this, (ClassLoadLevel) (level-1)); |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 5585 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!HasApproxParent()); |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 | DoFullyLoadLocals locals(pPending, level, this, pVisited); |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | bool fNeedsSanityChecks = !IsZapped(); // Validation has been performed for NGened classes already |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
| 5593 | if (fNeedsSanityChecks) |
| 5594 | { |
| 5595 | Module * pModule = GetModule(); |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | // No sanity checks for ready-to-run compiled images if possible |
| 5598 | if (pModule->IsReadyToRun() && pModule->GetReadyToRunInfo()->SkipTypeValidation()) |
| 5599 | fNeedsSanityChecks = false; |
| 5600 | } |
| 5601 | #endif |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 | bool fNeedAccessChecks = (level == CLASS_LOADED) && |
| 5604 | fNeedsSanityChecks && |
| 5605 | IsTypicalTypeDefinition(); |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | TypeHandle typicalTypeHnd; |
| 5608 | |
| 5609 | if (!IsZapped()) // Validation has been performed for NGened classes already |
| 5610 | { |
| 5611 | // Fully load the typical instantiation. Make sure that this is done before loading other dependencies |
| 5612 | // as the recursive generics detection algorithm needs to examine typical instantiations of the types |
| 5613 | // in the closure. |
| 5614 | if (!IsTypicalTypeDefinition()) |
| 5615 | { |
| 5616 | typicalTypeHnd = ClassLoader::LoadTypeDefThrowing(GetModule(), GetCl(), |
| 5617 | ClassLoader::ThrowIfNotFound, ClassLoader::PermitUninstDefOrRef, tdNoTypes, |
| 5618 | (ClassLoadLevel) (level - 1)); |
| 5619 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!typicalTypeHnd.IsNull()); |
| 5620 | typicalTypeHnd.DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); |
| 5621 | } |
| 5622 | else if (level == CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED && HasInstantiation()) |
| 5623 | { |
| 5624 | // This is a typical instantiation of a generic type. When attaining CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED, the |
| 5625 | // recursive inheritance graph (ECMA part.II Section 9.2) will be constructed and checked for "expanding |
| 5626 | // cycles" to detect infinite recursion, e.g. A<T> : B<A<A<T>>>. |
| 5627 | // |
| 5628 | // The dependencies loaded by this method (parent type, implemented interfaces, generic arguments) |
| 5629 | // ensure that we will generate the finite instantiation closure as defined in ECMA. This load level |
| 5630 | // is not being attained under lock so it's not possible to use TypeVarTypeDesc to represent graph |
| 5631 | // nodes because multiple threads trying to fully load types from the closure at the same time would |
| 5632 | // interfere with each other. In addition, the graph is only used for loading and can be discarded |
| 5633 | // when the closure is fully loaded (TypeVarTypeDesc need to stay). |
| 5634 | // |
| 5635 | // The graph is represented by Generics::RecursionGraph instances organized in a linked list with |
| 5636 | // each of them holding part of the graph. They live on the stack and are cleaned up automatically |
| 5637 | // before returning from DoFullyLoad. |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 | if (locals.newVisited.CheckForIllegalRecursion()) |
| 5640 | { |
| 5641 | // An expanding cycle was detected, this type is part of a closure that is defined recursively. |
| 5642 | IMDInternalImport* pInternalImport = GetModule()->GetMDImport(); |
| 5643 | GetModule()->GetAssembly()->ThrowTypeLoadException(pInternalImport, GetCl(), IDS_CLASSLOAD_GENERICTYPE_RECURSIVE); |
| 5644 | } |
| 5645 | } |
| 5646 | } |
| 5647 | |
| 5648 | // Fully load the parent |
| 5649 | MethodTable *pParentMT = GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | if (pParentMT) |
| 5652 | { |
| 5653 | pParentMT->DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 | if (fNeedAccessChecks) |
| 5656 | { |
| 5657 | if (!IsComObjectType()) //RCW's are special - they are manufactured by the runtime and derive from the non-public type System.__ComObject |
| 5658 | { |
| 5659 | // A transparenct type should not be allowed to derive from a critical type. |
| 5660 | // However since this has never been enforced before we have many classes that |
| 5661 | // violate this rule. Enforcing it now will be a breaking change. |
| 5662 | DoAccessibilityCheck(this, pParentMT, E_ACCESSDENIED); |
| 5663 | } |
| 5664 | } |
| 5665 | } |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 | // Fully load the interfaces |
| 5668 | MethodTable::InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); |
| 5669 | while (it.Next()) |
| 5670 | { |
| 5671 | it.GetInterface()->DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | if (fNeedAccessChecks) |
| 5674 | { |
| 5675 | if (IsInterfaceDeclaredOnClass(it.GetIndex())) // only test directly implemented interfaces (it's |
| 5676 | // legal for an inherited interface to be private.) |
| 5677 | { |
| 5678 | // A transparenct type should not be allowed to implement a critical interface. |
| 5679 | // However since this has never been enforced before we have many classes that |
| 5680 | // violate this rule. Enforcing it now will be a breaking change. |
| 5681 | DoAccessibilityCheck(this, it.GetInterface(), IDS_CLASSLOAD_INTERFACE_NO_ACCESS); |
| 5682 | } |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | } |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | // Fully load the generic arguments |
| 5687 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); |
| 5688 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) |
| 5689 | { |
| 5690 | inst[i].DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); |
| 5691 | } |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 | // Fully load the canonical methodtable |
| 5694 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 5695 | { |
| 5696 | GetCanonicalMethodTable()->DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, NULL); |
| 5697 | } |
| 5698 | |
| 5699 | if (fNeedsSanityChecks) |
| 5700 | { |
| 5701 | // Fully load the exact field types for value type fields |
| 5702 | // Note that MethodTableBuilder::InitializeFieldDescs() loads the type of the |
| 5703 | // field only upto level CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS. |
| 5704 | FieldDesc *pField = GetApproxFieldDescListRaw(); |
| 5705 | FieldDesc *pFieldEnd = pField + GetNumStaticFields() + GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields(); |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 | while (pField < pFieldEnd) |
| 5708 | { |
| 5709 | g_IBCLogger.LogFieldDescsAccess(pField); |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 | if (pField->GetFieldType() == ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE) |
| 5712 | { |
| 5713 | TypeHandle th = pField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing((ClassLoadLevel) (level - 1)); |
| 5714 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!th.IsNull()); |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | th.DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | if (fNeedAccessChecks) |
| 5719 | { |
| 5720 | DoAccessibilityCheck(this, th.GetMethodTable(), E_ACCESSDENIED); |
| 5721 | } |
| 5722 | |
| 5723 | } |
| 5724 | pField++; |
| 5725 | } |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | // Fully load the exact field types for generic value type fields |
| 5728 | if (HasGenericsStaticsInfo()) |
| 5729 | { |
| 5730 | FieldDesc *pGenStaticField = GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs(); |
| 5731 | FieldDesc *pGenStaticFieldEnd = pGenStaticField + GetNumStaticFields(); |
| 5732 | while (pGenStaticField < pGenStaticFieldEnd) |
| 5733 | { |
| 5734 | if (pGenStaticField->GetFieldType() == ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE) |
| 5735 | { |
| 5736 | TypeHandle th = pGenStaticField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing((ClassLoadLevel) (level - 1)); |
| 5737 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!th.IsNull()); |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | th.DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | // The accessibility check is not necessary for generic fields. The generic fields are copy |
| 5742 | // of the regular fields, the only difference is that they have the exact type. |
| 5743 | } |
| 5744 | pGenStaticField++; |
| 5745 | } |
| 5746 | } |
| 5747 | } |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
| 5750 | // Fully load the types of fields associated with a field marshaler when ngenning |
| 5751 | if (HasLayout() && GetAppDomain()->IsCompilationDomain() && !IsZapped()) |
| 5752 | { |
| 5753 | FieldMarshaler* pFM = this->GetLayoutInfo()->GetFieldMarshalers(); |
| 5754 | UINT numReferenceFields = this->GetLayoutInfo()->GetNumCTMFields(); |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | while (numReferenceFields--) |
| 5757 | { |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 | FieldDesc *pMarshalerField = pFM->GetFieldDesc(); |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 | // If the fielddesc pointer here is a token tagged pointer, then the field marshaler that we are |
| 5762 | // working with will not need to be saved into this ngen image. And as that was the reason that we |
| 5763 | // needed to load this type, thus we will not need to fully load the type associated with this field desc. |
| 5764 | // |
| 5765 | if (!CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(pMarshalerField)) |
| 5766 | { |
| 5767 | TypeHandle th = pMarshalerField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing((ClassLoadLevel) (level-1)); |
| 5768 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!th.IsNull()); |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | th.DoFullyLoad(&locals.newVisited, level, pPending, &locals.fBailed, pInstContext); |
| 5771 | } |
| 5772 | // The accessibility check is not used here to prevent functional differences between ngen and non-ngen scenarios. |
| 5773 | ((BYTE*&)pFM) += MAXFIELDMARSHALERSIZE; |
| 5774 | } |
| 5775 | } |
| 5776 | #endif //FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
| 5777 | |
| 5778 | // Fully load exact parameter types for value type parameters opted into equivalence. This is required in case GC is |
| 5779 | // triggered during prestub. GC needs to know where references are on the stack and if the parameter (as read from |
| 5780 | // the method signature) is a structure, it relies on the loaded type to get the layout information from. For ordinary |
| 5781 | // structures we are guaranteed to have loaded the type before entering prestub - the caller must have loaded it. |
| 5782 | // However due to type equivalence, the caller may work with a different type than what's in the method signature. |
| 5783 | // |
| 5784 | // We deal with situation by eagerly loading types that may cause these problems, i.e. value types in signatures of |
| 5785 | // methods introduced by this type. To avoid the perf hit for scenarios without type equivalence, we only preload |
| 5786 | // structures that marked as type equivalent. In the no-PIA world |
| 5787 | // these structures are called "local types" and are usually generated automatically by the compiler. Note that there |
| 5788 | // is a related logic in code:CompareTypeDefsForEquivalence that declares two tokens corresponding to structures as |
| 5789 | // equivalent based on an extensive set of equivalency checks.. |
| 5790 | // |
| 5791 | // To address this situation for NGENed types and methods, we prevent pre-restoring them - see code:ComputeNeedsRestoreWorker |
| 5792 | // for details. That forces them to go through the final stages of loading at run-time and hit the same code below. |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 | if ((level == CLASS_LOADED) |
| 5795 | && (GetCl() != mdTypeDefNil) |
| 5796 | && !ContainsGenericVariables() |
| 5797 | && (!IsZapped() |
| 5798 | || DependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs() |
| 5799 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5800 | || TRUE // Always load types in debug builds so that we calculate fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs all of the time |
| 5801 | #endif |
| 5802 | ) |
| 5803 | ) |
| 5804 | { |
| 5805 | MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator itMethods(this, FALSE); |
| 5806 | for (; itMethods.IsValid(); itMethods.Next()) |
| 5807 | { |
| 5808 | MethodDesc * pMD = itMethods.GetMethodDesc(); |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | if (IsCompilationProcess()) |
| 5811 | { |
| 5812 | locals.fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter = FALSE; |
| 5813 | EX_TRY |
| 5814 | { |
| 5815 | pMD->WalkValueTypeParameters(this, CheckForTypeForwardedTypeRefParameter, &locals); |
| 5816 | } |
| 5817 | EX_CATCH |
| 5818 | { |
| 5819 | } |
| 5820 | EX_END_CATCH(RethrowTerminalExceptions); |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 | // This marks the class as needing restore. |
| 5823 | if (locals.fHasTypeForwarderDependentStructParameter && !pMD->IsZapped()) |
| 5824 | pMD->SetHasForwardedValuetypeParameter(); |
| 5825 | } |
| 5826 | else if (pMD->IsZapped() && pMD->HasForwardedValuetypeParameter()) |
| 5827 | { |
| 5828 | pMD->WalkValueTypeParameters(this, LoadTypeDefOrRefAssembly, NULL); |
| 5829 | locals.fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs = TRUE; |
| 5830 | } |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE |
| 5833 | if (!pMD->DoesNotHaveEquivalentValuetypeParameters() && pMD->IsVirtual()) |
| 5834 | { |
| 5835 | locals.fHasEquivalentStructParameter = FALSE; |
| 5836 | pMD->WalkValueTypeParameters(this, CheckForEquivalenceAndFullyLoadType, &locals); |
| 5837 | if (!locals.fHasEquivalentStructParameter && !IsZapped()) |
| 5838 | pMD->SetDoesNotHaveEquivalentValuetypeParameters(); |
| 5839 | } |
| 5840 | #else |
| 5841 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 5842 | if (!IsZapped() && pMD->IsVirtual() && !IsCompilationProcess() ) |
| 5843 | { |
| 5844 | pMD->PrepareForUseAsADependencyOfANativeImage(); |
| 5845 | } |
| 5846 | #endif |
| 5847 | #endif //FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE |
| 5848 | } |
| 5849 | } |
| 5850 | |
| 5851 | _ASSERTE(!IsZapped() || !IsCanonicalMethodTable() || (level != CLASS_LOADED) || ((!!locals.fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs) == (!!DependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs()))); |
| 5852 | if (locals.fDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs) |
| 5853 | { |
| 5854 | if (!IsZapped()) |
| 5855 | { |
| 5856 | // if this type declares a method that has an equivalent or type forwarded structure as a parameter type, |
| 5857 | // make sure we come here and pre-load these structure types in NGENed cases as well |
| 5858 | SetDependsOnEquivalentOrForwardedStructs(); |
| 5859 | } |
| 5860 | } |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | // The rules for constraint cycles are same as rules for acccess checks |
| 5863 | if (fNeedAccessChecks) |
| 5864 | { |
| 5865 | // Check for cyclical class constraints |
| 5866 | { |
| 5867 | Instantiation formalParams = GetInstantiation(); |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < formalParams.GetNumArgs(); i++) |
| 5870 | { |
| 5871 | BOOL Bounded(TypeVarTypeDesc *tyvar, DWORD depth); |
| 5872 | |
| 5873 | TypeVarTypeDesc *pTyVar = formalParams[i].AsGenericVariable(); |
| 5874 | pTyVar->LoadConstraints(CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED); |
| 5875 | if (!Bounded(pTyVar, formalParams.GetNumArgs())) |
| 5876 | { |
| 5877 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, VER_E_CIRCULAR_VAR_CONSTRAINTS); |
| 5878 | } |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | DoAccessibilityCheckForConstraints(this, pTyVar, E_ACCESSDENIED); |
| 5881 | } |
| 5882 | } |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | // Check for cyclical method constraints |
| 5885 | { |
| 5886 | if (GetCl() != mdTypeDefNil) // Make sure this is actually a metadata type! |
| 5887 | { |
| 5888 | MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator itMethods(this, FALSE); |
| 5889 | for (; itMethods.IsValid(); itMethods.Next()) |
| 5890 | { |
| 5891 | MethodDesc * pMD = itMethods.GetMethodDesc(); |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 | if (pMD->IsGenericMethodDefinition() && pMD->IsTypicalMethodDefinition()) |
| 5894 | { |
| 5895 | BOOL fHasCircularClassConstraints = TRUE; |
| 5896 | BOOL fHasCircularMethodConstraints = TRUE; |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | pMD->LoadConstraintsForTypicalMethodDefinition(&fHasCircularClassConstraints, &fHasCircularMethodConstraints, CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED); |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | if (fHasCircularClassConstraints) |
| 5901 | { |
| 5902 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, VER_E_CIRCULAR_VAR_CONSTRAINTS); |
| 5903 | } |
| 5904 | if (fHasCircularMethodConstraints) |
| 5905 | { |
| 5906 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, VER_E_CIRCULAR_MVAR_CONSTRAINTS); |
| 5907 | } |
| 5908 | } |
| 5909 | } |
| 5910 | } |
| 5911 | } |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 | } |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 5917 | if (LoggingOn(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000)) |
| 5918 | { |
| 5919 | SString name; |
| 5920 | TypeString::AppendTypeDebug(name, this); |
| 5921 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "PHASEDLOAD: Completed full dependency load of type %S\n" , name.GetUnicode())); |
| 5922 | } |
| 5923 | #endif |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 | switch (level) |
| 5926 | { |
| 5927 | case CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED: |
| 5928 | SetIsDependenciesLoaded(); |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 | #if defined(FEATURE_COMINTEROP) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
| 5931 | if (WinRTSupported() && g_fEEStarted) |
| 5932 | { |
| 5933 | _ASSERTE(GetAppDomain() != NULL); |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | AppDomain* pAppDomain = GetAppDomain(); |
| 5936 | if (pAppDomain->CanCacheWinRTTypeByGuid(this)) |
| 5937 | { |
| 5938 | pAppDomain->CacheWinRTTypeByGuid(this); |
| 5939 | } |
| 5940 | } |
| 5941 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP && !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | break; |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | case CLASS_LOADED: |
| 5946 | if (!IsZapped() && // Constraint checks have been performed for NGened classes already |
| 5947 | !IsTypicalTypeDefinition() && |
| 5948 | !IsSharedByGenericInstantiations()) |
| 5949 | { |
| 5950 | TypeHandle thThis = TypeHandle(this); |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | // If we got here, we about to mark a generic instantiation as fully loaded. Before we do so, |
| 5953 | // check to see if has constraints that aren't being satisfied. |
| 5954 | SatisfiesClassConstraints(thThis, typicalTypeHnd, pInstContext); |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | } |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 | if (locals.fBailed) |
| 5959 | { |
| 5960 | // We couldn't complete security checks on some dependency because he is already being processed by one of our callers. |
| 5961 | // Do not mark this class fully loaded yet. Put him on the pending list and he will be marked fully loaded when |
| 5962 | // everything unwinds. |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 | *pfBailed = TRUE; |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | TypeHandle *pTHPending = pPending->AppendThrowing(); |
| 5967 | *pTHPending = TypeHandle(this); |
| 5968 | } |
| 5969 | else |
| 5970 | { |
| 5971 | // Finally, mark this method table as fully loaded |
| 5972 | SetIsFullyLoaded(); |
| 5973 | } |
| 5974 | break; |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | default: |
| 5977 | _ASSERTE(!"Can't get here." ); |
| 5978 | break; |
| 5979 | |
| 5980 | } |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 | if (level >= CLASS_DEPENDENCIES_LOADED && IsArray()) |
| 5983 | { |
| 5984 | // The array type should be loaded, if template method table is loaded |
| 5985 | // See also: ArrayBase::SetArrayMethodTable, ArrayBase::SetArrayMethodTableForLargeObject |
| 5986 | TypeHandle th = ClassLoader::LoadArrayTypeThrowing(GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(), |
| 5987 | GetInternalCorElementType(), |
| 5988 | GetRank(), |
| 5989 | ClassLoader::LoadTypes, |
| 5990 | level); |
| 5991 | _ASSERTE(th.IsTypeDesc() && th.IsArray()); |
| 5992 | _ASSERTE(!(level == CLASS_LOADED && !th.IsFullyLoaded())); |
| 5993 | } |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | END_SO_INTOLERANT_CODE; |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 5998 | } //MethodTable::DoFullyLoad |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 | // For a MethodTable in a native image, decode sufficient encoded pointers |
| 6006 | // that the TypeKey for this type is recoverable. |
| 6007 | // |
| 6008 | // For instantiated generic types, we need the generic type arguments, |
| 6009 | // the EEClass pointer, and its Module pointer. |
| 6010 | // (For non-generic types, the EEClass and Module are always hard bound). |
| 6011 | // |
| 6012 | // The process is applied recursively e.g. consider C<D<string>[]>. |
| 6013 | // It is guaranteed to terminate because types cannot contain cycles in their structure. |
| 6014 | // |
| 6015 | // Also note that no lock is required; the process of restoring this information is idempotent. |
| 6016 | // (Note the atomic action at the end though) |
| 6017 | // |
| 6018 | void MethodTable::DoRestoreTypeKey() |
| 6019 | { |
| 6020 | CONTRACTL |
| 6021 | { |
| 6022 | THROWS; |
| 6023 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6024 | } |
| 6025 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 6026 | |
| 6027 | // If we have an indirection cell then restore the m_pCanonMT and its module pointer |
| 6028 | // |
| 6029 | if (union_getLowBits(m_pCanonMT.GetValue()) == UNION_INDIRECTION) |
| 6030 | { |
| 6031 | Module::RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw((MethodTable **)(union_getPointer(m_pCanonMT.GetValue())), |
| 6032 | GetLoaderModule(), CLASS_LOAD_UNRESTORED); |
| 6033 | } |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | MethodTable * pMTForModule = IsArray() ? this : GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 6036 | if (pMTForModule->HasModuleOverride()) |
| 6037 | { |
| 6038 | Module::RestoreModulePointer(pMTForModule->GetModuleOverridePtr(), pMTForModule->GetLoaderModule()); |
| 6039 | } |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | if (IsArray()) |
| 6042 | { |
| 6043 | // |
| 6044 | // Restore array element type handle |
| 6045 | // |
| 6046 | Module::RestoreTypeHandlePointerRaw(GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandlePtr(), |
| 6047 | GetLoaderModule(), CLASS_LOAD_UNRESTORED); |
| 6048 | } |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | // Next restore the instantiation and recurse |
| 6051 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); |
| 6052 | for (DWORD j = 0; j < inst.GetNumArgs(); j++) |
| 6053 | { |
| 6054 | Module::RestoreTypeHandlePointer(&inst.GetRawArgs()[j], GetLoaderModule(), CLASS_LOAD_UNRESTORED); |
| 6055 | } |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | FastInterlockAnd(&(EnsureWritablePages(GetWriteableDataForWrite())->m_dwFlags), ~MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_UnrestoredTypeKey); |
| 6058 | } |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6061 | // For a MethodTable in a native image, apply Restore actions |
| 6062 | // * Decode any encoded pointers |
| 6063 | // * Instantiate static handles |
| 6064 | // * Propagate Restore to EEClass |
| 6065 | // For array method tables, Restore MUST BE IDEMPOTENT as it can be entered from multiple threads |
| 6066 | // For other classes, restore cannot be entered twice because the loader maintains locks |
| 6067 | // |
| 6068 | // When you actually restore the MethodTable for a generic type, the generic |
| 6069 | // dictionary is restored. That means: |
| 6070 | // * Parent slots in the PerInstInfo are restored by this method eagerly. They are copied down from the |
| 6071 | // parent in code:ClassLoader.LoadExactParentAndInterfacesTransitively |
| 6072 | // * Instantiation parameters in the dictionary are restored eagerly when the type is restored. These are |
| 6073 | // either hard bound pointers, or tagged tokens (fixups). |
| 6074 | // * All other dictionary entries are either hard bound pointers or they are NULL (they are cleared when we |
| 6075 | // freeze the Ngen image). They are *never* tagged tokens. |
| 6076 | void MethodTable::Restore() |
| 6077 | { |
| 6078 | CONTRACTL |
| 6079 | { |
| 6080 | THROWS; |
| 6081 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6082 | PRECONDITION(IsZapped()); |
| 6083 | PRECONDITION(!IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 6084 | PRECONDITION(!HasUnrestoredTypeKey()); |
| 6085 | } |
| 6086 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 6089 | |
| 6090 | STRESS_LOG1(LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, "MethodTable::Restore: Restoring type %pT\n" , this); |
| 6091 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, |
| 6092 | "Restoring methodtable %s at " FMT_ADDR ".\n" , GetDebugClassName(), DBG_ADDR(this))); |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | // Class pointer should be restored already (in DoRestoreTypeKey) |
| 6095 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IsClassPointerValid()); |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | // If this isn't the canonical method table itself, then restore the canonical method table |
| 6098 | // We will load the canonical method table to level EXACTPARENTS in LoadExactParents |
| 6099 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 6100 | { |
| 6101 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(GetCanonicalMethodTable(), CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); |
| 6102 | } |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | // |
| 6105 | // Restore parent method table |
| 6106 | // |
| 6107 | if (IsParentMethodTableIndirectPointerMaybeNull()) |
| 6108 | { |
| 6109 | Module::RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw(GetParentMethodTableValuePtr(), GetLoaderModule(), CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); |
| 6110 | } |
| 6111 | else |
| 6112 | { |
| 6113 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(ReadPointer(this, &MethodTable::m_pParentMethodTable, GetFlagHasIndirectParent()), |
| 6114 | CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); |
| 6115 | } |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | // |
| 6118 | // Restore interface classes |
| 6119 | // |
| 6120 | InterfaceMapIterator it = IterateInterfaceMap(); |
| 6121 | while (it.Next()) |
| 6122 | { |
| 6123 | // Just make sure that approximate interface is loaded. LoadExactParents fill in the exact interface later. |
| 6124 | MethodTable * pIftMT; |
| 6125 | pIftMT = it.GetInterfaceInfo()->GetApproxMethodTable(GetLoaderModule()); |
| 6126 | _ASSERTE(pIftMT != NULL); |
| 6127 | } |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 | if (HasCrossModuleGenericStaticsInfo()) |
| 6130 | { |
| 6131 | MethodTableWriteableData * pWriteableData = GetWriteableDataForWrite(); |
| 6132 | CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo * pInfo = pWriteableData->GetCrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo(); |
| 6133 | |
| 6134 | EnsureWritablePages(pWriteableData, sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData) + sizeof(CrossModuleGenericsStaticsInfo)); |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 | pInfo->m_pModuleForStatics = GetLoaderModule(); |
| 6137 | } |
| 6138 | |
| 6139 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10000, |
| 6140 | "Restored methodtable %s at " FMT_ADDR ".\n" , GetDebugClassName(), DBG_ADDR(this))); |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | // This has to be last! |
| 6143 | SetIsRestored(); |
| 6144 | } |
| 6145 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6150 | BOOL MethodTable::IsExtensibleRCW() |
| 6151 | { |
| 6152 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 6153 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); |
| 6154 | return IsComObjectType() && !GetClass()->IsComImport(); |
| 6155 | } |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6158 | OBJECTHANDLE MethodTable::GetOHDelegate() |
| 6159 | { |
| 6160 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 6161 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); |
| 6162 | return GetClass()->GetOHDelegate(); |
| 6163 | } |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6166 | void MethodTable::SetOHDelegate (OBJECTHANDLE _ohDelegate) |
| 6167 | { |
| 6168 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 6169 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); |
| 6170 | g_IBCLogger.LogEEClassCOWTableAccess(this); |
| 6171 | GetClass_NoLogging()->SetOHDelegate(_ohDelegate); |
| 6172 | } |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6175 | // Helper to skip over COM class in the hierarchy |
| 6176 | MethodTable* MethodTable::GetComPlusParentMethodTable() |
| 6177 | { |
| 6178 | CONTRACTL |
| 6179 | { |
| 6180 | THROWS; |
| 6181 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6182 | MODE_ANY; |
| 6183 | } |
| 6184 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 6185 | |
| 6186 | MethodTable* pParent = GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 | if (pParent && pParent->IsComImport()) |
| 6189 | { |
| 6190 | if (pParent->IsProjectedFromWinRT()) |
| 6191 | { |
| 6192 | // skip all Com Import classes |
| 6193 | do |
| 6194 | { |
| 6195 | pParent = pParent->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 6196 | _ASSERTE(pParent != NULL); |
| 6197 | }while(pParent->IsComImport()); |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 | // Now we have either System.__ComObject or WindowsRuntime.RuntimeClass |
| 6200 | if (pParent != g_pBaseCOMObject) |
| 6201 | { |
| 6202 | return pParent; |
| 6203 | } |
| 6204 | } |
| 6205 | else |
| 6206 | { |
| 6207 | // Skip the single ComImport class we expect |
| 6208 | _ASSERTE(pParent->GetParentMethodTable() != NULL); |
| 6209 | pParent = pParent->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 6210 | } |
| 6211 | _ASSERTE(!pParent->IsComImport()); |
| 6212 | |
| 6213 | // Skip over System.__ComObject, expect System.MarshalByRefObject |
| 6214 | pParent=pParent->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 6215 | _ASSERTE(pParent != NULL); |
| 6216 | _ASSERTE(pParent->GetParentMethodTable() != NULL); |
| 6217 | _ASSERTE(pParent->GetParentMethodTable() == g_pObjectClass); |
| 6218 | } |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | return pParent; |
| 6221 | } |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | BOOL MethodTable::IsWinRTObjectType() |
| 6224 | { |
| 6225 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | // Try to determine if this object represents a WindowsRuntime object - i.e. is either |
| 6228 | // ProjectedFromWinRT or derived from a class that is |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | if (!IsComObjectType()) |
| 6231 | return FALSE; |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 | // Ideally we'd compute this once in BuildMethodTable and track it with another |
| 6234 | // flag, but we're now out of bits on m_dwFlags, and this is used very rarely |
| 6235 | // so for now we'll just recompute it when necessary. |
| 6236 | MethodTable* pMT = this; |
| 6237 | do |
| 6238 | { |
| 6239 | if (pMT->IsProjectedFromWinRT()) |
| 6240 | { |
| 6241 | // Found a WinRT COM object |
| 6242 | return TRUE; |
| 6243 | } |
| 6244 | if (pMT->IsComImport()) |
| 6245 | { |
| 6246 | // Found a class that is actually imported from COM but not WinRT |
| 6247 | // this is definitely a non-WinRT COM object |
| 6248 | return FALSE; |
| 6249 | } |
| 6250 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 6251 | }while(pMT != NULL); |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | return FALSE; |
| 6254 | } |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6259 | |
| 6260 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6261 | // Return a pointer to the dictionary for an instantiated type |
| 6262 | // Return NULL if not instantiated |
| 6263 | PTR_Dictionary MethodTable::GetDictionary() |
| 6264 | { |
| 6265 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 | if (HasInstantiation()) |
| 6268 | { |
| 6269 | // The instantiation for this class is stored in the type slots table |
| 6270 | // *after* any inherited slots |
| 6271 | TADDR base = dac_cast<TADDR>(&(GetPerInstInfo()[GetNumDicts()-1])); |
| 6272 | return PerInstInfoElem_t::GetValueMaybeNullAtPtr(base); |
| 6273 | } |
| 6274 | else |
| 6275 | { |
| 6276 | return NULL; |
| 6277 | } |
| 6278 | } |
| 6279 | |
| 6280 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6281 | // As above, but assert if an instantiated type is not restored |
| 6282 | Instantiation MethodTable::GetInstantiation() |
| 6283 | { |
| 6284 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 6285 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 6286 | if (HasInstantiation()) |
| 6287 | { |
| 6288 | PTR_GenericsDictInfo pDictInfo = GetGenericsDictInfo(); |
| 6289 | TADDR base = dac_cast<TADDR>(&(GetPerInstInfo()[pDictInfo->m_wNumDicts-1])); |
| 6290 | return Instantiation(PerInstInfoElem_t::GetValueMaybeNullAtPtr(base)->GetInstantiation(), pDictInfo->m_wNumTyPars); |
| 6291 | } |
| 6292 | else |
| 6293 | { |
| 6294 | return Instantiation(); |
| 6295 | } |
| 6296 | } |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6299 | // Obtain instantiation from an instantiated type or a pointer to the |
| 6300 | // element type of an array |
| 6301 | Instantiation MethodTable::GetClassOrArrayInstantiation() |
| 6302 | { |
| 6303 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 6304 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 6305 | if (IsArray()) { |
| 6306 | return GetArrayInstantiation(); |
| 6307 | } |
| 6308 | else { |
| 6309 | return GetInstantiation(); |
| 6310 | } |
| 6311 | } |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6314 | Instantiation MethodTable::GetArrayInstantiation() |
| 6315 | { |
| 6316 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 6317 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 6318 | _ASSERTE(IsArray()); |
| 6319 | return Instantiation((TypeHandle *)&m_ElementTypeHnd, 1); |
| 6320 | } |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6323 | CorElementType MethodTable::GetInternalCorElementType() |
| 6324 | { |
| 6325 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 6326 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | // This should not touch the EEClass, at least not in the |
| 6329 | // common cases of ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS and ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE. |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 6332 | |
| 6333 | CorElementType ret; |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | switch (GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_ElementTypeMask)) |
| 6336 | { |
| 6337 | case enum_flag_Category_Array: |
| 6338 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_ARRAY; |
| 6339 | break; |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 | case enum_flag_Category_Array | enum_flag_Category_IfArrayThenSzArray: |
| 6342 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_SZARRAY; |
| 6343 | break; |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | case enum_flag_Category_ValueType: |
| 6346 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; |
| 6347 | break; |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 | case enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType: |
| 6350 | // This path should only be taken for the builtin mscorlib types |
| 6351 | // and primitive valuetypes |
| 6352 | ret = GetClass()->GetInternalCorElementType(); |
| 6353 | _ASSERTE((ret != ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS) && |
| 6354 | (ret != ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE)); |
| 6355 | break; |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 | default: |
| 6358 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS; |
| 6359 | break; |
| 6360 | } |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 | // DAC may be targetting a dump; dumps do not guarantee you can retrieve the EEClass from |
| 6363 | // the MethodTable so this is not expected to work in a DAC build. |
| 6364 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
| 6365 | if (IsRestored_NoLogging()) |
| 6366 | { |
| 6367 | PTR_EEClass pClass = GetClass_NoLogging(); |
| 6368 | if (ret != pClass->GetInternalCorElementType()) |
| 6369 | { |
| 6370 | _ASSERTE(!"Mismatched results in MethodTable::GetInternalCorElementType" ); |
| 6371 | } |
| 6372 | } |
| 6373 | #endif // defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
| 6374 | return ret; |
| 6375 | } |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6378 | CorElementType MethodTable::GetVerifierCorElementType() |
| 6379 | { |
| 6380 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 6381 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 | // This should not touch the EEClass, at least not in the |
| 6384 | // common cases of ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS and ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE. |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | CorElementType ret; |
| 6389 | |
| 6390 | switch (GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_ElementTypeMask)) |
| 6391 | { |
| 6392 | case enum_flag_Category_Array: |
| 6393 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_ARRAY; |
| 6394 | break; |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 | case enum_flag_Category_Array | enum_flag_Category_IfArrayThenSzArray: |
| 6397 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_SZARRAY; |
| 6398 | break; |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | case enum_flag_Category_ValueType: |
| 6401 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; |
| 6402 | break; |
| 6403 | |
| 6404 | case enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType: |
| 6405 | // |
| 6406 | // This is the only difference from MethodTable::GetInternalCorElementType() |
| 6407 | // |
| 6408 | if (IsTruePrimitive() || IsEnum()) |
| 6409 | ret = GetClass()->GetInternalCorElementType(); |
| 6410 | else |
| 6411 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; |
| 6412 | break; |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | default: |
| 6415 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS; |
| 6416 | break; |
| 6417 | } |
| 6418 | |
| 6419 | return ret; |
| 6420 | } |
| 6421 | |
| 6422 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6423 | CorElementType MethodTable::GetSignatureCorElementType() |
| 6424 | { |
| 6425 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 6426 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 | // This should not touch the EEClass, at least not in the |
| 6429 | // common cases of ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS and ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE. |
| 6430 | |
| 6431 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 | CorElementType ret; |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | switch (GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_ElementTypeMask)) |
| 6436 | { |
| 6437 | case enum_flag_Category_Array: |
| 6438 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_ARRAY; |
| 6439 | break; |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 | case enum_flag_Category_Array | enum_flag_Category_IfArrayThenSzArray: |
| 6442 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_SZARRAY; |
| 6443 | break; |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 | case enum_flag_Category_ValueType: |
| 6446 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; |
| 6447 | break; |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 | case enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType: |
| 6450 | // |
| 6451 | // This is the only difference from MethodTable::GetInternalCorElementType() |
| 6452 | // |
| 6453 | if (IsTruePrimitive()) |
| 6454 | ret = GetClass()->GetInternalCorElementType(); |
| 6455 | else |
| 6456 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE; |
| 6457 | break; |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | default: |
| 6460 | ret = ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS; |
| 6461 | break; |
| 6462 | } |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 | return ret; |
| 6465 | } |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6470 | void MethodTable::SetInternalCorElementType (CorElementType _NormType) |
| 6471 | { |
| 6472 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 | switch (_NormType) |
| 6475 | { |
| 6476 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS: |
| 6477 | _ASSERTE(!IsArray()); |
| 6478 | // Nothing to do |
| 6479 | break; |
| 6480 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE: |
| 6481 | SetFlag(enum_flag_Category_ValueType); |
| 6482 | _ASSERTE(GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_Mask) == enum_flag_Category_ValueType); |
| 6483 | break; |
| 6484 | default: |
| 6485 | SetFlag(enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType); |
| 6486 | _ASSERTE(GetFlag(enum_flag_Category_Mask) == enum_flag_Category_PrimitiveValueType); |
| 6487 | break; |
| 6488 | } |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 | GetClass_NoLogging()->SetInternalCorElementType(_NormType); |
| 6491 | _ASSERTE(GetInternalCorElementType() == _NormType); |
| 6492 | } |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 6497 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
| 6500 | BOOL MethodTable::IsLegalWinRTType(OBJECTREF *poref) |
| 6501 | { |
| 6502 | CONTRACTL |
| 6503 | { |
| 6504 | THROWS; |
| 6505 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6506 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
| 6507 | PRECONDITION(IsProtectedByGCFrame(poref)); |
| 6508 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(poref)); |
| 6509 | PRECONDITION((*poref) != NULL); |
| 6510 | } |
| 6511 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 6512 | |
| 6513 | if (IsArray()) |
| 6514 | { |
| 6515 | BASEARRAYREF arrayRef = (BASEARRAYREF)(*poref); |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 | // WinRT array must be one-dimensional array with 0 lower-bound |
| 6518 | if (arrayRef->GetRank() == 1 && arrayRef->GetLowerBoundsPtr()[0] == 0) |
| 6519 | { |
| 6520 | MethodTable *pElementMT = ((BASEARRAYREF)(*poref))->GetArrayElementTypeHandle().GetMethodTable(); |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | // Element must be a legal WinRT type and not an array |
| 6523 | if (!pElementMT->IsArray() && pElementMT->IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) |
| 6524 | return TRUE; |
| 6525 | } |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | return FALSE; |
| 6528 | } |
| 6529 | else |
| 6530 | { |
| 6531 | // Non-Array version of IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType |
| 6532 | return IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType(); |
| 6533 | } |
| 6534 | } |
| 6535 | #endif //#ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 | BOOL MethodTable::IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType() |
| 6538 | { |
| 6539 | CONTRACTL |
| 6540 | { |
| 6541 | THROWS; |
| 6542 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6543 | MODE_ANY; |
| 6544 | PRECONDITION(!IsArray()); // arrays are not fully described by MethodTable |
| 6545 | } |
| 6546 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 6547 | |
| 6548 | if (WinRTTypeNameConverter::IsWinRTPrimitiveType(this)) |
| 6549 | return TRUE; |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 | // Attributes are not legal |
| 6552 | MethodTable *pParentMT = GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 6553 | if (pParentMT == MscorlibBinder::GetExistingClass(CLASS__ATTRIBUTE)) |
| 6554 | { |
| 6555 | return FALSE; |
| 6556 | } |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 | bool fIsRedirected = false; |
| 6559 | if (!IsProjectedFromWinRT() && !IsExportedToWinRT()) |
| 6560 | { |
| 6561 | // If the type is not primitive and not coming from .winmd, it can still be legal if |
| 6562 | // it's one of the redirected types (e.g. IEnumerable<T>). |
| 6563 | if (!WinRTTypeNameConverter::IsRedirectedType(this)) |
| 6564 | return FALSE; |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 | fIsRedirected = true; |
| 6567 | } |
| 6568 | |
| 6569 | if (IsValueType()) |
| 6570 | { |
| 6571 | if (!fIsRedirected) |
| 6572 | { |
| 6573 | // check fields |
| 6574 | ApproxFieldDescIterator fieldIterator(this, ApproxFieldDescIterator::INSTANCE_FIELDS); |
| 6575 | for (FieldDesc *pFD = fieldIterator.Next(); pFD != NULL; pFD = fieldIterator.Next()) |
| 6576 | { |
| 6577 | TypeHandle thField = pFD->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing(CLASS_LOAD_EXACTPARENTS); |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 | if (thField.IsTypeDesc()) |
| 6580 | return FALSE; |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | MethodTable *pFieldMT = thField.GetMethodTable(); |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 | // the only allowed reference types are System.String and types projected from WinRT value types |
| 6585 | if (!pFieldMT->IsValueType() && !pFieldMT->IsString()) |
| 6586 | { |
| 6587 | WinMDAdapter::RedirectedTypeIndex index; |
| 6588 | if (!WinRTTypeNameConverter::ResolveRedirectedType(pFieldMT, &index)) |
| 6589 | return FALSE; |
| 6590 | |
| 6591 | WinMDAdapter::WinMDTypeKind typeKind; |
| 6592 | WinMDAdapter::GetRedirectedTypeInfo(index, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &typeKind); |
| 6593 | if (typeKind != WinMDAdapter::WinMDTypeKind_Struct && typeKind != WinMDAdapter::WinMDTypeKind_Enum) |
| 6594 | return FALSE; |
| 6595 | } |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 | if (!pFieldMT->IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) |
| 6598 | return FALSE; |
| 6599 | } |
| 6600 | } |
| 6601 | } |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | if (IsInterface() || IsDelegate() || (IsValueType() && fIsRedirected)) |
| 6604 | { |
| 6605 | // interfaces, delegates, and redirected structures can be generic - check the instantiation |
| 6606 | if (HasInstantiation()) |
| 6607 | { |
| 6608 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); |
| 6609 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) |
| 6610 | { |
| 6611 | // arrays are not allowed as generic arguments |
| 6612 | if (inst[i].IsArrayType()) |
| 6613 | return FALSE; |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 | if (inst[i].IsTypeDesc()) |
| 6616 | return FALSE; |
| 6617 | |
| 6618 | if (!inst[i].AsMethodTable()->IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) |
| 6619 | return FALSE; |
| 6620 | } |
| 6621 | } |
| 6622 | } |
| 6623 | else |
| 6624 | { |
| 6625 | // generic structures and runtime clases are not supported |
| 6626 | if (HasInstantiation()) |
| 6627 | return FALSE; |
| 6628 | } |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 | return TRUE; |
| 6631 | } |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6634 | // Returns the default WinRT interface if this is a WinRT class, NULL otherwise. |
| 6635 | MethodTable *MethodTable::GetDefaultWinRTInterface() |
| 6636 | { |
| 6637 | CONTRACTL |
| 6638 | { |
| 6639 | THROWS; |
| 6640 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6641 | MODE_ANY; |
| 6642 | } |
| 6643 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 | if (!IsProjectedFromWinRT() && !IsExportedToWinRT()) |
| 6646 | return NULL; |
| 6647 | |
| 6648 | if (IsInterface()) |
| 6649 | return NULL; |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 | // System.Runtime.InteropServices.WindowsRuntime.RuntimeClass is weird |
| 6652 | // It is ProjectedFromWinRT but isn't really a WinRT class |
| 6653 | if (this == g_pBaseRuntimeClass) |
| 6654 | return NULL; |
| 6655 | |
| 6656 | WinRTClassFactory *pFactory = ::GetComClassFactory(this)->AsWinRTClassFactory(); |
| 6657 | return pFactory->GetDefaultInterface(); |
| 6658 | } |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6661 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 6662 | |
| 6663 | #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE |
| 6664 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | WORD GetEquivalentMethodSlot(MethodTable * pOldMT, MethodTable * pNewMT, WORD wMTslot, BOOL *pfFound) |
| 6667 | { |
| 6668 | CONTRACTL { |
| 6669 | THROWS; |
| 6670 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 6671 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 6672 | |
| 6673 | *pfFound = FALSE; |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 | WORD wVTslot = wMTslot; |
| 6676 | |
| 6677 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 6678 | // Get the COM vtable slot corresponding to the given MT slot |
| 6679 | if (pOldMT->IsSparseForCOMInterop()) |
| 6680 | wVTslot = pOldMT->GetClass()->GetSparseCOMInteropVTableMap()->LookupVTSlot(wMTslot); |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 | // If the other MT is not sparse, we can return the COM slot directly |
| 6683 | if (!pNewMT->IsSparseForCOMInterop()) |
| 6684 | { |
| 6685 | if (wVTslot < pNewMT->GetNumVirtuals()) |
| 6686 | *pfFound = TRUE; |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | return wVTslot; |
| 6689 | } |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | // Otherwise we iterate over all virtuals in the other MT trying to find a match |
| 6692 | for (WORD wSlot = 0; wSlot < pNewMT->GetNumVirtuals(); wSlot++) |
| 6693 | { |
| 6694 | if (wVTslot == pNewMT->GetClass()->GetSparseCOMInteropVTableMap()->LookupVTSlot(wSlot)) |
| 6695 | { |
| 6696 | *pfFound = TRUE; |
| 6697 | return wSlot; |
| 6698 | } |
| 6699 | } |
| 6700 | |
| 6701 | _ASSERTE(!*pfFound); |
| 6702 | return 0; |
| 6703 | |
| 6704 | #else |
| 6705 | // No COM means there is no sparse interface |
| 6706 | if (wVTslot < pNewMT->GetNumVirtuals()) |
| 6707 | *pfFound = TRUE; |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | return wVTslot; |
| 6710 | |
| 6711 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 6712 | } |
| 6713 | #endif // #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6714 | #endif // #ifdef FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6717 | BOOL |
| 6718 | MethodTable::FindEncodedMapDispatchEntry( |
| 6719 | UINT32 typeID, |
| 6720 | UINT32 slotNumber, |
| 6721 | DispatchMapEntry * pEntry) |
| 6722 | { |
| 6723 | CONTRACTL { |
| 6724 | // NOTE: LookupDispatchMapType may or may not throw. Currently, it |
| 6725 | // should never throw because lazy interface restore is disabled. |
| 6726 | THROWS; |
| 6727 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6728 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 6729 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pEntry)); |
| 6730 | PRECONDITION(typeID != TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS); |
| 6731 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(HasDispatchMap()); |
| 6734 | |
| 6735 | MethodTable * dispatchTokenType = GetThread()->GetDomain()->LookupType(typeID); |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 | // Search for an exact type match. |
| 6738 | { |
| 6739 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(this); |
| 6740 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
| 6741 | { |
| 6742 | DispatchMapEntry * pCurEntry = it.Entry(); |
| 6743 | if (pCurEntry->GetSlotNumber() == slotNumber) |
| 6744 | { |
| 6745 | MethodTable * pCurEntryType = LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()); |
| 6746 | if (pCurEntryType == dispatchTokenType) |
| 6747 | { |
| 6748 | *pEntry = *pCurEntry; |
| 6749 | return TRUE; |
| 6750 | } |
| 6751 | } |
| 6752 | } |
| 6753 | } |
| 6754 | |
| 6755 | // Repeat the search if any variance is involved, allowing a CanCastTo match. (We do |
| 6756 | // this in a separate pass because we want to avoid touching the type |
| 6757 | // to see if it has variance or not) |
| 6758 | // |
| 6759 | // NOTE: CERs are not guaranteed for interfaces with co- and contra-variance involved. |
| 6760 | if (dispatchTokenType->HasVariance() || dispatchTokenType->HasTypeEquivalence()) |
| 6761 | { |
| 6762 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(this); |
| 6763 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
| 6764 | { |
| 6765 | DispatchMapEntry * pCurEntry = it.Entry(); |
| 6766 | if (pCurEntry->GetSlotNumber() == slotNumber) |
| 6767 | { |
| 6768 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6769 | MethodTable * pCurEntryType = LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()); |
| 6770 | //@TODO: This is currently not guaranteed to work without throwing, |
| 6771 | //@TODO: even with lazy interface restore disabled. |
| 6772 | if (dispatchTokenType->HasVariance() && |
| 6773 | pCurEntryType->CanCastByVarianceToInterfaceOrDelegate(dispatchTokenType, NULL)) |
| 6774 | { |
| 6775 | *pEntry = *pCurEntry; |
| 6776 | return TRUE; |
| 6777 | } |
| 6778 | |
| 6779 | if (dispatchTokenType->HasInstantiation() && dispatchTokenType->HasTypeEquivalence()) |
| 6780 | { |
| 6781 | if (dispatchTokenType->IsEquivalentTo(pCurEntryType)) |
| 6782 | { |
| 6783 | *pEntry = *pCurEntry; |
| 6784 | return TRUE; |
| 6785 | } |
| 6786 | } |
| 6787 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6788 | } |
| 6789 | #if !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && defined(FEATURE_TYPEEQUIVALENCE) |
| 6790 | if (this->HasTypeEquivalence() && |
| 6791 | !dispatchTokenType->HasInstantiation() && |
| 6792 | dispatchTokenType->HasTypeEquivalence() && |
| 6793 | dispatchTokenType->GetClass()->IsEquivalentType()) |
| 6794 | { |
| 6795 | _ASSERTE(dispatchTokenType->IsInterface()); |
| 6796 | MethodTable * pCurEntryType = LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()); |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 | if (pCurEntryType->IsEquivalentTo(dispatchTokenType)) |
| 6799 | { |
| 6800 | MethodDesc * pMD = dispatchTokenType->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); |
| 6801 | _ASSERTE(FitsIn<WORD>(slotNumber)); |
| 6802 | BOOL fNewSlotFound = FALSE; |
| 6803 | DWORD newSlot = GetEquivalentMethodSlot( |
| 6804 | dispatchTokenType, |
| 6805 | pCurEntryType, |
| 6806 | static_cast<WORD>(slotNumber), |
| 6807 | &fNewSlotFound); |
| 6808 | if (fNewSlotFound && (newSlot == pCurEntry->GetSlotNumber())) |
| 6809 | { |
| 6810 | MethodDesc * pNewMD = pCurEntryType->GetMethodDescForSlot(newSlot); |
| 6811 | |
| 6812 | MetaSig msig(pMD); |
| 6813 | MetaSig msignew(pNewMD); |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | if (MetaSig::CompareMethodSigs(msig, msignew, FALSE)) |
| 6816 | { |
| 6817 | *pEntry = *pCurEntry; |
| 6818 | return TRUE; |
| 6819 | } |
| 6820 | } |
| 6821 | } |
| 6822 | } |
| 6823 | #endif |
| 6824 | } |
| 6825 | } |
| 6826 | return FALSE; |
| 6827 | } // MethodTable::FindEncodedMapDispatchEntry |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6830 | BOOL MethodTable::FindDispatchEntryForCurrentType(UINT32 typeID, |
| 6831 | UINT32 slotNumber, |
| 6832 | DispatchMapEntry *pEntry) |
| 6833 | { |
| 6834 | CONTRACTL { |
| 6835 | THROWS; |
| 6836 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6837 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 6838 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pEntry)); |
| 6839 | PRECONDITION(typeID != TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS); |
| 6840 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 | BOOL fRes = FALSE; |
| 6843 | |
| 6844 | if (HasDispatchMap()) |
| 6845 | { |
| 6846 | fRes = FindEncodedMapDispatchEntry( |
| 6847 | typeID, slotNumber, pEntry); |
| 6848 | } |
| 6849 | |
| 6850 | return fRes; |
| 6851 | } |
| 6852 | |
| 6853 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6854 | BOOL MethodTable::FindDispatchEntry(UINT32 typeID, |
| 6855 | UINT32 slotNumber, |
| 6856 | DispatchMapEntry *pEntry) |
| 6857 | { |
| 6858 | CONTRACT (BOOL) { |
| 6859 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 6860 | MODE_ANY; |
| 6861 | THROWS; |
| 6862 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6863 | POSTCONDITION(!RETVAL || pEntry->IsValid()); |
| 6864 | PRECONDITION(typeID != TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS); |
| 6865 | } CONTRACT_END; |
| 6866 | |
| 6867 | // Start at the current type and work up the inheritance chain |
| 6868 | MethodTable *pCurMT = this; |
| 6869 | UINT32 iCurInheritanceChainDelta = 0; |
| 6870 | while (pCurMT != NULL) |
| 6871 | { |
| 6872 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pCurMT); |
| 6873 | if (pCurMT->FindDispatchEntryForCurrentType( |
| 6874 | typeID, slotNumber, pEntry)) |
| 6875 | { |
| 6876 | RETURN (TRUE); |
| 6877 | } |
| 6878 | pCurMT = pCurMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 6879 | iCurInheritanceChainDelta++; |
| 6880 | } |
| 6881 | RETURN (FALSE); |
| 6882 | } |
| 6883 | |
| 6884 | //========================================================================================== |
| 6885 | // Possible cases: |
| 6886 | // 1. Typed (interface) contract |
| 6887 | // a. To non-virtual implementation (NYI). Just |
| 6888 | // return the DispatchSlot as the implementation |
| 6889 | // b. Mapped virtually to virtual slot on 'this'. Need to |
| 6890 | // further resolve the new 'this' virtual slot. |
| 6891 | // 2. 'this' contract |
| 6892 | // a. To non-virtual implementation. Return the DispatchSlot |
| 6893 | // as the implementation. |
| 6894 | // b. Mapped virtually to another virtual slot. Need to further |
| 6895 | // resolve the new slot on 'this'. |
| 6896 | BOOL |
| 6897 | MethodTable::FindDispatchImpl( |
| 6898 | UINT32 typeID, |
| 6899 | UINT32 slotNumber, |
| 6900 | DispatchSlot * pImplSlot, |
| 6901 | BOOL throwOnConflict) |
| 6902 | { |
| 6903 | CONTRACT (BOOL) { |
| 6904 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 6905 | MODE_ANY; |
| 6906 | THROWS; |
| 6907 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 6908 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pImplSlot)); |
| 6909 | POSTCONDITION(!RETVAL || !pImplSlot->IsNull() || IsComObjectType()); |
| 6910 | } CONTRACT_END; |
| 6911 | |
| 6912 | LOG((LF_LOADER, LL_INFO10000, "SD: MT::FindDispatchImpl: searching %s.\n" , GetClass()->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 6913 | |
| 6914 | /////////////////////////////////// |
| 6915 | // 1. Typed (interface) contract |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 | INDEBUG(MethodTable *dbg_pMTTok = NULL; dbg_pMTTok = this;) |
| 6918 | DispatchMapEntry declEntry; |
| 6919 | DispatchMapEntry implEntry; |
| 6920 | |
| 6921 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 6922 | if (typeID != TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS) |
| 6923 | { |
| 6924 | INDEBUG(dbg_pMTTok = GetThread()->GetDomain()->LookupType(typeID)); |
| 6925 | DispatchMapEntry e; |
| 6926 | if (!FindDispatchEntry(typeID, slotNumber, &e)) |
| 6927 | { |
| 6928 | // Figure out the interface being called |
| 6929 | MethodTable *pIfcMT = GetThread()->GetDomain()->LookupType(typeID); |
| 6930 | |
| 6931 | // Figure out which method of the interface the caller requested. |
| 6932 | MethodDesc * pIfcMD = pIfcMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 | // A call to an array thru IList<T> (or IEnumerable<T> or ICollection<T>) has to be handled specially. |
| 6935 | // These interfaces are "magic" (mostly due to working set concerned - they are created on demand internally |
| 6936 | // even though semantically, these are static interfaces.) |
| 6937 | // |
| 6938 | // NOTE: CERs are not currently supported with generic array interfaces. |
| 6939 | if (IsArray()) |
| 6940 | { |
| 6941 | // At this, we know that we're trying to cast an array to an interface and that the normal static lookup failed. |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 | // FindDispatchImpl assumes that the cast is legal so we should be able to assume now that it is a valid |
| 6944 | // IList<T> call thru an array. |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | // Get the MT of IList<T> or IReadOnlyList<T> |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | |
| 6949 | // Quick sanity check |
| 6950 | if (!(pIfcMT->HasInstantiation())) |
| 6951 | { |
| 6952 | _ASSERTE(!"Should not have gotten here. If you did, it's probably because multiple interface instantiation hasn't been checked in yet. This code only works on top of that." ); |
| 6953 | RETURN(FALSE); |
| 6954 | } |
| 6955 | |
| 6956 | // Get the type of T (as in IList<T>) |
| 6957 | TypeHandle theT = pIfcMT->GetInstantiation()[0]; |
| 6958 | |
| 6959 | // Retrieve the corresponding method of SZArrayHelper. This is the guy that will actually execute. |
| 6960 | // This method will be an instantiation of a generic method. I.e. if the caller requested |
| 6961 | // IList<T>.Meth(), he will actually be diverted to SZArrayHelper.Meth<T>(). |
| 6962 | MethodDesc * pActualImplementor = GetActualImplementationForArrayGenericIListOrIReadOnlyListMethod(pIfcMD, theT); |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | // Now, construct a DispatchSlot to return in *pImplSlot |
| 6965 | DispatchSlot ds(pActualImplementor->GetMethodEntryPoint()); |
| 6966 | |
| 6967 | if (pImplSlot != NULL) |
| 6968 | { |
| 6969 | *pImplSlot = ds; |
| 6970 | } |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 | RETURN(TRUE); |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 | } |
| 6975 | else |
| 6976 | { |
| 6977 | // |
| 6978 | // See if we can find a default method from one of the implemented interfaces |
| 6979 | // |
| 6980 | |
| 6981 | // Try exact match first |
| 6982 | MethodDesc *pDefaultMethod = NULL; |
| 6983 | BOOL foundDefaultInterfaceImplementation = FindDefaultInterfaceImplementation( |
| 6984 | pIfcMD, // the interface method being resolved |
| 6985 | pIfcMT, // the interface being resolved |
| 6986 | &pDefaultMethod, |
| 6987 | FALSE, // allowVariance |
| 6988 | throwOnConflict); |
| 6989 | |
| 6990 | // If there's no exact match, try a variant match |
| 6991 | if (!foundDefaultInterfaceImplementation && pIfcMT->HasVariance()) |
| 6992 | { |
| 6993 | foundDefaultInterfaceImplementation = FindDefaultInterfaceImplementation( |
| 6994 | pIfcMD, // the interface method being resolved |
| 6995 | pIfcMT, // the interface being resolved |
| 6996 | &pDefaultMethod, |
| 6997 | TRUE, // allowVariance |
| 6998 | throwOnConflict); |
| 6999 | } |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 | if (foundDefaultInterfaceImplementation) |
| 7002 | { |
| 7003 | // Now, construct a DispatchSlot to return in *pImplSlot |
| 7004 | DispatchSlot ds(pDefaultMethod->GetMethodEntryPoint()); |
| 7005 | |
| 7006 | if (pImplSlot != NULL) |
| 7007 | { |
| 7008 | *pImplSlot = ds; |
| 7009 | } |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 | RETURN(TRUE); |
| 7012 | } |
| 7013 | } |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 | // This contract is not implemented by this class or any parent class. |
| 7016 | RETURN(FALSE); |
| 7017 | } |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 | ///////////////////////////////// |
| 7021 | // 1.1. Update the typeID and slotNumber so that the full search can commense below |
| 7022 | typeID = TYPE_ID_THIS_CLASS; |
| 7023 | slotNumber = e.GetTargetSlotNumber(); |
| 7024 | } |
| 7025 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7026 | |
| 7027 | ////////////////////////////////// |
| 7028 | // 2. 'this' contract |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 | // Just grab the target out of the vtable |
| 7031 | *pImplSlot = GetRestoredSlot(slotNumber); |
| 7032 | |
| 7033 | // Successfully determined the target for the given target |
| 7034 | RETURN (TRUE); |
| 7035 | } |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 | struct MatchCandidate |
| 7040 | { |
| 7041 | MethodTable *pMT; |
| 7042 | MethodDesc *pMD; |
| 7043 | }; |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 | void ThrowExceptionForConflictingOverride( |
| 7046 | MethodTable *pTargetClass, |
| 7047 | MethodTable *pInterfaceMT, |
| 7048 | MethodDesc *pInterfaceMD) |
| 7049 | { |
| 7050 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 7051 | |
| 7052 | SString assemblyName; |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | pTargetClass->GetAssembly()->GetDisplayName(assemblyName); |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 | SString strInterfaceName; |
| 7057 | TypeString::AppendType(strInterfaceName, TypeHandle(pInterfaceMT)); |
| 7058 | |
| 7059 | SString strMethodName; |
| 7060 | TypeString::AppendMethod(strMethodName, pInterfaceMD, pInterfaceMD->GetMethodInstantiation()); |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | SString strTargetClassName; |
| 7063 | TypeString::AppendType(strTargetClassName, pTargetClass); |
| 7064 | |
| 7065 | COMPlusThrow( |
| 7066 | kNotSupportedException, |
| 7067 | IDS_CLASSLOAD_AMBIGUOUS_OVERRIDE, |
| 7068 | strMethodName, |
| 7069 | strInterfaceName, |
| 7070 | strTargetClassName, |
| 7071 | assemblyName); |
| 7072 | } |
| 7073 | |
| 7074 | // Find the default interface implementation method for interface dispatch |
| 7075 | // It is either the interface method with default interface method implementation, |
| 7076 | // or an most specific interface with an explicit methodimpl overriding the method |
| 7077 | BOOL MethodTable::FindDefaultInterfaceImplementation( |
| 7078 | MethodDesc *pInterfaceMD, |
| 7079 | MethodTable *pInterfaceMT, |
| 7080 | MethodDesc **ppDefaultMethod, |
| 7081 | BOOL allowVariance, |
| 7082 | BOOL throwOnConflict |
| 7083 | ) |
| 7084 | { |
| 7085 | CONTRACT(BOOL) { |
| 7086 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
| 7087 | MODE_ANY; |
| 7088 | THROWS; |
| 7089 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7090 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pInterfaceMD)); |
| 7091 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pInterfaceMT)); |
| 7092 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(ppDefaultMethod)); |
| 7093 | POSTCONDITION(!RETVAL || (*ppDefaultMethod) != nullptr); |
| 7094 | } CONTRACT_END; |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | #ifdef FEATURE_DEFAULT_INTERFACES |
| 7097 | InterfaceMapIterator it = this->IterateInterfaceMap(); |
| 7098 | |
| 7099 | CQuickArray<MatchCandidate> candidates; |
| 7100 | unsigned candidatesCount = 0; |
| 7101 | candidates.AllocThrows(this->GetNumInterfaces()); |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | // |
| 7104 | // Walk interface from derived class to parent class |
| 7105 | // We went with a straight-forward implementation as in most cases the number of interfaces are small |
| 7106 | // and the result of the interface dispatch are already cached. If there are significant usage of default |
| 7107 | // interface methods in highly complex interface hierarchies we can revisit this |
| 7108 | // |
| 7109 | MethodTable *pMT = this; |
| 7110 | while (pMT != NULL) |
| 7111 | { |
| 7112 | MethodTable *pParentMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 7113 | unsigned dwParentInterfaces = 0; |
| 7114 | if (pParentMT) |
| 7115 | dwParentInterfaces = pParentMT->GetNumInterfaces(); |
| 7116 | |
| 7117 | // Scanning only current class only if the current class have more interface than parent |
| 7118 | // (parent interface are laid out first in interface map) |
| 7119 | if (pMT->GetNumInterfaces() > dwParentInterfaces) |
| 7120 | { |
| 7121 | // Only iterate the interfaceimpls on current class |
| 7122 | MethodTable::InterfaceMapIterator it = pMT->IterateInterfaceMapFrom(dwParentInterfaces); |
| 7123 | while (!it.Finished()) |
| 7124 | { |
| 7125 | MethodTable *pCurMT = it.GetInterface(); |
| 7126 | |
| 7127 | MethodDesc *pCurMD = NULL; |
| 7128 | if (pCurMT == pInterfaceMT) |
| 7129 | { |
| 7130 | if (!pInterfaceMD->IsAbstract()) |
| 7131 | { |
| 7132 | // exact match |
| 7133 | pCurMD = pInterfaceMD; |
| 7134 | } |
| 7135 | } |
| 7136 | else if (pCurMT->CanCastToInterface(pInterfaceMT)) |
| 7137 | { |
| 7138 | if (pCurMT->HasSameTypeDefAs(pInterfaceMT)) |
| 7139 | { |
| 7140 | if (allowVariance && !pInterfaceMD->IsAbstract()) |
| 7141 | { |
| 7142 | // Generic variance match - we'll instantiate pCurMD with the right type arguments later |
| 7143 | pCurMD = pInterfaceMD; |
| 7144 | } |
| 7145 | } |
| 7146 | else |
| 7147 | { |
| 7148 | // |
| 7149 | // A more specific interface - search for an methodimpl for explicit override |
| 7150 | // Implicit override in default interface methods are not allowed |
| 7151 | // |
| 7152 | MethodIterator methodIt(pCurMT); |
| 7153 | for (; methodIt.IsValid() && pCurMD == NULL; methodIt.Next()) |
| 7154 | { |
| 7155 | MethodDesc *pMD = methodIt.GetMethodDesc(); |
| 7156 | int targetSlot = pInterfaceMD->GetSlot(); |
| 7157 | |
| 7158 | // If this is not a MethodImpl, it can't be implementing the method we're looking for |
| 7159 | if (!pMD->IsMethodImpl()) |
| 7160 | continue; |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 | // We have a MethodImpl - iterate over all the declarations it's implementing, |
| 7163 | // looking for the interface method we need. |
| 7164 | MethodImpl::Iterator it(pMD); |
| 7165 | for (; it.IsValid() && pCurMD == NULL; it.Next()) |
| 7166 | { |
| 7167 | MethodDesc *pDeclMD = it.GetMethodDesc(); |
| 7168 | |
| 7169 | // Is this the right slot? |
| 7170 | if (pDeclMD->GetSlot() != targetSlot) |
| 7171 | continue; |
| 7172 | |
| 7173 | // Is this the right interface? |
| 7174 | if (!pDeclMD->HasSameMethodDefAs(pInterfaceMD)) |
| 7175 | continue; |
| 7176 | |
| 7177 | if (pInterfaceMD->HasClassInstantiation()) |
| 7178 | { |
| 7179 | // pInterfaceMD will be in the canonical form, so we need to check the specific |
| 7180 | // instantiation against pInterfaceMT. |
| 7181 | // |
| 7182 | // The parent of pDeclMD is unreliable for this purpose because it may or |
| 7183 | // may not be canonicalized. Let's go from the metadata. |
| 7184 | |
| 7185 | SigTypeContext typeContext = SigTypeContext(pCurMT); |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | mdTypeRef tkParent; |
| 7188 | IfFailThrow(pMD->GetModule()->GetMDImport()->GetParentToken(it.GetToken(), &tkParent)); |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | MethodTable* pDeclMT = ClassLoader::LoadTypeDefOrRefOrSpecThrowing( |
| 7191 | pMD->GetModule(), |
| 7192 | tkParent, |
| 7193 | &typeContext).AsMethodTable(); |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 | // We do CanCastToInterface to also cover variance. |
| 7196 | // We already know this is a method on the same type definition as the (generic) |
| 7197 | // interface but we need to make sure the instantiations match. |
| 7198 | if ((allowVariance && pDeclMT->CanCastToInterface(pInterfaceMT)) |
| 7199 | || pDeclMT == pInterfaceMT) |
| 7200 | { |
| 7201 | // We have a match |
| 7202 | pCurMD = pMD; |
| 7203 | } |
| 7204 | } |
| 7205 | else |
| 7206 | { |
| 7207 | // No generics involved. If the method definitions match, it's a match. |
| 7208 | pCurMD = pMD; |
| 7209 | } |
| 7210 | } |
| 7211 | } |
| 7212 | } |
| 7213 | } |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 | if (pCurMD != NULL) |
| 7216 | { |
| 7217 | // |
| 7218 | // Found a match. But is it a more specific match (we want most specific interfaces) |
| 7219 | // |
| 7220 | if (pCurMD->HasClassOrMethodInstantiation()) |
| 7221 | { |
| 7222 | // Instantiate the MethodDesc |
| 7223 | // We don't want generic dictionary from this pointer - we need pass secret type argument |
| 7224 | // from instantiating stubs to resolve ambiguity |
| 7225 | pCurMD = MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( |
| 7226 | pCurMD, |
| 7227 | pCurMT, |
| 7228 | FALSE, // forceBoxedEntryPoint |
| 7229 | pCurMD->HasMethodInstantiation() ? |
| 7230 | pCurMD->AsInstantiatedMethodDesc()->IMD_GetMethodInstantiation() : |
| 7231 | Instantiation(), // for method themselves that are generic |
| 7232 | FALSE, // allowInstParam |
| 7233 | TRUE // forceRemoteableMethod |
| 7234 | ); |
| 7235 | } |
| 7236 | |
| 7237 | bool needToInsert = true; |
| 7238 | bool seenMoreSpecific = false; |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 | // We need to maintain the invariant that the candidates are always the most specific |
| 7241 | // in all path scaned so far. There might be multiple incompatible candidates |
| 7242 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < candidatesCount; ++i) |
| 7243 | { |
| 7244 | MethodTable *pCandidateMT = candidates[i].pMT; |
| 7245 | if (pCandidateMT == NULL) |
| 7246 | continue; |
| 7247 | |
| 7248 | if (pCandidateMT == pCurMT) |
| 7249 | { |
| 7250 | // A dup - we are done |
| 7251 | needToInsert = false; |
| 7252 | break; |
| 7253 | } |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 | if (allowVariance && pCandidateMT->HasSameTypeDefAs(pCurMT)) |
| 7256 | { |
| 7257 | // Variant match on the same type - this is a tie |
| 7258 | } |
| 7259 | else if (pCurMT->CanCastToInterface(pCandidateMT)) |
| 7260 | { |
| 7261 | // pCurMT is a more specific choice than IFoo/IBar both overrides IBlah : |
| 7262 | if (!seenMoreSpecific) |
| 7263 | { |
| 7264 | seenMoreSpecific = true; |
| 7265 | candidates[i].pMT = pCurMT; |
| 7266 | candidates[i].pMD = pCurMD; |
| 7267 | } |
| 7268 | else |
| 7269 | { |
| 7270 | candidates[i].pMT = NULL; |
| 7271 | candidates[i].pMD = NULL; |
| 7272 | } |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 | needToInsert = false; |
| 7275 | } |
| 7276 | else if (pCandidateMT->CanCastToInterface(pCurMT)) |
| 7277 | { |
| 7278 | // pCurMT is less specific - we don't need to scan more entries as this entry can |
| 7279 | // represent pCurMT (other entries are incompatible with pCurMT) |
| 7280 | needToInsert = false; |
| 7281 | break; |
| 7282 | } |
| 7283 | else |
| 7284 | { |
| 7285 | // pCurMT is incompatible - keep scanning |
| 7286 | } |
| 7287 | } |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 | if (needToInsert) |
| 7290 | { |
| 7291 | ASSERT(candidatesCount < candidates.Size()); |
| 7292 | candidates[candidatesCount].pMT = pCurMT; |
| 7293 | candidates[candidatesCount].pMD = pCurMD; |
| 7294 | candidatesCount++; |
| 7295 | } |
| 7296 | } |
| 7297 | |
| 7298 | it.Next(); |
| 7299 | } |
| 7300 | } |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | pMT = pParentMT; |
| 7303 | } |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 | // scan to see if there are any conflicts |
| 7306 | // If we are doing second pass (allowing variance), we know don't actually look for |
| 7307 | // a conflict anymore, but pick the first match. |
| 7308 | MethodTable *pBestCandidateMT = NULL; |
| 7309 | MethodDesc *pBestCandidateMD = NULL; |
| 7310 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < candidatesCount; ++i) |
| 7311 | { |
| 7312 | if (candidates[i].pMT == NULL) |
| 7313 | continue; |
| 7314 | |
| 7315 | if (pBestCandidateMT == NULL) |
| 7316 | { |
| 7317 | pBestCandidateMT = candidates[i].pMT; |
| 7318 | pBestCandidateMD = candidates[i].pMD; |
| 7319 | |
| 7320 | // If this is a second pass lookup, we know this is a variant match. As such |
| 7321 | // we pick the first result as the winner and don't look for a conflict. |
| 7322 | if (allowVariance) |
| 7323 | break; |
| 7324 | } |
| 7325 | else if (pBestCandidateMT != candidates[i].pMT) |
| 7326 | { |
| 7327 | if (throwOnConflict) |
| 7328 | ThrowExceptionForConflictingOverride(this, pInterfaceMT, pInterfaceMD); |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 | *ppDefaultMethod = NULL; |
| 7331 | RETURN(FALSE); |
| 7332 | } |
| 7333 | } |
| 7334 | |
| 7335 | if (pBestCandidateMD != NULL) |
| 7336 | { |
| 7337 | *ppDefaultMethod = pBestCandidateMD; |
| 7338 | RETURN(TRUE); |
| 7339 | } |
| 7340 | #else |
| 7341 | *ppDefaultMethod = NULL; |
| 7342 | #endif // FEATURE_DEFAULT_INTERFACES |
| 7343 | |
| 7344 | RETURN(FALSE); |
| 7345 | } |
| 7346 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7347 | |
| 7348 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7349 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::FindDispatchSlot(UINT32 typeID, UINT32 slotNumber, BOOL throwOnConflict) |
| 7350 | { |
| 7351 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 7352 | STATIC_CONTRACT_SO_TOLERANT; |
| 7353 | DispatchSlot implSlot(NULL); |
| 7354 | FindDispatchImpl(typeID, slotNumber, &implSlot, throwOnConflict); |
| 7355 | return implSlot; |
| 7356 | } |
| 7357 | |
| 7358 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7359 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::FindDispatchSlot(DispatchToken tok, BOOL throwOnConflict) |
| 7360 | { |
| 7361 | CONTRACTL |
| 7362 | { |
| 7363 | THROWS; |
| 7364 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7365 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 7366 | MODE_ANY; |
| 7367 | } |
| 7368 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7369 | return FindDispatchSlot(tok.GetTypeID(), tok.GetSlotNumber(), throwOnConflict); |
| 7370 | } |
| 7371 | |
| 7372 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7373 | |
| 7374 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7375 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::FindDispatchSlotForInterfaceMD(MethodDesc *pMD, BOOL throwOnConflict) |
| 7376 | { |
| 7377 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 7378 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMD)); |
| 7379 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(pMD->IsInterface()); |
| 7380 | return FindDispatchSlotForInterfaceMD(TypeHandle(pMD->GetMethodTable()), pMD, throwOnConflict); |
| 7381 | } |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7384 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::FindDispatchSlotForInterfaceMD(TypeHandle ownerType, MethodDesc *pMD, BOOL throwOnConflict) |
| 7385 | { |
| 7386 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 7387 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!ownerType.IsNull()); |
| 7388 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMD)); |
| 7389 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(pMD->IsInterface()); |
| 7390 | return FindDispatchSlot(ownerType.GetMethodTable()->GetTypeID(), pMD->GetSlot(), throwOnConflict); |
| 7391 | } |
| 7392 | |
| 7393 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7394 | // This is used for reverse methodimpl lookups by ComPlusMethodCall MDs. |
| 7395 | // This assumes the following: |
| 7396 | // The methodimpl is for an interfaceToken->slotNumber |
| 7397 | // There is ONLY ONE such mapping for this slot number |
| 7398 | // The mapping exists in this type, not a parent type. |
| 7399 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::ReverseInterfaceMDLookup(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 7400 | { |
| 7401 | CONTRACTL { |
| 7402 | THROWS; |
| 7403 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7404 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7405 | DispatchMap::Iterator it(this); |
| 7406 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
| 7407 | { |
| 7408 | if (it.Entry()->GetTargetSlotNumber() == slotNumber) |
| 7409 | { |
| 7410 | DispatchMapTypeID typeID = it.Entry()->GetTypeID(); |
| 7411 | _ASSERTE(!typeID.IsThisClass()); |
| 7412 | UINT32 slotNum = it.Entry()->GetSlotNumber(); |
| 7413 | MethodTable * pMTItf = LookupDispatchMapType(typeID); |
| 7414 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMTItf)); |
| 7415 | |
| 7416 | MethodDesc *pCanonMD = pMTItf->GetMethodDescForSlot((DWORD)slotNum); |
| 7417 | return MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( |
| 7418 | pCanonMD, |
| 7419 | pMTItf, |
| 7420 | FALSE, // forceBoxedEntryPoint |
| 7421 | Instantiation(), // methodInst |
| 7422 | FALSE, // allowInstParam |
| 7423 | TRUE); // forceRemotableMethod |
| 7424 | } |
| 7425 | } |
| 7426 | return NULL; |
| 7427 | } |
| 7428 | |
| 7429 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7430 | UINT32 MethodTable::GetTypeID() |
| 7431 | { |
| 7432 | CONTRACTL { |
| 7433 | THROWS; |
| 7434 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7435 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7436 | |
| 7437 | PTR_MethodTable pMT = PTR_MethodTable(this); |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | return GetDomain()->GetTypeID(pMT); |
| 7440 | } |
| 7441 | |
| 7442 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7443 | UINT32 MethodTable::LookupTypeID() |
| 7444 | { |
| 7445 | CONTRACTL |
| 7446 | { |
| 7447 | NOTHROW; |
| 7448 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 7449 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 7450 | MODE_ANY; |
| 7451 | } |
| 7452 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7453 | PTR_MethodTable pMT = PTR_MethodTable(this); |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | return GetDomain()->LookupTypeID(pMT); |
| 7456 | } |
| 7457 | |
| 7458 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7459 | BOOL MethodTable::ImplementsInterfaceWithSameSlotsAsParent(MethodTable *pItfMT, MethodTable *pParentMT) |
| 7460 | { |
| 7461 | CONTRACTL |
| 7462 | { |
| 7463 | THROWS; |
| 7464 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7465 | PRECONDITION(!IsInterface() && !pParentMT->IsInterface()); |
| 7466 | PRECONDITION(pItfMT->IsInterface()); |
| 7467 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7468 | |
| 7469 | MethodTable *pMT = this; |
| 7470 | do |
| 7471 | { |
| 7472 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(pMT); |
| 7473 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
| 7474 | { |
| 7475 | DispatchMapEntry *pCurEntry = it.Entry(); |
| 7476 | if (LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()) == pItfMT) |
| 7477 | { |
| 7478 | // this class and its parents up to pParentMT must have no mappings for the interface |
| 7479 | return FALSE; |
| 7480 | } |
| 7481 | } |
| 7482 | |
| 7483 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 7484 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); |
| 7485 | } |
| 7486 | while (pMT != pParentMT); |
| 7487 | |
| 7488 | return TRUE; |
| 7489 | } |
| 7490 | |
| 7491 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7492 | BOOL MethodTable::HasSameInterfaceImplementationAsParent(MethodTable *pItfMT, MethodTable *pParentMT) |
| 7493 | { |
| 7494 | CONTRACTL |
| 7495 | { |
| 7496 | THROWS; |
| 7497 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7498 | PRECONDITION(!IsInterface() && !pParentMT->IsInterface()); |
| 7499 | PRECONDITION(pItfMT->IsInterface()); |
| 7500 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7501 | |
| 7502 | if (!ImplementsInterfaceWithSameSlotsAsParent(pItfMT, pParentMT)) |
| 7503 | { |
| 7504 | // if the slots are not same, this class reimplements the interface |
| 7505 | return FALSE; |
| 7506 | } |
| 7507 | |
| 7508 | // The target slots are the same, but they can still be overriden. We'll iterate |
| 7509 | // the dispatch map beginning with pParentMT up the hierarchy and for each pItfMT |
| 7510 | // entry check the target slot contents (pParentMT vs. this class). A mismatch |
| 7511 | // means that there is an override. We'll keep track of source (interface) slots |
| 7512 | // we have seen so that we can ignore entries higher in the hierarchy that are no |
| 7513 | // longer in effect at pParentMT level. |
| 7514 | BitMask bitMask; |
| 7515 | |
| 7516 | WORD wSeenSlots = 0; |
| 7517 | WORD wTotalSlots = pItfMT->GetNumVtableSlots(); |
| 7518 | |
| 7519 | MethodTable *pMT = pParentMT; |
| 7520 | do |
| 7521 | { |
| 7522 | DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(pMT); |
| 7523 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
| 7524 | { |
| 7525 | DispatchMapEntry *pCurEntry = it.Entry(); |
| 7526 | if (LookupDispatchMapType(pCurEntry->GetTypeID()) == pItfMT) |
| 7527 | { |
| 7528 | UINT32 ifaceSlot = pCurEntry->GetSlotNumber(); |
| 7529 | if (!bitMask.TestBit(ifaceSlot)) |
| 7530 | { |
| 7531 | bitMask.SetBit(ifaceSlot); |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 | UINT32 targetSlot = pCurEntry->GetTargetSlotNumber(); |
| 7534 | if (GetRestoredSlot(targetSlot) != pParentMT->GetRestoredSlot(targetSlot)) |
| 7535 | { |
| 7536 | // the target slot is overriden |
| 7537 | return FALSE; |
| 7538 | } |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | if (++wSeenSlots == wTotalSlots) |
| 7541 | { |
| 7542 | // we've resolved all slots, no reason to continue |
| 7543 | break; |
| 7544 | } |
| 7545 | } |
| 7546 | } |
| 7547 | } |
| 7548 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 7549 | } |
| 7550 | while (pMT != NULL); |
| 7551 | |
| 7552 | return TRUE; |
| 7553 | } |
| 7554 | |
| 7555 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7556 | |
| 7557 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7558 | MethodTable * MethodTable::LookupDispatchMapType(DispatchMapTypeID typeID) |
| 7559 | { |
| 7560 | CONTRACTL { |
| 7561 | WRAPPER(THROWS); |
| 7562 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7563 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7564 | |
| 7565 | _ASSERTE(!typeID.IsThisClass()); |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 | InterfaceMapIterator intIt = IterateInterfaceMapFrom(typeID.GetInterfaceNum()); |
| 7568 | return intIt.GetInterface(); |
| 7569 | } |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7572 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::GetIntroducingMethodDesc(DWORD slotNumber) |
| 7573 | { |
| 7574 | CONTRACTL |
| 7575 | { |
| 7576 | NOTHROW; |
| 7577 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 7578 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 7579 | MODE_ANY; |
| 7580 | } |
| 7581 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7582 | |
| 7583 | MethodDesc * pCurrentMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); |
| 7584 | DWORD dwSlot = pCurrentMD->GetSlot(); |
| 7585 | MethodDesc * pIntroducingMD = NULL; |
| 7586 | |
| 7587 | MethodTable * pParentType = GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 7588 | MethodTable * pPrevParentType = NULL; |
| 7589 | |
| 7590 | // Find this method in the parent. |
| 7591 | // If it does exist in the parent, it would be at the same vtable slot. |
| 7592 | while ((pParentType != NULL) && |
| 7593 | (dwSlot < pParentType->GetNumVirtuals())) |
| 7594 | { |
| 7595 | pPrevParentType = pParentType; |
| 7596 | pParentType = pParentType->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 7597 | } |
| 7598 | |
| 7599 | if (pPrevParentType != NULL) |
| 7600 | { |
| 7601 | pIntroducingMD = pPrevParentType->GetMethodDescForSlot(dwSlot); |
| 7602 | } |
| 7603 | |
| 7604 | return pIntroducingMD; |
| 7605 | } |
| 7606 | |
| 7607 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7608 | // There is a case where a method declared in a type can be explicitly |
| 7609 | // overridden by a methodImpl on another method within the same type. In |
| 7610 | // this case, we need to call the methodImpl target, and this will map |
| 7611 | // things appropriately for us. |
| 7612 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::MapMethodDeclToMethodImpl(MethodDesc * pMDDecl) |
| 7613 | { |
| 7614 | STATIC_CONTRACT_THROWS; |
| 7615 | STATIC_CONTRACT_GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7616 | |
| 7617 | MethodTable * pMT = pMDDecl->GetMethodTable(); |
| 7618 | |
| 7619 | // |
| 7620 | // Fast negative case check |
| 7621 | // |
| 7622 | |
| 7623 | // If it's not virtual, then it could not have been methodImpl'd. |
| 7624 | if (!pMDDecl->IsVirtual() || |
| 7625 | // Is it a non-virtual call to the instantiating stub |
| 7626 | (pMT->IsValueType() && !pMDDecl->IsUnboxingStub())) |
| 7627 | { |
| 7628 | return pMDDecl; |
| 7629 | } |
| 7630 | |
| 7631 | MethodDesc * pMDImpl = pMT->GetParallelMethodDesc(pMDDecl); |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 | // If the method is instantiated, then we need to resolve to the corresponding |
| 7634 | // instantiated MD for the new slot number. |
| 7635 | if (pMDDecl->HasMethodInstantiation()) |
| 7636 | { |
| 7637 | if (pMDDecl->GetSlot() != pMDImpl->GetSlot()) |
| 7638 | { |
| 7639 | if (!pMDDecl->IsGenericMethodDefinition()) |
| 7640 | { |
| 7641 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7642 | pMDImpl = pMDDecl->FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( |
| 7643 | pMDImpl, |
| 7644 | pMT, |
| 7645 | pMDDecl->IsUnboxingStub(), |
| 7646 | pMDDecl->GetMethodInstantiation(), |
| 7647 | pMDDecl->IsInstantiatingStub()); |
| 7648 | #else |
| 7649 | DacNotImpl(); |
| 7650 | #endif |
| 7651 | } |
| 7652 | } |
| 7653 | else |
| 7654 | { |
| 7655 | // Since the generic method definition is always in the actual |
| 7656 | // slot for the method table, and since the slot numbers for |
| 7657 | // the Decl and Impl MDs are the same, then the call to |
| 7658 | // FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc would just result in the |
| 7659 | // same pMDDecl being returned. In this case, we can skip all |
| 7660 | // the work. |
| 7661 | pMDImpl = pMDDecl; |
| 7662 | } |
| 7663 | } |
| 7664 | |
| 7665 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMDImpl)); |
| 7666 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!pMDImpl->IsGenericMethodDefinition()); |
| 7667 | return pMDImpl; |
| 7668 | } // MethodTable::MapMethodDeclToMethodImpl |
| 7669 | |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7672 | HRESULT MethodTable::GetGuidNoThrow(GUID *pGuid, BOOL bGenerateIfNotFound, BOOL bClassic /*= TRUE*/) |
| 7673 | { |
| 7674 | CONTRACTL { |
| 7675 | NOTHROW; |
| 7676 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7677 | MODE_ANY; |
| 7678 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 7679 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
| 7682 | EX_TRY |
| 7683 | { |
| 7684 | GetGuid(pGuid, bGenerateIfNotFound, bClassic); |
| 7685 | } |
| 7686 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); |
| 7687 | |
| 7688 | // ensure we return a failure hr when pGuid is not filled in |
| 7689 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && (*pGuid == GUID_NULL)) |
| 7690 | hr = E_FAIL; |
| 7691 | |
| 7692 | return hr; |
| 7693 | } |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7696 | // Returns the GUID of this MethodTable. |
| 7697 | // If metadata does not specify GUID for the type, GUID_NULL is returned (if bGenerateIfNotFound |
| 7698 | // is FALSE) or a GUID is auto-generated on the fly from the name and members of the type |
| 7699 | // (bGenerateIfNotFound is TRUE). |
| 7700 | // |
| 7701 | // Redirected WinRT types may have two GUIDs, the "classic" one which matches the return value |
| 7702 | // of Type.Guid, and the new one which is the GUID of the WinRT type to which it is redirected. |
| 7703 | // The bClassic parameter controls which one is returned from this method. Note that the parameter |
| 7704 | // is ignored for genuine WinRT types, i.e. types loaded from .winmd files, those always return |
| 7705 | // the new GUID. |
| 7706 | // |
| 7707 | void MethodTable::GetGuid(GUID *pGuid, BOOL bGenerateIfNotFound, BOOL bClassic /*=TRUE*/) |
| 7708 | { |
| 7709 | CONTRACTL { |
| 7710 | THROWS; |
| 7711 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 7712 | MODE_ANY; |
| 7713 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 7714 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 7715 | |
| 7716 | |
| 7717 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 | _ASSERTE(pGuid != NULL); |
| 7720 | PTR_GuidInfo pGuidInfo = (bClassic ? GetClass()->GetGuidInfo() : GetGuidInfo()); |
| 7721 | if (pGuidInfo != NULL) |
| 7722 | *pGuid = pGuidInfo->m_Guid; |
| 7723 | else |
| 7724 | *pGuid = GUID_NULL; |
| 7725 | |
| 7726 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 | SIZE_T cchName = 0; // Length of the name (possibly after decoration). |
| 7729 | SIZE_T cbCur; // Current offset. |
| 7730 | LPCWSTR szName = NULL; // Name to turn to a guid. |
| 7731 | CQuickArray<BYTE> rName; // Buffer to accumulate signatures. |
| 7732 | BOOL bGenerated = FALSE; // A flag indicating if we generated the GUID from name. |
| 7733 | |
| 7734 | _ASSERTE(pGuid != NULL); |
| 7735 | |
| 7736 | // Use the per-EEClass GuidInfo if we are asked for the "classic" non-WinRT GUID of non-WinRT type |
| 7737 | GuidInfo *pInfo = ((bClassic && !IsProjectedFromWinRT()) ? GetClass()->GetGuidInfo() : GetGuidInfo()); |
| 7738 | |
| 7739 | // First check to see if we have already cached the guid for this type. |
| 7740 | // We currently only cache guids on interfaces and WinRT delegates. |
| 7741 | // In classic mode, though, ensure we don't retrieve the GuidInfo for redirected interfaces |
| 7742 | if ((IsInterface() || IsWinRTDelegate()) && pInfo != NULL |
| 7743 | && (!bClassic || !SupportsGenericInterop(TypeHandle::Interop_NativeToManaged, modeRedirected))) |
| 7744 | { |
| 7745 | if (pInfo->m_bGeneratedFromName) |
| 7746 | { |
| 7747 | // If the GUID was generated from the name then only return it |
| 7748 | // if bGenerateIfNotFound is set. |
| 7749 | if (bGenerateIfNotFound) |
| 7750 | *pGuid = pInfo->m_Guid; |
| 7751 | else |
| 7752 | *pGuid = GUID_NULL; |
| 7753 | } |
| 7754 | else |
| 7755 | { |
| 7756 | *pGuid = pInfo->m_Guid; |
| 7757 | } |
| 7758 | return; |
| 7759 | } |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 7762 | if ((SupportsGenericInterop(TypeHandle::Interop_NativeToManaged, modeProjected)) |
| 7763 | || (!bClassic |
| 7764 | && SupportsGenericInterop(TypeHandle::Interop_NativeToManaged, modeRedirected) |
| 7765 | && IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType())) |
| 7766 | { |
| 7767 | // Closed generic WinRT interfaces/delegates have their GUID computed |
| 7768 | // based on the "PIID" in metadata and the instantiation. |
| 7769 | // Note that we explicitly do this computation for redirected mscorlib |
| 7770 | // interfaces only if !bClassic, so typeof(Enumerable<T>).GUID |
| 7771 | // for example still returns the same result as pre-v4.5 runtimes. |
| 7772 | // ComputeGuidForGenericType() may throw for generics nested beyond 64 levels. |
| 7773 | WinRTGuidGenerator::ComputeGuidForGenericType(this, pGuid); |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 | // This GUID is per-instantiation so make sure that the cache |
| 7776 | // where we are going to keep it is per-instantiation as well. |
| 7777 | _ASSERTE(IsCanonicalMethodTable() || HasGuidInfo()); |
| 7778 | } |
| 7779 | else |
| 7780 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 7781 | if (GetClass()->HasNoGuid()) |
| 7782 | { |
| 7783 | *pGuid = GUID_NULL; |
| 7784 | } |
| 7785 | else |
| 7786 | { |
| 7787 | // If there is a GUID in the metadata then return that. |
| 7788 | IfFailThrow(GetMDImport()->GetItemGuid(GetCl(), pGuid)); |
| 7789 | |
| 7790 | if (*pGuid == GUID_NULL) |
| 7791 | { |
| 7792 | // Remember that we didn't find the GUID, so we can skip looking during |
| 7793 | // future checks. (Note that this is a very important optimization in the |
| 7794 | // prejit case.) |
| 7795 | g_IBCLogger.LogEEClassCOWTableAccess(this); |
| 7796 | GetClass_NoLogging()->SetHasNoGuid(); |
| 7797 | } |
| 7798 | } |
| 7799 | |
| 7800 | if (*pGuid == GUID_NULL && bGenerateIfNotFound) |
| 7801 | { |
| 7802 | // For interfaces, concatenate the signatures of the methods and fields. |
| 7803 | if (!IsNilToken(GetCl()) && IsInterface()) |
| 7804 | { |
| 7805 | // Retrieve the stringized interface definition. |
| 7806 | cbCur = GetStringizedItfDef(TypeHandle(this), rName); |
| 7807 | |
| 7808 | // Pad up to a whole WCHAR. |
| 7809 | if (cbCur % sizeof(WCHAR)) |
| 7810 | { |
| 7811 | SIZE_T cbDelta = sizeof(WCHAR) - (cbCur % sizeof(WCHAR)); |
| 7812 | rName.ReSizeThrows(cbCur + cbDelta); |
| 7813 | memset(rName.Ptr() + cbCur, 0, cbDelta); |
| 7814 | cbCur += cbDelta; |
| 7815 | } |
| 7816 | |
| 7817 | // Point to the new buffer. |
| 7818 | cchName = cbCur / sizeof(WCHAR); |
| 7819 | szName = reinterpret_cast<LPWSTR>(rName.Ptr()); |
| 7820 | } |
| 7821 | else |
| 7822 | { |
| 7823 | // Get the name of the class. |
| 7824 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClassW(); |
| 7825 | szName = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClassNestedAwareW(this); |
| 7826 | if (szName == NULL) |
| 7827 | return; |
| 7828 | cchName = wcslen(szName); |
| 7829 | |
| 7830 | // Enlarge buffer for class name. |
| 7831 | cbCur = cchName * sizeof(WCHAR); |
| 7832 | rName.ReSizeThrows(cbCur + sizeof(WCHAR)); |
| 7833 | wcscpy_s(reinterpret_cast<LPWSTR>(rName.Ptr()), cchName + 1, szName); |
| 7834 | |
| 7835 | // Add the assembly guid string to the class name. |
| 7836 | ULONG cbCurOUT = (ULONG)cbCur; |
| 7837 | IfFailThrow(GetStringizedTypeLibGuidForAssembly(GetAssembly(), rName, (ULONG)cbCur, &cbCurOUT)); |
| 7838 | cbCur = (SIZE_T) cbCurOUT; |
| 7839 | |
| 7840 | // Pad to a whole WCHAR. |
| 7841 | if (cbCur % sizeof(WCHAR)) |
| 7842 | { |
| 7843 | rName.ReSizeThrows(cbCur + sizeof(WCHAR)-(cbCur%sizeof(WCHAR))); |
| 7844 | while (cbCur % sizeof(WCHAR)) |
| 7845 | rName[cbCur++] = 0; |
| 7846 | } |
| 7847 | |
| 7848 | // Point to the new buffer. |
| 7849 | szName = reinterpret_cast<LPWSTR>(rName.Ptr()); |
| 7850 | cchName = cbCur / sizeof(WCHAR); |
| 7851 | // Dont' want to have to pad. |
| 7852 | _ASSERTE((sizeof(GUID) % sizeof(WCHAR)) == 0); |
| 7853 | } |
| 7854 | |
| 7855 | // Generate guid from name. |
| 7856 | CorGuidFromNameW(pGuid, szName, cchName); |
| 7857 | |
| 7858 | // Remeber we generated the guid from the type name. |
| 7859 | bGenerated = TRUE; |
| 7860 | } |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 | // Cache the guid in the type, if not already cached. |
| 7863 | // We currently only do this for interfaces. |
| 7864 | // Also, in classic mode do NOT cache GUID for redirected interfaces. |
| 7865 | if ((IsInterface() || IsWinRTDelegate()) && (pInfo == NULL) && (*pGuid != GUID_NULL) |
| 7866 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 7867 | && !(bClassic |
| 7868 | && SupportsGenericInterop(TypeHandle::Interop_NativeToManaged, modeRedirected) |
| 7869 | && IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()) |
| 7870 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 7871 | ) |
| 7872 | { |
| 7873 | AllocMemTracker amTracker; |
| 7874 | BOOL bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass = false; |
| 7875 | PTR_LoaderAllocator pLoaderAllocator; |
| 7876 | |
| 7877 | #if FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 7878 | if ((bClassic && !IsProjectedFromWinRT()) || !HasGuidInfo()) |
| 7879 | { |
| 7880 | bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass = true; |
| 7881 | } |
| 7882 | #else |
| 7883 | // We will always store the GuidInfo on the methodTable. |
| 7884 | bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass = true; |
| 7885 | #endif |
| 7886 | if(bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass) |
| 7887 | { |
| 7888 | // Since the GUIDInfo will be stored on the EEClass, |
| 7889 | // the memory should be allocated on the loaderAllocator of the class. |
| 7890 | // The definining module and the loaded module could be different in some scenarios. |
| 7891 | // For example - in case of shared generic instantiations |
| 7892 | // a shared generic i.e. System.__Canon which would be loaded in shared domain |
| 7893 | // but the this->GetLoaderAllocator will be the loader allocator for the definining |
| 7894 | // module which can get unloaded anytime. |
| 7895 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); |
| 7896 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()->GetMethodTable()); |
| 7897 | pLoaderAllocator = GetClass()->GetMethodTable()->GetLoaderAllocator(); |
| 7898 | } |
| 7899 | else |
| 7900 | { |
| 7901 | pLoaderAllocator = GetLoaderAllocator(); |
| 7902 | } |
| 7903 | |
| 7904 | _ASSERTE(pLoaderAllocator); |
| 7905 | |
| 7906 | // Allocate the guid information. |
| 7907 | pInfo = (GuidInfo *)amTracker.Track( |
| 7908 | pLoaderAllocator->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(GuidInfo)))); |
| 7909 | pInfo->m_Guid = *pGuid; |
| 7910 | pInfo->m_bGeneratedFromName = bGenerated; |
| 7911 | |
| 7912 | // Set in in the interface method table. |
| 7913 | if (bClassic && !IsProjectedFromWinRT()) |
| 7914 | { |
| 7915 | // Set the per-EEClass GuidInfo if we are asked for the "classic" non-WinRT GUID. |
| 7916 | // The MethodTable may be NGENed and read-only - and there's no point in saving |
| 7917 | // classic GUIDs in non-WinRT MethodTables anyway. |
| 7918 | _ASSERTE(bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass); |
| 7919 | GetClass()->SetGuidInfo(pInfo); |
| 7920 | } |
| 7921 | else |
| 7922 | { |
| 7923 | #if FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 7924 | _ASSERTE(bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass || HasGuidInfo()); |
| 7925 | #else |
| 7926 | _ASSERTE(bStoreGuidInfoOnEEClass); |
| 7927 | #endif |
| 7928 | SetGuidInfo(pInfo); |
| 7929 | } |
| 7930 | |
| 7931 | amTracker.SuppressRelease(); |
| 7932 | } |
| 7933 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7934 | } |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 | |
| 7937 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7938 | MethodDesc* MethodTable::GetMethodDescForSlotAddress(PCODE addr, BOOL fSpeculative /*=FALSE*/) |
| 7939 | { |
| 7940 | CONTRACT(MethodDesc *) |
| 7941 | { |
| 7942 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 7943 | NOTHROW; |
| 7944 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 7945 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_NOT_OK)); |
| 7946 | POSTCONDITION(RETVAL->m_pDebugMethodTable.IsNull() || // We must be in BuildMethdTableThrowing() |
| 7947 | RETVAL->SanityCheck()); |
| 7948 | } |
| 7949 | CONTRACT_END; |
| 7950 | |
| 7951 | // If we see shared fcall implementation as an argument to this |
| 7952 | // function, it means that a vtable slot for the shared fcall |
| 7953 | // got backpatched when it shouldn't have. The reason we can't |
| 7954 | // backpatch this method is that it is an FCall that has many |
| 7955 | // MethodDescs for one implementation. If we backpatch delegate |
| 7956 | // constructors, this function will not be able to recover the |
| 7957 | // MethodDesc for the method. |
| 7958 | // |
| 7959 | _ASSERTE_IMPL(!ECall::IsSharedFCallImpl(addr) && |
| 7960 | "someone backpatched shared fcall implementation -- " |
| 7961 | "see comment in code" ); |
| 7962 | |
| 7963 | MethodDesc* pMethodDesc = ExecutionManager::GetCodeMethodDesc(addr); |
| 7964 | if (NULL != pMethodDesc) |
| 7965 | { |
| 7966 | goto lExit; |
| 7967 | } |
| 7968 | |
| 7969 | #ifdef FEATURE_INTERPRETER |
| 7970 | // I don't really know why this helps. Figure it out. |
| 7971 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 7972 | // If we didn't find it above, try as an Interpretation stub... |
| 7973 | pMethodDesc = Interpreter::InterpretationStubToMethodInfo(addr); |
| 7974 | |
| 7975 | if (NULL != pMethodDesc) |
| 7976 | { |
| 7977 | goto lExit; |
| 7978 | } |
| 7979 | #endif |
| 7980 | #endif // FEATURE_INTERPRETER |
| 7981 | |
| 7982 | // Is it an FCALL? |
| 7983 | pMethodDesc = ECall::MapTargetBackToMethod(addr); |
| 7984 | if (pMethodDesc != 0) |
| 7985 | { |
| 7986 | goto lExit; |
| 7987 | } |
| 7988 | |
| 7989 | pMethodDesc = MethodDesc::GetMethodDescFromStubAddr(addr, fSpeculative); |
| 7990 | |
| 7991 | lExit: |
| 7992 | |
| 7993 | RETURN(pMethodDesc); |
| 7994 | } |
| 7995 | |
| 7996 | //========================================================================================== |
| 7997 | /* static*/ |
| 7998 | BOOL MethodTable::ComputeContainsGenericVariables(Instantiation inst) |
| 7999 | { |
| 8000 | CONTRACTL |
| 8001 | { |
| 8002 | NOTHROW; |
| 8003 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 8004 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 8005 | MODE_ANY; |
| 8006 | } |
| 8007 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 | for (DWORD j = 0; j < inst.GetNumArgs(); j++) |
| 8010 | { |
| 8011 | if (inst[j].ContainsGenericVariables()) |
| 8012 | { |
| 8013 | return TRUE; |
| 8014 | } |
| 8015 | } |
| 8016 | return FALSE; |
| 8017 | } |
| 8018 | |
| 8019 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8020 | BOOL MethodTable::SanityCheck() |
| 8021 | { |
| 8022 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8023 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8024 | |
| 8025 | // strings have component size2, all other non-arrays should have 0 |
| 8026 | _ASSERTE((GetComponentSize() <= 2) || IsArray()); |
| 8027 | |
| 8028 | if (m_pEEClass.IsNull()) |
| 8029 | { |
| 8030 | return FALSE; |
| 8031 | } |
| 8032 | |
| 8033 | EEClass * pClass = GetClass(); |
| 8034 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = pClass->GetMethodTable(); |
| 8035 | |
| 8036 | // Let's try to make sure we have a valid EEClass pointer. |
| 8037 | if (pCanonMT == NULL) |
| 8038 | return FALSE; |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 | if (GetNumGenericArgs() != 0) |
| 8041 | return (pCanonMT->GetClass() == pClass); |
| 8042 | else |
| 8043 | return (pCanonMT == this) || IsArray(); |
| 8044 | } |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8047 | |
| 8048 | // Structs containing GC pointers whose size is at most this are always stack-allocated. |
| 8049 | const unsigned MaxStructBytesForLocalVarRetBuffBytes = 2 * sizeof(void*); // 4 pointer-widths. |
| 8050 | |
| 8051 | BOOL MethodTable::IsStructRequiringStackAllocRetBuf() |
| 8052 | { |
| 8053 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 8054 | |
| 8055 | // Disable this optimization. It has limited value (only kicks in on x86, and only for less common structs), |
| 8056 | // causes bugs and introduces odd ABI differences not compatible with ReadyToRun. |
| 8057 | return FALSE; |
| 8058 | } |
| 8059 | |
| 8060 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8061 | unsigned MethodTable::GetTypeDefRid() |
| 8062 | { |
| 8063 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(this); |
| 8066 | return GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging(); |
| 8067 | } |
| 8068 | |
| 8069 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8070 | unsigned MethodTable::GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging() |
| 8071 | { |
| 8072 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 8073 | |
| 8074 | WORD token = m_wToken; |
| 8075 | |
| 8076 | if (token == METHODTABLE_TOKEN_OVERFLOW) |
| 8077 | return (unsigned)*GetTokenOverflowPtr(); |
| 8078 | |
| 8079 | return token; |
| 8080 | } |
| 8081 | |
| 8082 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8083 | void MethodTable::SetCl(mdTypeDef token) |
| 8084 | { |
| 8085 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 | unsigned rid = RidFromToken(token); |
| 8088 | if (rid >= METHODTABLE_TOKEN_OVERFLOW) |
| 8089 | { |
| 8090 | m_wToken = METHODTABLE_TOKEN_OVERFLOW; |
| 8091 | *GetTokenOverflowPtr() = rid; |
| 8092 | } |
| 8093 | else |
| 8094 | { |
| 8095 | _ASSERTE(FitsIn<U2>(rid)); |
| 8096 | m_wToken = (WORD)rid; |
| 8097 | } |
| 8098 | |
| 8099 | _ASSERTE(GetCl() == token); |
| 8100 | } |
| 8101 | |
| 8102 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8103 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::GetClassConstructor() |
| 8104 | { |
| 8105 | CONTRACTL |
| 8106 | { |
| 8107 | NOTHROW; |
| 8108 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 8109 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 8110 | MODE_ANY; |
| 8111 | } |
| 8112 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8113 | return GetMethodDescForSlot(GetClassConstructorSlot()); |
| 8114 | } |
| 8115 | |
| 8116 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8117 | DWORD MethodTable::HasFixedAddressVTStatics() |
| 8118 | { |
| 8119 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8120 | |
| 8121 | return GetClass()->HasFixedAddressVTStatics(); |
| 8122 | } |
| 8123 | |
| 8124 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8125 | WORD MethodTable::GetNumHandleRegularStatics() |
| 8126 | { |
| 8127 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8128 | |
| 8129 | return GetClass()->GetNumHandleRegularStatics(); |
| 8130 | } |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8133 | WORD MethodTable::GetNumBoxedRegularStatics() |
| 8134 | { |
| 8135 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8136 | |
| 8137 | return GetClass()->GetNumBoxedRegularStatics(); |
| 8138 | } |
| 8139 | |
| 8140 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8141 | WORD MethodTable::GetNumBoxedThreadStatics () |
| 8142 | { |
| 8143 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8144 | |
| 8145 | return GetClass()->GetNumBoxedThreadStatics(); |
| 8146 | } |
| 8147 | |
| 8148 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8149 | ClassCtorInfoEntry* MethodTable::GetClassCtorInfoIfExists() |
| 8150 | { |
| 8151 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8152 | |
| 8153 | if (!IsZapped()) |
| 8154 | return NULL; |
| 8155 | |
| 8156 | g_IBCLogger.LogCCtorInfoReadAccess(this); |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 | if (HasBoxedRegularStatics()) |
| 8159 | { |
| 8160 | ModuleCtorInfo *pModuleCtorInfo = GetZapModule()->GetZapModuleCtorInfo(); |
| 8161 | DPTR(RelativePointer<PTR_MethodTable>) ppMT = pModuleCtorInfo->ppMT; |
| 8162 | PTR_DWORD hotHashOffsets = pModuleCtorInfo->hotHashOffsets; |
| 8163 | PTR_DWORD coldHashOffsets = pModuleCtorInfo->coldHashOffsets; |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 | if (pModuleCtorInfo->numHotHashes) |
| 8166 | { |
| 8167 | DWORD hash = pModuleCtorInfo->GenerateHash(PTR_MethodTable(this), ModuleCtorInfo::HOT); |
| 8168 | _ASSERTE(hash < pModuleCtorInfo->numHotHashes); |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 | for (DWORD i = hotHashOffsets[hash]; i != hotHashOffsets[hash + 1]; i++) |
| 8171 | { |
| 8172 | _ASSERTE(!ppMT[i].IsNull()); |
| 8173 | if (dac_cast<TADDR>(pModuleCtorInfo->GetMT(i)) == dac_cast<TADDR>(this)) |
| 8174 | { |
| 8175 | return pModuleCtorInfo->cctorInfoHot + i; |
| 8176 | } |
| 8177 | } |
| 8178 | } |
| 8179 | |
| 8180 | if (pModuleCtorInfo->numColdHashes) |
| 8181 | { |
| 8182 | DWORD hash = pModuleCtorInfo->GenerateHash(PTR_MethodTable(this), ModuleCtorInfo::COLD); |
| 8183 | _ASSERTE(hash < pModuleCtorInfo->numColdHashes); |
| 8184 | |
| 8185 | for (DWORD i = coldHashOffsets[hash]; i != coldHashOffsets[hash + 1]; i++) |
| 8186 | { |
| 8187 | _ASSERTE(!ppMT[i].IsNull()); |
| 8188 | if (dac_cast<TADDR>(pModuleCtorInfo->GetMT(i)) == dac_cast<TADDR>(this)) |
| 8189 | { |
| 8190 | return pModuleCtorInfo->cctorInfoCold + (i - pModuleCtorInfo->numElementsHot); |
| 8191 | } |
| 8192 | } |
| 8193 | } |
| 8194 | } |
| 8195 | |
| 8196 | return NULL; |
| 8197 | } |
| 8198 | |
| 8199 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 8200 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8201 | // Returns true if pointer to the parent method table has been initialized/restored already. |
| 8202 | BOOL MethodTable::IsParentMethodTablePointerValid() |
| 8203 | { |
| 8204 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8205 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8206 | |
| 8207 | // workaround: Type loader accesses partially initialized datastructures that interferes with IBC logging. |
| 8208 | // Once type loader is fixed to do not access partially initialized datastructures, this can go away. |
| 8209 | if (!GetWriteableData_NoLogging()->IsParentMethodTablePointerValid()) |
| 8210 | return FALSE; |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 | return !IsParentMethodTableTagged(dac_cast<PTR_MethodTable>(this)); |
| 8213 | } |
| 8214 | #endif |
| 8215 | |
| 8216 | |
| 8217 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8218 | // |
| 8219 | // Ascends the parent class chain of "this", until a MethodTable is found whose typeDef |
| 8220 | // matches that of the specified pWhichParent. Why is this useful? See |
| 8221 | // code:MethodTable::GetInstantiationOfParentClass below and |
| 8222 | // code:Generics::GetExactInstantiationsOfMethodAndItsClassFromCallInformation for use |
| 8223 | // cases. |
| 8224 | // |
| 8225 | // Arguments: |
| 8226 | // pWhichParent - MethodTable whose typeDef we're trying to match as we go up |
| 8227 | // "this"'s parent chain. |
| 8228 | // |
| 8229 | // Return Value: |
| 8230 | // If a matching parent MethodTable is found, it is returned. Else, NULL is |
| 8231 | // returned. |
| 8232 | // |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 | MethodTable * MethodTable::GetMethodTableMatchingParentClass(MethodTable * pWhichParent) |
| 8235 | { |
| 8236 | CONTRACTL |
| 8237 | { |
| 8238 | NOTHROW; |
| 8239 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 8240 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 8241 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pWhichParent)); |
| 8242 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 8243 | PRECONDITION(pWhichParent->IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 8244 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8245 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8246 | |
| 8247 | MethodTable *pMethodTableSearch = this; |
| 8248 | |
| 8249 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 8250 | unsigned parentCount = 0; |
| 8251 | MethodTable *pOldMethodTable = NULL; |
| 8252 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 8253 | |
| 8254 | while (pMethodTableSearch != NULL) |
| 8255 | { |
| 8256 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 8257 | if (pMethodTableSearch == pOldMethodTable || |
| 8258 | parentCount > 1000) |
| 8259 | { |
| 8260 | break; |
| 8261 | } |
| 8262 | pOldMethodTable = pMethodTableSearch; |
| 8263 | parentCount++; |
| 8264 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 | if (pMethodTableSearch->HasSameTypeDefAs(pWhichParent)) |
| 8267 | { |
| 8268 | return pMethodTableSearch; |
| 8269 | } |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 | pMethodTableSearch = pMethodTableSearch->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 8272 | } |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 | return NULL; |
| 8275 | } |
| 8276 | |
| 8277 | |
| 8278 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8279 | // Given D<T> : C<List<T>> and a type handle D<string> we sometimes |
| 8280 | // need to find the corresponding type handle |
| 8281 | // C<List<string>> (C may also be some type |
| 8282 | // further up the inheritance hierarchy). GetInstantiationOfParentClass |
| 8283 | // helps us do this by getting the corresponding instantiation of C, i.e. |
| 8284 | // <List<string>>. |
| 8285 | // |
| 8286 | // pWhichParent: this is used identify which parent type we're interested in. |
| 8287 | // It must be a canonical EEClass, e.g. for C<ref>. This is used as a token for |
| 8288 | // C<List<T>>. This method can also be called with the minimal methodtable used |
| 8289 | // for dynamic methods. In that case, we need to return an empty instantiation. |
| 8290 | // |
| 8291 | // Note this only works for parent classes, not parent interfaces. |
| 8292 | Instantiation MethodTable::GetInstantiationOfParentClass(MethodTable *pWhichParent) |
| 8293 | { |
| 8294 | CONTRACTL { |
| 8295 | NOTHROW; |
| 8296 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 8297 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 8298 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pWhichParent)); |
| 8299 | PRECONDITION(IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 8300 | PRECONDITION(pWhichParent->IsRestored_NoLogging()); |
| 8301 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8302 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8303 | |
| 8304 | |
| 8305 | MethodTable * pMatchingParent = GetMethodTableMatchingParentClass(pWhichParent); |
| 8306 | if (pMatchingParent != NULL) |
| 8307 | { |
| 8308 | return pMatchingParent->GetInstantiation(); |
| 8309 | } |
| 8310 | |
| 8311 | // The parameter should always be a parent class or the dynamic method |
| 8312 | // class. Since there is no bit on the dynamicclass methodtable to indicate |
| 8313 | // that it is the dynamic method methodtable, we simply check the debug name |
| 8314 | // This is good enough for an assert. |
| 8315 | _ASSERTE(strcmp(pWhichParent->GetDebugClassName(), "dynamicClass" ) == 0); |
| 8316 | return Instantiation(); |
| 8317 | } |
| 8318 | |
| 8319 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 8320 | |
| 8321 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 8322 | |
| 8323 | // |
| 8324 | // This is for COM Interop backwards compatibility |
| 8325 | // |
| 8326 | |
| 8327 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8328 | // Returns the data pointer if present, NULL otherwise |
| 8329 | InteropMethodTableData *MethodTable::LookupComInteropData() |
| 8330 | { |
| 8331 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8332 | |
| 8333 | return GetLoaderAllocator()->LookupComInteropData(this); |
| 8334 | } |
| 8335 | |
| 8336 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8337 | // Returns TRUE if successfully inserted, FALSE if this would be a duplicate entry |
| 8338 | BOOL MethodTable::InsertComInteropData(InteropMethodTableData *pData) |
| 8339 | { |
| 8340 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | return GetLoaderAllocator()->InsertComInteropData(this, pData); |
| 8343 | } |
| 8344 | |
| 8345 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8346 | InteropMethodTableData *MethodTable::CreateComInteropData(AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) |
| 8347 | { |
| 8348 | CONTRACTL { |
| 8349 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
| 8350 | PRECONDITION(GetParentMethodTable() == NULL || GetParentMethodTable()->LookupComInteropData() != NULL); |
| 8351 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 | ClassCompat::MethodTableBuilder builder(this); |
| 8354 | |
| 8355 | InteropMethodTableData *pData = builder.BuildInteropVTable(pamTracker); |
| 8356 | _ASSERTE(pData); |
| 8357 | return (pData); |
| 8358 | } |
| 8359 | |
| 8360 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8361 | InteropMethodTableData *MethodTable::GetComInteropData() |
| 8362 | { |
| 8363 | CONTRACTL { |
| 8364 | THROWS; |
| 8365 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 8366 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8367 | |
| 8368 | InteropMethodTableData *pData = LookupComInteropData(); |
| 8369 | |
| 8370 | if (!pData) |
| 8371 | { |
| 8372 | GCX_PREEMP(); |
| 8373 | |
| 8374 | // Make sure that the parent's interop data has been created |
| 8375 | MethodTable *pParentMT = GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 8376 | if (pParentMT) |
| 8377 | pParentMT->GetComInteropData(); |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | AllocMemTracker amTracker; |
| 8380 | |
| 8381 | pData = CreateComInteropData(&amTracker); |
| 8382 | if (InsertComInteropData(pData)) |
| 8383 | { |
| 8384 | amTracker.SuppressRelease(); |
| 8385 | } |
| 8386 | else |
| 8387 | { |
| 8388 | pData = LookupComInteropData(); |
| 8389 | } |
| 8390 | } |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 | _ASSERTE(pData); |
| 8393 | return (pData); |
| 8394 | } |
| 8395 | |
| 8396 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 8397 | |
| 8398 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8399 | ULONG MethodTable::MethodData::Release() |
| 8400 | { |
| 8401 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8402 | //@TODO: Must adjust this to use an alternate allocator so that we don't |
| 8403 | //@TODO: potentially cause deadlocks on the debug thread. |
| 8404 | SUPPRESS_ALLOCATION_ASSERTS_IN_THIS_SCOPE; |
| 8405 | ULONG cRef = (ULONG) InterlockedDecrement((LONG*)&m_cRef); |
| 8406 | if (cRef == 0) { |
| 8407 | delete this; |
| 8408 | } |
| 8409 | return (cRef); |
| 8410 | } |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8413 | void |
| 8414 | MethodTable::MethodData::ProcessMap( |
| 8415 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgTypeIDs, |
| 8416 | UINT32 cTypeIDs, |
| 8417 | MethodTable * pMT, |
| 8418 | UINT32 iCurrentChainDepth, |
| 8419 | MethodDataEntry * rgWorkingData) |
| 8420 | { |
| 8421 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8422 | |
| 8423 | for (DispatchMap::EncodedMapIterator it(pMT); it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
| 8424 | { |
| 8425 | for (UINT32 nTypeIDIndex = 0; nTypeIDIndex < cTypeIDs; nTypeIDIndex++) |
| 8426 | { |
| 8427 | if (it.Entry()->GetTypeID() == rgTypeIDs[nTypeIDIndex]) |
| 8428 | { |
| 8429 | UINT32 curSlot = it.Entry()->GetSlotNumber(); |
| 8430 | // If we're processing an interface, or it's for a virtual, or it's for a non-virtual |
| 8431 | // for the most derived type, we want to process the entry. In other words, we |
| 8432 | // want to ignore non-virtuals for parent classes. |
| 8433 | if ((curSlot < pMT->GetNumVirtuals()) || (iCurrentChainDepth == 0)) |
| 8434 | { |
| 8435 | MethodDataEntry * pCurEntry = &rgWorkingData[curSlot]; |
| 8436 | if (!pCurEntry->IsDeclInit() && !pCurEntry->IsImplInit()) |
| 8437 | { |
| 8438 | pCurEntry->SetImplData(it.Entry()->GetTargetSlotNumber()); |
| 8439 | } |
| 8440 | } |
| 8441 | } |
| 8442 | } |
| 8443 | } |
| 8444 | } // MethodTable::MethodData::ProcessMap |
| 8445 | |
| 8446 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8447 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetObjectSize(MethodTable *pMT) |
| 8448 | { |
| 8449 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8450 | UINT32 cb = sizeof(MethodTable::MethodDataObject); |
| 8451 | cb += pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetNumMethods() * sizeof(MethodDataObjectEntry); |
| 8452 | return cb; |
| 8453 | } |
| 8454 | |
| 8455 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8456 | // This will fill in all the MethodEntry slots present in the current MethodTable |
| 8457 | void MethodTable::MethodDataObject::Init(MethodTable *pMT, MethodData *pParentData) |
| 8458 | { |
| 8459 | CONTRACTL { |
| 8460 | THROWS; |
| 8461 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
| 8462 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMT)); |
| 8463 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pParentData, NULL_OK)); |
| 8464 | PRECONDITION(!pMT->IsInterface()); |
| 8465 | PRECONDITION(pParentData == NULL || |
| 8466 | (pMT->ParentEquals(pParentData->GetDeclMethodTable()) && |
| 8467 | pMT->ParentEquals(pParentData->GetImplMethodTable()))); |
| 8468 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8469 | |
| 8470 | m_pMT = pMT; |
| 8471 | m_iNextChainDepth = 0; |
| 8472 | m_containsMethodImpl = FALSE; |
| 8473 | |
| 8474 | ZeroMemory(GetEntryData(), sizeof(MethodDataObjectEntry) * GetNumMethods()); |
| 8475 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataObject::Init |
| 8476 | |
| 8477 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8478 | BOOL MethodTable::MethodDataObject::PopulateNextLevel() |
| 8479 | { |
| 8480 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8481 | |
| 8482 | // Get the chain depth to next decode. |
| 8483 | UINT32 iChainDepth = GetNextChainDepth(); |
| 8484 | |
| 8485 | // If the chain depth is MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH, then we've already parsed every parent. |
| 8486 | if (iChainDepth == MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH) { |
| 8487 | return FALSE; |
| 8488 | } |
| 8489 | // Now move up the chain to the target. |
| 8490 | MethodTable *pMTCur = m_pMT; |
| 8491 | for (UINT32 i = 0; pMTCur != NULL && i < iChainDepth; i++) { |
| 8492 | pMTCur = pMTCur->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 8493 | } |
| 8494 | |
| 8495 | // If we reached the end, then we're done. |
| 8496 | if (pMTCur == NULL) { |
| 8497 | SetNextChainDepth(MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH); |
| 8498 | return FALSE; |
| 8499 | } |
| 8500 | |
| 8501 | FillEntryDataForAncestor(pMTCur); |
| 8502 | |
| 8503 | SetNextChainDepth(iChainDepth + 1); |
| 8504 | |
| 8505 | return TRUE; |
| 8506 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataObject::PopulateNextLevel |
| 8507 | |
| 8508 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8509 | void MethodTable::MethodDataObject::FillEntryDataForAncestor(MethodTable * pMT) |
| 8510 | { |
| 8511 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8512 | |
| 8513 | // Since we traverse ancestors from lowest in the inheritance hierarchy |
| 8514 | // to highest, the first method we come across for a slot is normally |
| 8515 | // both the declaring and implementing method desc. |
| 8516 | // |
| 8517 | // However if this slot is the target of a methodImpl, pMD is not |
| 8518 | // necessarily either. Rather than track this on a per-slot basis, |
| 8519 | // we conservatively avoid filling out virtual methods once we |
| 8520 | // have found that this inheritance chain contains a methodImpl. |
| 8521 | // |
| 8522 | // Note that there may be a methodImpl higher in the inheritance chain |
| 8523 | // that we have not seen yet, and so we will fill out virtual methods |
| 8524 | // until we reach that level. We are safe doing that because the slots |
| 8525 | // we fill have been introduced/overridden by a subclass and so take |
| 8526 | // precedence over any inherited methodImpl. |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 | // Before we fill the entry data, find if the current ancestor has any methodImpls |
| 8529 | |
| 8530 | if (pMT->GetClass()->ContainsMethodImpls()) |
| 8531 | m_containsMethodImpl = TRUE; |
| 8532 | |
| 8533 | if (m_containsMethodImpl && pMT != m_pMT) |
| 8534 | return; |
| 8535 | |
| 8536 | unsigned nVirtuals = pMT->GetNumVirtuals(); |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 | MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator it(pMT, FALSE); |
| 8539 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
| 8540 | { |
| 8541 | MethodDesc * pMD = it.GetMethodDesc(); |
| 8542 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodDescAccess(pMD); |
| 8543 | |
| 8544 | unsigned slot = pMD->GetSlot(); |
| 8545 | if (slot == MethodTable::NO_SLOT) |
| 8546 | continue; |
| 8547 | |
| 8548 | // We want to fill all methods introduced by the actual type we're gathering |
| 8549 | // data for, and the virtual methods of the parent and above |
| 8550 | if (pMT == m_pMT) |
| 8551 | { |
| 8552 | if (m_containsMethodImpl && slot < nVirtuals) |
| 8553 | continue; |
| 8554 | } |
| 8555 | else |
| 8556 | { |
| 8557 | if (slot >= nVirtuals) |
| 8558 | continue; |
| 8559 | } |
| 8560 | |
| 8561 | MethodDataObjectEntry * pEntry = GetEntry(slot); |
| 8562 | |
| 8563 | if (pEntry->GetDeclMethodDesc() == NULL) |
| 8564 | { |
| 8565 | pEntry->SetDeclMethodDesc(pMD); |
| 8566 | } |
| 8567 | |
| 8568 | if (pEntry->GetImplMethodDesc() == NULL) |
| 8569 | { |
| 8570 | pEntry->SetImplMethodDesc(pMD); |
| 8571 | } |
| 8572 | } |
| 8573 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataObject::FillEntryDataForAncestor |
| 8574 | |
| 8575 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8576 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetDeclMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8577 | { |
| 8578 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8579 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); |
| 8580 | |
| 8581 | MethodDataObjectEntry * pEntry = GetEntry(slotNumber); |
| 8582 | |
| 8583 | // Fill the entries one level of inheritance at a time, |
| 8584 | // stopping when we have filled the MD we are looking for. |
| 8585 | while (!pEntry->GetDeclMethodDesc() && PopulateNextLevel()); |
| 8586 | |
| 8587 | MethodDesc * pMDRet = pEntry->GetDeclMethodDesc(); |
| 8588 | if (pMDRet == NULL) |
| 8589 | { |
| 8590 | pMDRet = GetImplMethodDesc(slotNumber)->GetDeclMethodDesc(slotNumber); |
| 8591 | _ASSERTE(CheckPointer(pMDRet)); |
| 8592 | pEntry->SetDeclMethodDesc(pMDRet); |
| 8593 | } |
| 8594 | else |
| 8595 | { |
| 8596 | _ASSERTE(pMDRet == GetImplMethodDesc(slotNumber)->GetDeclMethodDesc(slotNumber)); |
| 8597 | } |
| 8598 | return pMDRet; |
| 8599 | } |
| 8600 | |
| 8601 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8602 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetImplSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8603 | { |
| 8604 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8605 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); |
| 8606 | return DispatchSlot(m_pMT->GetRestoredSlot(slotNumber)); |
| 8607 | } |
| 8608 | |
| 8609 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8610 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetImplSlotNumber(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8611 | { |
| 8612 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8613 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); |
| 8614 | return slotNumber; |
| 8615 | } |
| 8616 | |
| 8617 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8618 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::MethodDataObject::GetImplMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8619 | { |
| 8620 | CONTRACTL |
| 8621 | { |
| 8622 | NOTHROW; |
| 8623 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 8624 | MODE_ANY; |
| 8625 | } |
| 8626 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); |
| 8629 | MethodDataObjectEntry *pEntry = GetEntry(slotNumber); |
| 8630 | |
| 8631 | // Fill the entries one level of inheritance at a time, |
| 8632 | // stopping when we have filled the MD we are looking for. |
| 8633 | while (!pEntry->GetImplMethodDesc() && PopulateNextLevel()); |
| 8634 | |
| 8635 | MethodDesc *pMDRet = pEntry->GetImplMethodDesc(); |
| 8636 | |
| 8637 | if (pMDRet == NULL) |
| 8638 | { |
| 8639 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()); |
| 8640 | pMDRet = m_pMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); |
| 8641 | _ASSERTE(CheckPointer(pMDRet)); |
| 8642 | pEntry->SetImplMethodDesc(pMDRet); |
| 8643 | } |
| 8644 | else |
| 8645 | { |
| 8646 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber >= GetNumVirtuals() || pMDRet == m_pMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber)); |
| 8647 | } |
| 8648 | |
| 8649 | return pMDRet; |
| 8650 | } |
| 8651 | |
| 8652 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8653 | void MethodTable::MethodDataObject::InvalidateCachedVirtualSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8654 | { |
| 8655 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8656 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()); |
| 8657 | |
| 8658 | MethodDataObjectEntry *pEntry = GetEntry(slotNumber); |
| 8659 | pEntry->SetImplMethodDesc(NULL); |
| 8660 | } |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8663 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::MethodDataInterface::GetDeclMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8664 | { |
| 8665 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8666 | return m_pMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slotNumber); |
| 8667 | } |
| 8668 | |
| 8669 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8670 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::MethodDataInterface::GetImplMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8671 | { |
| 8672 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8673 | return MethodTable::MethodDataInterface::GetDeclMethodDesc(slotNumber); |
| 8674 | } |
| 8675 | |
| 8676 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8677 | void MethodTable::MethodDataInterface::InvalidateCachedVirtualSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8678 | { |
| 8679 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8680 | |
| 8681 | // MethodDataInterface does not store any cached MethodDesc values |
| 8682 | return; |
| 8683 | } |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8686 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetObjectSize(MethodTable *pMTDecl) |
| 8687 | { |
| 8688 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8689 | UINT32 cb = sizeof(MethodDataInterfaceImpl); |
| 8690 | cb += pMTDecl->GetNumMethods() * sizeof(MethodDataEntry); |
| 8691 | return cb; |
| 8692 | } |
| 8693 | |
| 8694 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8695 | // This will fill in all the MethodEntry slots present in the current MethodTable |
| 8696 | void |
| 8697 | MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::Init( |
| 8698 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgDeclTypeIDs, |
| 8699 | UINT32 cDeclTypeIDs, |
| 8700 | MethodData * pDecl, |
| 8701 | MethodData * pImpl) |
| 8702 | { |
| 8703 | CONTRACTL { |
| 8704 | THROWS; |
| 8705 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
| 8706 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDecl)); |
| 8707 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pImpl)); |
| 8708 | PRECONDITION(pDecl->GetDeclMethodTable()->IsInterface()); |
| 8709 | PRECONDITION(!pImpl->GetDeclMethodTable()->IsInterface()); |
| 8710 | PRECONDITION(pDecl->GetDeclMethodTable() == pDecl->GetImplMethodTable()); |
| 8711 | PRECONDITION(pImpl->GetDeclMethodTable() == pImpl->GetImplMethodTable()); |
| 8712 | PRECONDITION(pDecl != pImpl); |
| 8713 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8714 | |
| 8715 | // Store and AddRef the decl and impl data. |
| 8716 | m_pDecl = pDecl; |
| 8717 | m_pDecl->AddRef(); |
| 8718 | m_pImpl = pImpl; |
| 8719 | m_pImpl->AddRef(); |
| 8720 | |
| 8721 | m_iNextChainDepth = 0; |
| 8722 | // Need side effects of the calls, but not the result. |
| 8723 | /* MethodTable *pDeclMT = */ pDecl->GetDeclMethodTable(); |
| 8724 | /* MethodTable *pImplMT = */ pImpl->GetImplMethodTable(); |
| 8725 | m_rgDeclTypeIDs = rgDeclTypeIDs; |
| 8726 | m_cDeclTypeIDs = cDeclTypeIDs; |
| 8727 | |
| 8728 | // Initialize each entry. |
| 8729 | for (UINT32 i = 0; i < GetNumMethods(); i++) { |
| 8730 | // Initialize the entry |
| 8731 | GetEntry(i)->Init(); |
| 8732 | } |
| 8733 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::Init |
| 8734 | |
| 8735 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8736 | MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::MethodDataInterfaceImpl( |
| 8737 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgDeclTypeIDs, |
| 8738 | UINT32 cDeclTypeIDs, |
| 8739 | MethodData * pDecl, |
| 8740 | MethodData * pImpl) |
| 8741 | { |
| 8742 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8743 | Init(rgDeclTypeIDs, cDeclTypeIDs, pDecl, pImpl); |
| 8744 | } |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8747 | MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::~MethodDataInterfaceImpl() |
| 8748 | { |
| 8749 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8750 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(m_pDecl)); |
| 8751 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(m_pImpl)); |
| 8752 | m_pDecl->Release(); |
| 8753 | m_pImpl->Release(); |
| 8754 | } |
| 8755 | |
| 8756 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8757 | BOOL |
| 8758 | MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::PopulateNextLevel() |
| 8759 | { |
| 8760 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8761 | |
| 8762 | // Get the chain depth to next decode. |
| 8763 | UINT32 iChainDepth = GetNextChainDepth(); |
| 8764 | |
| 8765 | // If the chain depth is MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH, then we've already parsed every parent. |
| 8766 | if (iChainDepth == MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH) { |
| 8767 | return FALSE; |
| 8768 | } |
| 8769 | |
| 8770 | // Now move up the chain to the target. |
| 8771 | MethodTable *pMTCur = m_pImpl->GetImplMethodTable(); |
| 8772 | for (UINT32 i = 0; pMTCur != NULL && i < iChainDepth; i++) { |
| 8773 | pMTCur = pMTCur->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 8774 | } |
| 8775 | |
| 8776 | // If we reached the end, then we're done. |
| 8777 | if (pMTCur == NULL) { |
| 8778 | SetNextChainDepth(MAX_CHAIN_DEPTH); |
| 8779 | return FALSE; |
| 8780 | } |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 | if (m_cDeclTypeIDs != 0) |
| 8783 | { // We got the TypeIDs from TypeLoader, use them |
| 8784 | ProcessMap(m_rgDeclTypeIDs, m_cDeclTypeIDs, pMTCur, iChainDepth, GetEntryData()); |
| 8785 | } |
| 8786 | else |
| 8787 | { // We should decode all interface duplicates of code:m_pDecl |
| 8788 | MethodTable * pDeclMT = m_pDecl->GetImplMethodTable(); |
| 8789 | INDEBUG(BOOL dbg_fInterfaceFound = FALSE); |
| 8790 | |
| 8791 | // Call code:ProcessMap for every (duplicate) occurence of interface code:pDeclMT in the interface |
| 8792 | // map of code:m_pImpl |
| 8793 | MethodTable::InterfaceMapIterator it = m_pImpl->GetImplMethodTable()->IterateInterfaceMap(); |
| 8794 | while (it.Next()) |
| 8795 | { |
| 8796 | if (pDeclMT == it.GetInterface()) |
| 8797 | { // We found the interface |
| 8798 | INDEBUG(dbg_fInterfaceFound = TRUE); |
| 8799 | DispatchMapTypeID declTypeID = DispatchMapTypeID::InterfaceClassID(it.GetIndex()); |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 | ProcessMap(&declTypeID, 1, pMTCur, iChainDepth, GetEntryData()); |
| 8802 | } |
| 8803 | } |
| 8804 | // The interface code:m_Decl should be found at least once in the interface map of code:m_pImpl, |
| 8805 | // otherwise someone passed wrong information |
| 8806 | _ASSERTE(dbg_fInterfaceFound); |
| 8807 | } |
| 8808 | |
| 8809 | SetNextChainDepth(iChainDepth + 1); |
| 8810 | |
| 8811 | return TRUE; |
| 8812 | } // MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::PopulateNextLevel |
| 8813 | |
| 8814 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8815 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::MapToImplSlotNumber(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8816 | { |
| 8817 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8818 | |
| 8819 | _ASSERTE(slotNumber < GetNumMethods()); |
| 8820 | |
| 8821 | MethodDataEntry *pEntry = GetEntry(slotNumber); |
| 8822 | while (!pEntry->IsImplInit() && PopulateNextLevel()) {} |
| 8823 | if (pEntry->IsImplInit()) { |
| 8824 | return pEntry->GetImplSlotNum(); |
| 8825 | } |
| 8826 | else { |
| 8827 | return INVALID_SLOT_NUMBER; |
| 8828 | } |
| 8829 | } |
| 8830 | |
| 8831 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8832 | DispatchSlot MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetImplSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8833 | { |
| 8834 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8835 | UINT32 implSlotNumber = MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber); |
| 8836 | if (implSlotNumber == INVALID_SLOT_NUMBER) { |
| 8837 | return DispatchSlot(NULL); |
| 8838 | } |
| 8839 | return m_pImpl->GetImplSlot(implSlotNumber); |
| 8840 | } |
| 8841 | |
| 8842 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8843 | UINT32 MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetImplSlotNumber(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8844 | { |
| 8845 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8846 | return MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber); |
| 8847 | } |
| 8848 | |
| 8849 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8850 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetImplMethodDesc(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8851 | { |
| 8852 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8853 | UINT32 implSlotNumber = MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber); |
| 8854 | if (implSlotNumber == INVALID_SLOT_NUMBER) { |
| 8855 | return NULL; |
| 8856 | } |
| 8857 | return m_pImpl->GetImplMethodDesc(MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber)); |
| 8858 | } |
| 8859 | |
| 8860 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8861 | void MethodTable::MethodDataInterfaceImpl::InvalidateCachedVirtualSlot(UINT32 slotNumber) |
| 8862 | { |
| 8863 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 8864 | UINT32 implSlotNumber = MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber); |
| 8865 | if (implSlotNumber == INVALID_SLOT_NUMBER) { |
| 8866 | return; |
| 8867 | } |
| 8868 | return m_pImpl->InvalidateCachedVirtualSlot(MapToImplSlotNumber(slotNumber)); |
| 8869 | } |
| 8870 | |
| 8871 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8872 | void MethodTable::CheckInitMethodDataCache() |
| 8873 | { |
| 8874 | CONTRACTL { |
| 8875 | THROWS; |
| 8876 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 8877 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 8878 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8879 | if (s_pMethodDataCache == NULL) |
| 8880 | { |
| 8881 | UINT32 cb = MethodDataCache::GetObjectSize(8); |
| 8882 | NewHolder<BYTE> hb(new BYTE[cb]); |
| 8883 | MethodDataCache *pCache = new (hb.GetValue()) MethodDataCache(8); |
| 8884 | if (InterlockedCompareExchangeT( |
| 8885 | &s_pMethodDataCache, pCache, NULL) == NULL) |
| 8886 | { |
| 8887 | hb.SuppressRelease(); |
| 8888 | } |
| 8889 | // If somebody beat us, return and allow the holders to take care of cleanup. |
| 8890 | else |
| 8891 | { |
| 8892 | return; |
| 8893 | } |
| 8894 | } |
| 8895 | } |
| 8896 | |
| 8897 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8898 | void MethodTable::ClearMethodDataCache() |
| 8899 | { |
| 8900 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 8901 | if (s_pMethodDataCache != NULL) { |
| 8902 | s_pMethodDataCache->Clear(); |
| 8903 | } |
| 8904 | } |
| 8905 | |
| 8906 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8907 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::FindMethodDataHelper(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl) |
| 8908 | { |
| 8909 | CONTRACTL { |
| 8910 | NOTHROW; |
| 8911 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 8912 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(s_fUseMethodDataCache); |
| 8913 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 | return s_pMethodDataCache->Find(pMTDecl, pMTImpl); |
| 8916 | } |
| 8917 | |
| 8918 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8919 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::FindParentMethodDataHelper(MethodTable *pMT) |
| 8920 | { |
| 8921 | CONTRACTL |
| 8922 | { |
| 8923 | NOTHROW; |
| 8924 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 8925 | MODE_ANY; |
| 8926 | } |
| 8927 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8928 | MethodData *pData = NULL; |
| 8929 | if (s_fUseMethodDataCache && s_fUseParentMethodData) { |
| 8930 | if (!pMT->IsInterface()) { |
| 8931 | //@todo : this won't be correct for non-shared code |
| 8932 | MethodTable *pMTParent = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 8933 | if (pMTParent != NULL) { |
| 8934 | pData = FindMethodDataHelper(pMTParent, pMTParent); |
| 8935 | } |
| 8936 | } |
| 8937 | } |
| 8938 | return pData; |
| 8939 | } |
| 8940 | |
| 8941 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8942 | // This method does not cache the resulting MethodData object in the global MethodDataCache. |
| 8943 | // The TypeIDs (rgDeclTypeIDs with cDeclTypeIDs items) have to be sorted. |
| 8944 | MethodTable::MethodData * |
| 8945 | MethodTable::GetMethodDataHelper( |
| 8946 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgDeclTypeIDs, |
| 8947 | UINT32 cDeclTypeIDs, |
| 8948 | MethodTable * pMTDecl, |
| 8949 | MethodTable * pMTImpl) |
| 8950 | { |
| 8951 | CONTRACTL { |
| 8952 | THROWS; |
| 8953 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
| 8954 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTDecl)); |
| 8955 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTImpl)); |
| 8956 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 8957 | |
| 8958 | //@TODO: Must adjust this to use an alternate allocator so that we don't |
| 8959 | //@TODO: potentially cause deadlocks on the debug thread. |
| 8960 | SUPPRESS_ALLOCATION_ASSERTS_IN_THIS_SCOPE; |
| 8961 | |
| 8962 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(pMTDecl->IsInterface() && !pMTImpl->IsInterface()); |
| 8963 | |
| 8964 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 8965 | // Check that rgDeclTypeIDs are sorted, are valid interface indexes and reference only pMTDecl interface |
| 8966 | { |
| 8967 | InterfaceInfo_t * rgImplInterfaceMap = pMTImpl->GetInterfaceMap(); |
| 8968 | UINT32 cImplInterfaceMap = pMTImpl->GetNumInterfaces(); |
| 8969 | // Verify that all types referenced by code:rgDeclTypeIDs are code:pMTDecl (declared interface) |
| 8970 | for (UINT32 nDeclTypeIDIndex = 0; nDeclTypeIDIndex < cDeclTypeIDs; nDeclTypeIDIndex++) |
| 8971 | { |
| 8972 | if (nDeclTypeIDIndex > 0) |
| 8973 | { // Verify that interface indexes are sorted |
| 8974 | _ASSERTE(rgDeclTypeIDs[nDeclTypeIDIndex - 1].GetInterfaceNum() < rgDeclTypeIDs[nDeclTypeIDIndex].GetInterfaceNum()); |
| 8975 | } |
| 8976 | UINT32 nInterfaceIndex = rgDeclTypeIDs[nDeclTypeIDIndex].GetInterfaceNum(); |
| 8977 | _ASSERTE(nInterfaceIndex <= cImplInterfaceMap); |
| 8978 | { |
| 8979 | OVERRIDE_TYPE_LOAD_LEVEL_LIMIT(CLASS_LOAD_APPROXPARENTS); |
| 8980 | _ASSERTE(rgImplInterfaceMap[nInterfaceIndex].GetApproxMethodTable(pMTImpl->GetLoaderModule())->HasSameTypeDefAs(pMTDecl)); |
| 8981 | } |
| 8982 | } |
| 8983 | } |
| 8984 | #endif //_DEBUG |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 | // Can't cache, since this is a custom method used in BuildMethodTable |
| 8987 | MethodDataWrapper hDecl(GetMethodData(pMTDecl, FALSE)); |
| 8988 | MethodDataWrapper hImpl(GetMethodData(pMTImpl, FALSE)); |
| 8989 | |
| 8990 | UINT32 cb = MethodDataInterfaceImpl::GetObjectSize(pMTDecl); |
| 8991 | NewHolder<BYTE> pb(new BYTE[cb]); |
| 8992 | MethodDataInterfaceImpl * pData = new (pb.GetValue()) MethodDataInterfaceImpl(rgDeclTypeIDs, cDeclTypeIDs, hDecl, hImpl); |
| 8993 | pb.SuppressRelease(); |
| 8994 | |
| 8995 | return pData; |
| 8996 | } // MethodTable::GetMethodDataHelper |
| 8997 | |
| 8998 | //========================================================================================== |
| 8999 | // The fCanCache argument determines if the resulting MethodData object can |
| 9000 | // be added to the global MethodDataCache. This is used when requesting a |
| 9001 | // MethodData object for a type currently being built. |
| 9002 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::GetMethodDataHelper(MethodTable *pMTDecl, |
| 9003 | MethodTable *pMTImpl, |
| 9004 | BOOL fCanCache) |
| 9005 | { |
| 9006 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9007 | THROWS; |
| 9008 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
| 9009 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTDecl)); |
| 9010 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTImpl)); |
| 9011 | PRECONDITION(pMTDecl == pMTImpl || |
| 9012 | (pMTDecl->IsInterface() && !pMTImpl->IsInterface())); |
| 9013 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9014 | |
| 9015 | //@TODO: Must adjust this to use an alternate allocator so that we don't |
| 9016 | //@TODO: potentially cause deadlocks on the debug thread. |
| 9017 | SUPPRESS_ALLOCATION_ASSERTS_IN_THIS_SCOPE; |
| 9018 | |
| 9019 | if (s_fUseMethodDataCache) { |
| 9020 | MethodData *pData = FindMethodDataHelper(pMTDecl, pMTImpl); |
| 9021 | if (pData != NULL) { |
| 9022 | return pData; |
| 9023 | } |
| 9024 | } |
| 9025 | |
| 9026 | // If we get here, there are no entries in the cache. |
| 9027 | MethodData *pData = NULL; |
| 9028 | if (pMTDecl == pMTImpl) { |
| 9029 | if (pMTDecl->IsInterface()) { |
| 9030 | pData = new MethodDataInterface(pMTDecl); |
| 9031 | } |
| 9032 | else { |
| 9033 | UINT32 cb = MethodDataObject::GetObjectSize(pMTDecl); |
| 9034 | NewHolder<BYTE> pb(new BYTE[cb]); |
| 9035 | MethodDataHolder h(FindParentMethodDataHelper(pMTDecl)); |
| 9036 | pData = new (pb.GetValue()) MethodDataObject(pMTDecl, h.GetValue()); |
| 9037 | pb.SuppressRelease(); |
| 9038 | } |
| 9039 | } |
| 9040 | else { |
| 9041 | pData = GetMethodDataHelper( |
| 9042 | NULL, |
| 9043 | 0, |
| 9044 | pMTDecl, |
| 9045 | pMTImpl); |
| 9046 | } |
| 9047 | |
| 9048 | // Insert in the cache if it is active. |
| 9049 | if (fCanCache && s_fUseMethodDataCache) { |
| 9050 | s_pMethodDataCache->Insert(pData); |
| 9051 | } |
| 9052 | |
| 9053 | // Do not AddRef, already initialized to 1. |
| 9054 | return pData; |
| 9055 | } |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9058 | // The fCanCache argument determines if the resulting MethodData object can |
| 9059 | // be added to the global MethodDataCache. This is used when requesting a |
| 9060 | // MethodData object for a type currently being built. |
| 9061 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::GetMethodData(MethodTable *pMTDecl, |
| 9062 | MethodTable *pMTImpl, |
| 9063 | BOOL fCanCache) |
| 9064 | { |
| 9065 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9066 | THROWS; |
| 9067 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
| 9068 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9069 | |
| 9070 | MethodDataWrapper hData(GetMethodDataHelper(pMTDecl, pMTImpl, fCanCache)); |
| 9071 | hData.SuppressRelease(); |
| 9072 | return hData; |
| 9073 | } |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9076 | // This method does not cache the resulting MethodData object in the global MethodDataCache. |
| 9077 | MethodTable::MethodData * |
| 9078 | MethodTable::GetMethodData( |
| 9079 | const DispatchMapTypeID * rgDeclTypeIDs, |
| 9080 | UINT32 cDeclTypeIDs, |
| 9081 | MethodTable * pMTDecl, |
| 9082 | MethodTable * pMTImpl) |
| 9083 | { |
| 9084 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9085 | THROWS; |
| 9086 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
| 9087 | PRECONDITION(pMTDecl != pMTImpl); |
| 9088 | PRECONDITION(pMTDecl->IsInterface()); |
| 9089 | PRECONDITION(!pMTImpl->IsInterface()); |
| 9090 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9091 | |
| 9092 | MethodDataWrapper hData(GetMethodDataHelper(rgDeclTypeIDs, cDeclTypeIDs, pMTDecl, pMTImpl)); |
| 9093 | hData.SuppressRelease(); |
| 9094 | return hData; |
| 9095 | } |
| 9096 | |
| 9097 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9098 | // The fCanCache argument determines if the resulting MethodData object can |
| 9099 | // be added to the global MethodDataCache. This is used when requesting a |
| 9100 | // MethodData object for a type currently being built. |
| 9101 | MethodTable::MethodData *MethodTable::GetMethodData(MethodTable *pMT, |
| 9102 | BOOL fCanCache) |
| 9103 | { |
| 9104 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9105 | return GetMethodData(pMT, pMT, fCanCache); |
| 9106 | } |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9109 | MethodTable::MethodIterator::MethodIterator(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl) |
| 9110 | { |
| 9111 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9112 | Init(pMTDecl, pMTImpl); |
| 9113 | } |
| 9114 | |
| 9115 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9116 | MethodTable::MethodIterator::MethodIterator(MethodTable *pMT) |
| 9117 | { |
| 9118 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9119 | Init(pMT, pMT); |
| 9120 | } |
| 9121 | |
| 9122 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9123 | MethodTable::MethodIterator::MethodIterator(MethodData *pMethodData) |
| 9124 | { |
| 9125 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9126 | NOTHROW; |
| 9127 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9128 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMethodData)); |
| 9129 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9130 | |
| 9131 | m_pMethodData = pMethodData; |
| 9132 | m_pMethodData->AddRef(); |
| 9133 | m_iCur = 0; |
| 9134 | m_iMethods = (INT32)m_pMethodData->GetNumMethods(); |
| 9135 | } |
| 9136 | |
| 9137 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9138 | MethodTable::MethodIterator::MethodIterator(const MethodIterator &it) |
| 9139 | { |
| 9140 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9141 | m_pMethodData = it.m_pMethodData; |
| 9142 | m_pMethodData->AddRef(); |
| 9143 | m_iCur = it.m_iCur; |
| 9144 | m_iMethods = it.m_iMethods; |
| 9145 | } |
| 9146 | |
| 9147 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9148 | void MethodTable::MethodIterator::Init(MethodTable *pMTDecl, MethodTable *pMTImpl) |
| 9149 | { |
| 9150 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9151 | THROWS; |
| 9152 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
| 9153 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
| 9154 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTDecl)); |
| 9155 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMTImpl)); |
| 9156 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 | LOG((LF_LOADER, LL_INFO10000, "SD: MT::MethodIterator created for %s.\n" , pMTDecl->GetDebugClassName())); |
| 9159 | |
| 9160 | m_pMethodData = MethodTable::GetMethodData(pMTDecl, pMTImpl); |
| 9161 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(m_pMethodData)); |
| 9162 | m_iCur = 0; |
| 9163 | m_iMethods = (INT32)m_pMethodData->GetNumMethods(); |
| 9164 | } |
| 9165 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9166 | |
| 9167 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9168 | |
| 9169 | void MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator::SetChunk(MethodDescChunk * pChunk) |
| 9170 | { |
| 9171 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 9172 | |
| 9173 | if (pChunk) |
| 9174 | { |
| 9175 | m_pMethodDesc = pChunk->GetFirstMethodDesc(); |
| 9176 | |
| 9177 | m_pChunk = pChunk; |
| 9178 | m_pChunkEnd = dac_cast<TADDR>(pChunk) + pChunk->SizeOf(); |
| 9179 | } |
| 9180 | else |
| 9181 | { |
| 9182 | m_pMethodDesc = NULL; |
| 9183 | } |
| 9184 | } |
| 9185 | |
| 9186 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9187 | |
| 9188 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator::GetFirst(MethodTable *pMT) |
| 9189 | { |
| 9190 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 9191 | MethodDescChunk * pChunk = pMT->GetClass()->GetChunks(); |
| 9192 | return (pChunk != NULL) ? pChunk->GetFirstMethodDesc() : NULL; |
| 9193 | } |
| 9194 | |
| 9195 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9196 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::IntroducedMethodIterator::GetNext(MethodDesc * pMD) |
| 9197 | { |
| 9198 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9199 | |
| 9200 | MethodDescChunk * pChunk = pMD->GetMethodDescChunk(); |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 | // Check whether the next MethodDesc is still within the bounds of the current chunk |
| 9203 | TADDR pNext = dac_cast<TADDR>(pMD) + pMD->SizeOf(); |
| 9204 | TADDR pEnd = dac_cast<TADDR>(pChunk) + pChunk->SizeOf(); |
| 9205 | |
| 9206 | if (pNext < pEnd) |
| 9207 | { |
| 9208 | // Just skip to the next method in the same chunk |
| 9209 | pMD = PTR_MethodDesc(pNext); |
| 9210 | } |
| 9211 | else |
| 9212 | { |
| 9213 | _ASSERTE(pNext == pEnd); |
| 9214 | |
| 9215 | // We have walked all the methods in the current chunk. Move on |
| 9216 | // to the next chunk. |
| 9217 | pChunk = pChunk->GetNextChunk(); |
| 9218 | |
| 9219 | pMD = (pChunk != NULL) ? pChunk->GetFirstMethodDesc() : NULL; |
| 9220 | } |
| 9221 | |
| 9222 | return pMD; |
| 9223 | } |
| 9224 | |
| 9225 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9226 | PTR_GuidInfo MethodTable::GetGuidInfo() |
| 9227 | { |
| 9228 | CONTRACTL |
| 9229 | { |
| 9230 | THROWS; |
| 9231 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9232 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9233 | } |
| 9234 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9235 | |
| 9236 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 9237 | if (HasGuidInfo()) |
| 9238 | { |
| 9239 | return *GetGuidInfoPtr(); |
| 9240 | } |
| 9241 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 9242 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); |
| 9243 | return GetClass()->GetGuidInfo(); |
| 9244 | } |
| 9245 | |
| 9246 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9247 | void MethodTable::SetGuidInfo(GuidInfo* pGuidInfo) |
| 9248 | { |
| 9249 | CONTRACTL |
| 9250 | { |
| 9251 | THROWS; |
| 9252 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9253 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9254 | } |
| 9255 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9256 | |
| 9257 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9258 | |
| 9259 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 9260 | if (HasGuidInfo()) |
| 9261 | { |
| 9262 | *EnsureWritablePages(GetGuidInfoPtr()) = pGuidInfo; |
| 9263 | return; |
| 9264 | } |
| 9265 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 9266 | _ASSERTE(GetClass()); |
| 9267 | GetClass()->SetGuidInfo (pGuidInfo); |
| 9268 | |
| 9269 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9270 | } |
| 9271 | |
| 9272 | #if defined(FEATURE_COMINTEROP) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
| 9273 | |
| 9274 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9275 | RCWPerTypeData *MethodTable::CreateRCWPerTypeData(bool bThrowOnOOM) |
| 9276 | { |
| 9277 | CONTRACTL |
| 9278 | { |
| 9279 | if (bThrowOnOOM) THROWS; else NOTHROW; |
| 9280 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9281 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9282 | PRECONDITION(HasRCWPerTypeData()); |
| 9283 | } |
| 9284 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9285 | |
| 9286 | AllocMemTracker amTracker; |
| 9287 | |
| 9288 | RCWPerTypeData *pData; |
| 9289 | if (bThrowOnOOM) |
| 9290 | { |
| 9291 | TaggedMemAllocPtr ptr = GetLoaderAllocator()->GetLowFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(RCWPerTypeData))); |
| 9292 | pData = (RCWPerTypeData *)amTracker.Track(ptr); |
| 9293 | } |
| 9294 | else |
| 9295 | { |
| 9296 | TaggedMemAllocPtr ptr = GetLoaderAllocator()->GetLowFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem_NoThrow(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(RCWPerTypeData))); |
| 9297 | pData = (RCWPerTypeData *)amTracker.Track_NoThrow(ptr); |
| 9298 | if (pData == NULL) |
| 9299 | { |
| 9300 | return NULL; |
| 9301 | } |
| 9302 | } |
| 9303 | |
| 9304 | // memory is zero-inited which means that nothing has been computed yet |
| 9305 | _ASSERTE(pData->m_dwFlags == 0); |
| 9306 | |
| 9307 | RCWPerTypeData **pDataPtr = GetRCWPerTypeDataPtr(); |
| 9308 | |
| 9309 | if (bThrowOnOOM) |
| 9310 | { |
| 9311 | EnsureWritablePages(pDataPtr); |
| 9312 | } |
| 9313 | else |
| 9314 | { |
| 9315 | if (!EnsureWritablePagesNoThrow(pDataPtr, sizeof(*pDataPtr))) |
| 9316 | { |
| 9317 | return NULL; |
| 9318 | } |
| 9319 | } |
| 9320 | |
| 9321 | if (InterlockedCompareExchangeT(pDataPtr, pData, NULL) == NULL) |
| 9322 | { |
| 9323 | amTracker.SuppressRelease(); |
| 9324 | } |
| 9325 | else |
| 9326 | { |
| 9327 | // another thread already published the pointer |
| 9328 | pData = *pDataPtr; |
| 9329 | } |
| 9330 | |
| 9331 | return pData; |
| 9332 | } |
| 9333 | |
| 9334 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9335 | RCWPerTypeData *MethodTable::GetRCWPerTypeData(bool bThrowOnOOM /*= true*/) |
| 9336 | { |
| 9337 | CONTRACTL |
| 9338 | { |
| 9339 | if (bThrowOnOOM) THROWS; else NOTHROW; |
| 9340 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9341 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9342 | } |
| 9343 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9344 | |
| 9345 | if (!HasRCWPerTypeData()) |
| 9346 | return NULL; |
| 9347 | |
| 9348 | RCWPerTypeData *pData = *GetRCWPerTypeDataPtr(); |
| 9349 | if (pData == NULL) |
| 9350 | { |
| 9351 | // creation is factored out into a separate routine to avoid paying the EH cost here |
| 9352 | pData = CreateRCWPerTypeData(bThrowOnOOM); |
| 9353 | } |
| 9354 | |
| 9355 | return pData; |
| 9356 | } |
| 9357 | |
| 9358 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP && !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9359 | |
| 9360 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9361 | CHECK MethodTable::CheckActivated() |
| 9362 | { |
| 9363 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9364 | |
| 9365 | if (!IsArray()) |
| 9366 | { |
| 9367 | CHECK(GetModule()->CheckActivated()); |
| 9368 | } |
| 9369 | |
| 9370 | // <TODO> Check all generic type parameters as well </TODO> |
| 9371 | |
| 9372 | CHECK_OK; |
| 9373 | } |
| 9374 | |
| 9375 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 9376 | // Optimization intended for EnsureInstanceActive, EnsureActive only |
| 9377 | #pragma optimize("t", on) |
| 9378 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
| 9379 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9380 | |
| 9381 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9382 | VOID MethodTable::EnsureInstanceActive() |
| 9383 | { |
| 9384 | CONTRACTL |
| 9385 | { |
| 9386 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 9387 | THROWS; |
| 9388 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9389 | } |
| 9390 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9391 | |
| 9392 | Module * pModule = GetModule(); |
| 9393 | pModule->EnsureActive(); |
| 9394 | |
| 9395 | MethodTable * pMT = this; |
| 9396 | while (pMT->HasModuleDependencies()) |
| 9397 | { |
| 9398 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 9399 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); |
| 9400 | |
| 9401 | Module * pParentModule = pMT->GetModule(); |
| 9402 | if (pParentModule != pModule) |
| 9403 | { |
| 9404 | pModule = pParentModule; |
| 9405 | pModule->EnsureActive(); |
| 9406 | } |
| 9407 | } |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 | if (HasInstantiation()) |
| 9410 | { |
| 9411 | // This is going to go recursive, so we need to use an interior stack probe |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 | INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE(GetThread()); |
| 9414 | { |
| 9415 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); |
| 9416 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) |
| 9417 | { |
| 9418 | TypeHandle thArg = inst[i]; |
| 9419 | if (!thArg.IsTypeDesc()) |
| 9420 | { |
| 9421 | thArg.AsMethodTable()->EnsureInstanceActive(); |
| 9422 | } |
| 9423 | } |
| 9424 | } |
| 9425 | END_INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE; |
| 9426 | } |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 | } |
| 9429 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9430 | |
| 9431 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9432 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9433 | VOID MethodTable::EnsureActive() |
| 9434 | { |
| 9435 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9436 | |
| 9437 | GetModule()->EnsureActive(); |
| 9438 | } |
| 9439 | #endif |
| 9440 | |
| 9441 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 9442 | #pragma optimize("", on) |
| 9443 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
| 9444 | |
| 9445 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9446 | CHECK MethodTable::CheckInstanceActivated() |
| 9447 | { |
| 9448 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9449 | |
| 9450 | if (IsArray()) |
| 9451 | CHECK_OK; |
| 9452 | |
| 9453 | Module * pModule = GetModule(); |
| 9454 | CHECK(pModule->CheckActivated()); |
| 9455 | |
| 9456 | MethodTable * pMT = this; |
| 9457 | while (pMT->HasModuleDependencies()) |
| 9458 | { |
| 9459 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 9460 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); |
| 9461 | |
| 9462 | Module * pParentModule = pMT->GetModule(); |
| 9463 | if (pParentModule != pModule) |
| 9464 | { |
| 9465 | pModule = pParentModule; |
| 9466 | CHECK(pModule->CheckActivated()); |
| 9467 | } |
| 9468 | } |
| 9469 | |
| 9470 | CHECK_OK; |
| 9471 | } |
| 9472 | |
| 9473 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9474 | |
| 9475 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9476 | void |
| 9477 | MethodTable::EnumMemoryRegions(CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags) |
| 9478 | { |
| 9479 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9480 | |
| 9481 | DAC_CHECK_ENUM_THIS(); |
| 9482 | EMEM_OUT(("MEM: %p MethodTable\n" , dac_cast<TADDR>(this))); |
| 9483 | |
| 9484 | DWORD size = GetEndOffsetOfOptionalMembers(); |
| 9485 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(this), size); |
| 9486 | |
| 9487 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 9488 | { |
| 9489 | PTR_MethodTable pMTCanonical = GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 9490 | |
| 9491 | if (pMTCanonical.IsValid()) |
| 9492 | { |
| 9493 | pMTCanonical->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
| 9494 | } |
| 9495 | } |
| 9496 | else |
| 9497 | { |
| 9498 | PTR_EEClass pClass = GetClass(); |
| 9499 | |
| 9500 | if (pClass.IsValid()) |
| 9501 | { |
| 9502 | if (IsArray()) |
| 9503 | { |
| 9504 | // This is kind of a workaround, in that ArrayClass is derived from EEClass, but |
| 9505 | // it's not virtual, we only cast if the IsArray() predicate holds above. |
| 9506 | // For minidumps, DAC will choke if we don't have the full size given |
| 9507 | // by ArrayClass available. If ArrayClass becomes more complex, it |
| 9508 | // should get it's own EnumMemoryRegions(). |
| 9509 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(pClass), sizeof(ArrayClass)); |
| 9510 | } |
| 9511 | pClass->EnumMemoryRegions(flags, this); |
| 9512 | } |
| 9513 | } |
| 9514 | |
| 9515 | PTR_MethodTable pMTParent = GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 9516 | |
| 9517 | if (pMTParent.IsValid()) |
| 9518 | { |
| 9519 | pMTParent->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
| 9520 | } |
| 9521 | |
| 9522 | if (HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()) |
| 9523 | { |
| 9524 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetNonVirtualSlotsArray()), GetNonVirtualSlotsArraySize()); |
| 9525 | } |
| 9526 | |
| 9527 | if (HasInterfaceMap()) |
| 9528 | { |
| 9529 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 9530 | if (HasDynamicInterfaceMap()) |
| 9531 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetInterfaceMap()) - sizeof(DWORD_PTR), GetInterfaceMapSize()); |
| 9532 | else |
| 9533 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 9534 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetInterfaceMap()), GetInterfaceMapSize()); |
| 9535 | |
| 9536 | EnumMemoryRegionsForExtraInterfaceInfo(); |
| 9537 | } |
| 9538 | |
| 9539 | if (HasPerInstInfo() != NULL) |
| 9540 | { |
| 9541 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetPerInstInfo()) - sizeof(GenericsDictInfo), GetPerInstInfoSize() + sizeof(GenericsDictInfo)); |
| 9542 | } |
| 9543 | |
| 9544 | if (GetDictionary() != NULL) |
| 9545 | { |
| 9546 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetDictionary()), GetInstAndDictSize()); |
| 9547 | } |
| 9548 | |
| 9549 | VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it = IterateVtableIndirectionSlots(); |
| 9550 | while (it.Next()) |
| 9551 | { |
| 9552 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(it.GetIndirectionSlot()), it.GetSize()); |
| 9553 | } |
| 9554 | |
| 9555 | PTR_MethodTableWriteableData pWriteableData = ReadPointer(this, &MethodTable::m_pWriteableData); |
| 9556 | if (pWriteableData.IsValid()) |
| 9557 | { |
| 9558 | pWriteableData.EnumMem(); |
| 9559 | } |
| 9560 | |
| 9561 | if (flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_MINI && flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_TRIAGE) |
| 9562 | { |
| 9563 | DispatchMap * pMap = GetDispatchMap(); |
| 9564 | if (pMap != NULL) |
| 9565 | { |
| 9566 | pMap->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
| 9567 | } |
| 9568 | } |
| 9569 | } // MethodTable::EnumMemoryRegions |
| 9570 | |
| 9571 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9574 | BOOL MethodTable::ContainsGenericMethodVariables() |
| 9575 | { |
| 9576 | CONTRACTL |
| 9577 | { |
| 9578 | NOTHROW; |
| 9579 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9580 | FORBID_FAULT; |
| 9581 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 9582 | } |
| 9583 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 9584 | |
| 9585 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); |
| 9586 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) |
| 9587 | { |
| 9588 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(!inst[i].IsEncodedFixup()); |
| 9589 | if (inst[i].ContainsGenericVariables(TRUE)) |
| 9590 | return TRUE; |
| 9591 | } |
| 9592 | |
| 9593 | return FALSE; |
| 9594 | } |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9597 | Module *MethodTable::GetDefiningModuleForOpenType() |
| 9598 | { |
| 9599 | CONTRACT(Module*) |
| 9600 | { |
| 9601 | NOTHROW; |
| 9602 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9603 | FORBID_FAULT; |
| 9604 | POSTCONDITION((ContainsGenericVariables() != 0) == (RETVAL != NULL)); |
| 9605 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 9606 | } |
| 9607 | CONTRACT_END |
| 9608 | |
| 9609 | if (ContainsGenericVariables()) |
| 9610 | { |
| 9611 | Instantiation inst = GetInstantiation(); |
| 9612 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < inst.GetNumArgs(); i++) |
| 9613 | { |
| 9614 | // Encoded fixups are never open types |
| 9615 | if (!inst[i].IsEncodedFixup()) |
| 9616 | { |
| 9617 | Module *pModule = inst[i].GetDefiningModuleForOpenType(); |
| 9618 | if (pModule != NULL) |
| 9619 | RETURN pModule; |
| 9620 | } |
| 9621 | } |
| 9622 | } |
| 9623 | |
| 9624 | RETURN NULL; |
| 9625 | } |
| 9626 | |
| 9627 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9628 | PCODE MethodTable::GetRestoredSlot(DWORD slotNumber) |
| 9629 | { |
| 9630 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9631 | NOTHROW; |
| 9632 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9633 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9634 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 9635 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 9636 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9637 | |
| 9638 | // |
| 9639 | // Keep in sync with code:MethodTable::GetRestoredSlotMT |
| 9640 | // |
| 9641 | |
| 9642 | MethodTable * pMT = this; |
| 9643 | while (true) |
| 9644 | { |
| 9645 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pMT); |
| 9646 | |
| 9647 | pMT = pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 9648 | |
| 9649 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); |
| 9650 | |
| 9651 | PCODE slot = pMT->GetSlot(slotNumber); |
| 9652 | |
| 9653 | if ((slot != NULL) |
| 9654 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 9655 | && !pMT->GetLoaderModule()->IsVirtualImportThunk(slot) |
| 9656 | #endif |
| 9657 | ) |
| 9658 | { |
| 9659 | return slot; |
| 9660 | } |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 | // This is inherited slot that has not been fixed up yet. Find |
| 9663 | // the value by walking up the inheritance chain |
| 9664 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 9665 | } |
| 9666 | } |
| 9667 | |
| 9668 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9669 | MethodTable * MethodTable::GetRestoredSlotMT(DWORD slotNumber) |
| 9670 | { |
| 9671 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9672 | NOTHROW; |
| 9673 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9674 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9675 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 9676 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 9677 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9678 | |
| 9679 | // |
| 9680 | // Keep in sync with code:MethodTable::GetRestoredSlot |
| 9681 | // |
| 9682 | |
| 9683 | MethodTable * pMT = this; |
| 9684 | while (true) |
| 9685 | { |
| 9686 | g_IBCLogger.LogMethodTableAccess(pMT); |
| 9687 | |
| 9688 | pMT = pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 9689 | |
| 9690 | _ASSERTE(pMT != NULL); |
| 9691 | |
| 9692 | PCODE slot = pMT->GetSlot(slotNumber); |
| 9693 | |
| 9694 | if ((slot != NULL) |
| 9695 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 9696 | && !pMT->GetLoaderModule()->IsVirtualImportThunk(slot) |
| 9697 | #endif |
| 9698 | ) |
| 9699 | { |
| 9700 | return pMT; |
| 9701 | } |
| 9702 | |
| 9703 | // This is inherited slot that has not been fixed up yet. Find |
| 9704 | // the value by walking up the inheritance chain |
| 9705 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 9706 | } |
| 9707 | } |
| 9708 | |
| 9709 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9710 | MethodDesc * MethodTable::GetParallelMethodDesc(MethodDesc * pDefMD) |
| 9711 | { |
| 9712 | CONTRACTL |
| 9713 | { |
| 9714 | NOTHROW; |
| 9715 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9716 | SO_TOLERANT; |
| 9717 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9718 | } |
| 9719 | CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9720 | return GetMethodDescForSlot(pDefMD->GetSlot()); |
| 9721 | } |
| 9722 | |
| 9723 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 9724 | |
| 9725 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9726 | void MethodTable::SetSlot(UINT32 slotNumber, PCODE slotCode) |
| 9727 | { |
| 9728 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9729 | NOTHROW; |
| 9730 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9731 | MODE_ANY; |
| 9732 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9733 | |
| 9734 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 9735 | if (slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()) |
| 9736 | { |
| 9737 | // |
| 9738 | // Verify that slots in shared vtable chunks not owned by this methodtable are only ever patched to stable entrypoint. |
| 9739 | // This invariant is required to prevent races with code:MethodDesc::SetStableEntryPointInterlocked. |
| 9740 | // |
| 9741 | BOOL fSharedVtableChunk = FALSE; |
| 9742 | DWORD indirectionIndex = MethodTable::GetIndexOfVtableIndirection(slotNumber); |
| 9743 | |
| 9744 | if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 9745 | { |
| 9746 | if (GetVtableIndirections()[indirectionIndex].GetValueMaybeNull() == GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetVtableIndirections()[indirectionIndex].GetValueMaybeNull()) |
| 9747 | fSharedVtableChunk = TRUE; |
| 9748 | } |
| 9749 | |
| 9750 | if (slotNumber < GetNumParentVirtuals()) |
| 9751 | { |
| 9752 | if (GetVtableIndirections()[indirectionIndex].GetValueMaybeNull() == GetParentMethodTable()->GetVtableIndirections()[indirectionIndex].GetValueMaybeNull()) |
| 9753 | fSharedVtableChunk = TRUE; |
| 9754 | } |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 | if (fSharedVtableChunk) |
| 9757 | { |
| 9758 | MethodDesc* pMD = GetMethodDescForSlotAddress(slotCode); |
| 9759 | _ASSERTE(pMD->HasStableEntryPoint()); |
| 9760 | _ASSERTE(pMD->GetStableEntryPoint() == slotCode); |
| 9761 | } |
| 9762 | } |
| 9763 | #endif |
| 9764 | |
| 9765 | // IBC logging is not needed here - slots in ngen images are immutable. |
| 9766 | |
| 9767 | #ifdef _TARGET_ARM_ |
| 9768 | // Ensure on ARM that all target addresses are marked as thumb code. |
| 9769 | _ASSERTE(IsThumbCode(slotCode)); |
| 9770 | #endif |
| 9771 | |
| 9772 | TADDR slot = GetSlotPtrRaw(slotNumber); |
| 9773 | if (slotNumber < GetNumVirtuals()) |
| 9774 | { |
| 9775 | ((MethodTable::VTableIndir2_t *) slot)->SetValueMaybeNull(slotCode); |
| 9776 | } |
| 9777 | else |
| 9778 | { |
| 9779 | *((PCODE *)slot) = slotCode; |
| 9780 | } |
| 9781 | } |
| 9782 | |
| 9783 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9784 | BOOL MethodTable::HasExplicitOrImplicitPublicDefaultConstructor() |
| 9785 | { |
| 9786 | CONTRACTL |
| 9787 | { |
| 9788 | NOTHROW; |
| 9789 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 9790 | } |
| 9791 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 9792 | |
| 9793 | if (IsValueType()) |
| 9794 | { |
| 9795 | // valuetypes have public default ctors implicitly |
| 9796 | return TRUE; |
| 9797 | } |
| 9798 | |
| 9799 | if (!HasDefaultConstructor()) |
| 9800 | { |
| 9801 | return FALSE; |
| 9802 | } |
| 9803 | |
| 9804 | MethodDesc * pCanonMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(GetDefaultConstructorSlot()); |
| 9805 | return pCanonMD != NULL && pCanonMD->IsPublic(); |
| 9806 | } |
| 9807 | |
| 9808 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9809 | MethodDesc *MethodTable::GetDefaultConstructor() |
| 9810 | { |
| 9811 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 9812 | _ASSERTE(HasDefaultConstructor()); |
| 9813 | MethodDesc *pCanonMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(GetDefaultConstructorSlot()); |
| 9814 | // The default constructor for a value type is an instantiating stub. |
| 9815 | // The easiest way to find the right stub is to use the following function, |
| 9816 | // which in the simple case of the default constructor for a class simply |
| 9817 | // returns pCanonMD immediately. |
| 9818 | return MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc(pCanonMD, |
| 9819 | this, |
| 9820 | FALSE /* no BoxedEntryPointStub */, |
| 9821 | Instantiation(), /* no method instantiation */ |
| 9822 | FALSE /* no allowInstParam */); |
| 9823 | } |
| 9824 | |
| 9825 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9826 | // Finds the (non-unboxing) MethodDesc that implements the interface method pInterfaceMD. |
| 9827 | // |
| 9828 | // Note our ability to resolve constraint methods is affected by the degree of code sharing we are |
| 9829 | // performing for generic code. |
| 9830 | // |
| 9831 | // Return Value: |
| 9832 | // MethodDesc which can be used as unvirtualized call. Returns NULL if VSD has to be used. |
| 9833 | MethodDesc * |
| 9834 | MethodTable::TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox( |
| 9835 | TypeHandle thInterfaceType, |
| 9836 | MethodDesc * pInterfaceMD, |
| 9837 | BOOL * pfForceUseRuntimeLookup) // = NULL |
| 9838 | { |
| 9839 | CONTRACTL { |
| 9840 | THROWS; |
| 9841 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 9842 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
| 9843 | |
| 9844 | // We can't resolve constraint calls effectively for reference types, and there's |
| 9845 | // not a lot of perf. benefit in doing it anyway. |
| 9846 | // |
| 9847 | if (!IsValueType()) |
| 9848 | { |
| 9849 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "TryResolveConstraintmethodApprox: not a value type %s\n" , GetDebugClassName())); |
| 9850 | return NULL; |
| 9851 | } |
| 9852 | |
| 9853 | // 1. Find the (possibly generic) method that would implement the |
| 9854 | // constraint if we were making a call on a boxed value type. |
| 9855 | |
| 9856 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = GetCanonicalMethodTable(); |
| 9857 | |
| 9858 | MethodDesc * pGenInterfaceMD = pInterfaceMD->StripMethodInstantiation(); |
| 9859 | MethodDesc * pMD = NULL; |
| 9860 | if (pGenInterfaceMD->IsInterface()) |
| 9861 | { // Sometimes (when compiling shared generic code) |
| 9862 | // we don't have enough exact type information at JIT time |
| 9863 | // even to decide whether we will be able to resolve to an unboxed entry point... |
| 9864 | // To cope with this case we always go via the helper function if there's any |
| 9865 | // chance of this happening by checking for all interfaces which might possibly |
| 9866 | // be compatible with the call (verification will have ensured that |
| 9867 | // at least one of them will be) |
| 9868 | |
| 9869 | // Enumerate all potential interface instantiations |
| 9870 | MethodTable::InterfaceMapIterator it = pCanonMT->IterateInterfaceMap(); |
| 9871 | DWORD cPotentialMatchingInterfaces = 0; |
| 9872 | while (it.Next()) |
| 9873 | { |
| 9874 | TypeHandle thPotentialInterfaceType(it.GetInterface()); |
| 9875 | if (thPotentialInterfaceType.AsMethodTable()->GetCanonicalMethodTable() == |
| 9876 | thInterfaceType.AsMethodTable()->GetCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 9877 | { |
| 9878 | cPotentialMatchingInterfaces++; |
| 9879 | pMD = pCanonMT->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(thPotentialInterfaceType, pGenInterfaceMD, FALSE /* throwOnConflict */); |
| 9880 | |
| 9881 | // See code:#TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox_DoNotReturnParentMethod |
| 9882 | if ((pMD != NULL) && !pMD->GetMethodTable()->IsValueType()) |
| 9883 | { |
| 9884 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox: %s::%s not a value type method\n" , |
| 9885 | pMD->m_pszDebugClassName, pMD->m_pszDebugMethodName)); |
| 9886 | return NULL; |
| 9887 | } |
| 9888 | } |
| 9889 | } |
| 9890 | |
| 9891 | _ASSERTE_MSG((cPotentialMatchingInterfaces != 0), |
| 9892 | "At least one interface has to implement the method, otherwise there's a bug in JIT/verification." ); |
| 9893 | |
| 9894 | if (cPotentialMatchingInterfaces > 1) |
| 9895 | { // We have more potentially matching interfaces |
| 9896 | MethodTable * pInterfaceMT = thInterfaceType.GetMethodTable(); |
| 9897 | _ASSERTE(pInterfaceMT->HasInstantiation()); |
| 9898 | |
| 9899 | BOOL fIsExactMethodResolved = FALSE; |
| 9900 | |
| 9901 | if (!pInterfaceMT->IsSharedByGenericInstantiations() && |
| 9902 | !pInterfaceMT->IsGenericTypeDefinition() && |
| 9903 | !this->IsSharedByGenericInstantiations() && |
| 9904 | !this->IsGenericTypeDefinition()) |
| 9905 | { // We have exact interface and type instantiations (no generic variables and __Canon used |
| 9906 | // anywhere) |
| 9907 | if (this->CanCastToInterface(pInterfaceMT)) |
| 9908 | { |
| 9909 | // We can resolve to exact method |
| 9910 | pMD = this->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(pInterfaceMT, pInterfaceMD, FALSE /* throwOnConflict */); |
| 9911 | fIsExactMethodResolved = pMD != NULL; |
| 9912 | } |
| 9913 | } |
| 9914 | |
| 9915 | if (!fIsExactMethodResolved) |
| 9916 | { // We couldn't resolve the interface statically |
| 9917 | _ASSERTE(pfForceUseRuntimeLookup != NULL); |
| 9918 | // Notify the caller that it should use runtime lookup |
| 9919 | // Note that we can leave pMD incorrect, because we will use runtime lookup |
| 9920 | *pfForceUseRuntimeLookup = TRUE; |
| 9921 | } |
| 9922 | } |
| 9923 | else |
| 9924 | { |
| 9925 | // If we can resolve the interface exactly then do so (e.g. when doing the exact |
| 9926 | // lookup at runtime, or when not sharing generic code). |
| 9927 | if (pCanonMT->CanCastToInterface(thInterfaceType.GetMethodTable())) |
| 9928 | { |
| 9929 | pMD = pCanonMT->GetMethodDescForInterfaceMethod(thInterfaceType, pGenInterfaceMD, FALSE /* throwOnConflict */); |
| 9930 | if (pMD == NULL) |
| 9931 | { |
| 9932 | LOG((LF_JIT, LL_INFO10000, "TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox: failed to find method desc for interface method\n" )); |
| 9933 | } |
| 9934 | } |
| 9935 | } |
| 9936 | } |
| 9937 | else if (pGenInterfaceMD->IsVirtual()) |
| 9938 | { |
| 9939 | if (pGenInterfaceMD->HasNonVtableSlot() && pGenInterfaceMD->GetMethodTable()->IsValueType()) |
| 9940 | { // GetMethodDescForSlot would AV for this slot |
| 9941 | // We can get here for (invalid and unverifiable) IL: |
| 9942 | // constrained. int32 |
| 9943 | // callvirt System.Int32::GetHashCode() |
| 9944 | pMD = pGenInterfaceMD; |
| 9945 | } |
| 9946 | else |
| 9947 | { |
| 9948 | pMD = GetMethodDescForSlot(pGenInterfaceMD->GetSlot()); |
| 9949 | } |
| 9950 | } |
| 9951 | else |
| 9952 | { |
| 9953 | // The pMD will be NULL if calling a non-virtual instance |
| 9954 | // methods on System.Object, i.e. when these are used as a constraint. |
| 9955 | pMD = NULL; |
| 9956 | } |
| 9957 | |
| 9958 | if (pMD == NULL) |
| 9959 | { // Fall back to VSD |
| 9960 | return NULL; |
| 9961 | } |
| 9962 | |
| 9963 | if (!pMD->GetMethodTable()->IsInterface()) |
| 9964 | { |
| 9965 | //#TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox_DoNotReturnParentMethod |
| 9966 | // Only return a method if the value type itself declares the method |
| 9967 | // otherwise we might get a method from Object or System.ValueType |
| 9968 | if (!pMD->GetMethodTable()->IsValueType()) |
| 9969 | { // Fall back to VSD |
| 9970 | return NULL; |
| 9971 | } |
| 9972 | |
| 9973 | // We've resolved the method, ignoring its generic method arguments |
| 9974 | // If the method is a generic method then go and get the instantiated descriptor |
| 9975 | pMD = MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc( |
| 9976 | pMD, |
| 9977 | this, |
| 9978 | FALSE /* no BoxedEntryPointStub */, |
| 9979 | pInterfaceMD->GetMethodInstantiation(), |
| 9980 | FALSE /* no allowInstParam */); |
| 9981 | |
| 9982 | // FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc won't return an BoxedEntryPointStub. |
| 9983 | _ASSERTE(pMD != NULL); |
| 9984 | _ASSERTE(!pMD->IsUnboxingStub()); |
| 9985 | } |
| 9986 | |
| 9987 | return pMD; |
| 9988 | } // MethodTable::TryResolveConstraintMethodApprox |
| 9989 | |
| 9990 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9991 | // Make best-case effort to obtain an image name for use in an error message. |
| 9992 | // |
| 9993 | // This routine must expect to be called before the this object is fully loaded. |
| 9994 | // It can return an empty if the name isn't available or the object isn't initialized |
| 9995 | // enough to get a name, but it mustn't crash. |
| 9996 | //========================================================================================== |
| 9997 | LPCWSTR MethodTable::GetPathForErrorMessages() |
| 9998 | { |
| 9999 | CONTRACTL |
| 10000 | { |
| 10001 | THROWS; |
| 10002 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
| 10003 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); |
| 10004 | } |
| 10005 | CONTRACTL_END |
| 10006 | |
| 10007 | Module *pModule = GetModule(); |
| 10008 | |
| 10009 | if (pModule) |
| 10010 | { |
| 10011 | return pModule->GetPathForErrorMessages(); |
| 10012 | } |
| 10013 | else |
| 10014 | { |
| 10015 | return W("" ); |
| 10016 | } |
| 10017 | } |
| 10018 | |
| 10019 | BOOL MethodTable::Validate() |
| 10020 | { |
| 10021 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 10022 | |
| 10023 | ASSERT_AND_CHECK(SanityCheck()); |
| 10024 | |
| 10025 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 10026 | ASSERT_AND_CHECK(!m_pWriteableData.IsNull()); |
| 10027 | |
| 10028 | MethodTableWriteableData *pWriteableData = m_pWriteableData.GetValue(); |
| 10029 | DWORD dwLastVerifiedGCCnt = pWriteableData->m_dwLastVerifedGCCnt; |
| 10030 | // Here we used to assert that (dwLastVerifiedGCCnt <= GCHeapUtilities::GetGCHeap()->GetGcCount()) but |
| 10031 | // this is no longer true because with background gc. Since the purpose of having |
| 10032 | // m_dwLastVerifedGCCnt is just to only verify the same method table once for each GC |
| 10033 | // I am getting rid of the assert. |
| 10034 | if (g_pConfig->FastGCStressLevel () > 1 && dwLastVerifiedGCCnt == GCHeapUtilities::GetGCHeap()->GetGcCount()) |
| 10035 | return TRUE; |
| 10036 | #endif //_DEBUG |
| 10037 | |
| 10038 | if (IsArray()) |
| 10039 | { |
| 10040 | if (!SanityCheck()) |
| 10041 | { |
| 10042 | ASSERT_AND_CHECK(!"Detected use of a corrupted OBJECTREF. Possible GC hole." ); |
| 10043 | } |
| 10044 | } |
| 10045 | else if (!IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
| 10046 | { |
| 10047 | // Non-canonical method tables has to have non-empty instantiation |
| 10048 | if (GetInstantiation().IsEmpty()) |
| 10049 | { |
| 10050 | ASSERT_AND_CHECK(!"Detected use of a corrupted OBJECTREF. Possible GC hole." ); |
| 10051 | } |
| 10052 | } |
| 10053 | |
| 10054 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 10055 | // It is not a fatal error to fail the update the counter. We will run slower and retry next time, |
| 10056 | // but the system will function properly. |
| 10057 | if (EnsureWritablePagesNoThrow(pWriteableData, sizeof(MethodTableWriteableData))) |
| 10058 | pWriteableData->m_dwLastVerifedGCCnt = GCHeapUtilities::GetGCHeap()->GetGcCount(); |
| 10059 | #endif //_DEBUG |
| 10060 | |
| 10061 | return TRUE; |
| 10062 | } |
| 10063 | |
| 10064 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 10065 | |
| 10066 | NOINLINE BYTE *MethodTable::GetLoaderAllocatorObjectForGC() |
| 10067 | { |
| 10068 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
| 10069 | if (!Collectible()) |
| 10070 | { |
| 10071 | return NULL; |
| 10072 | } |
| 10073 | BYTE * retVal = *(BYTE**)GetLoaderAllocatorObjectHandle(); |
| 10074 | return retVal; |
| 10075 | } |
| 10076 | |
| 10077 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 10078 | //========================================================================================== |
| 10079 | BOOL MethodTable::IsWinRTRedirectedDelegate() |
| 10080 | { |
| 10081 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 10082 | |
| 10083 | if (!IsDelegate()) |
| 10084 | { |
| 10085 | return FALSE; |
| 10086 | } |
| 10087 | |
| 10088 | return !!WinRTDelegateRedirector::ResolveRedirectedDelegate(this, nullptr); |
| 10089 | } |
| 10090 | |
| 10091 | //========================================================================================== |
| 10092 | BOOL MethodTable::IsWinRTRedirectedInterface(TypeHandle::InteropKind interopKind) |
| 10093 | { |
| 10094 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
| 10095 | |
| 10096 | if (!IsInterface()) |
| 10097 | return FALSE; |
| 10098 | |
| 10099 | if (!HasRCWPerTypeData()) |
| 10100 | { |
| 10101 | // All redirected interfaces have per-type RCW data |
| 10102 | return FALSE; |
| 10103 | } |
| 10104 | |
| 10105 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 10106 | RCWPerTypeData *pData = NULL; |
| 10107 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 10108 | // We want to keep this function LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT so we call GetRCWPerTypeData with |
| 10109 | // the non-throwing flag. pData can be NULL if it could not be allocated. |
| 10110 | RCWPerTypeData *pData = GetRCWPerTypeData(false); |
| 10111 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
| 10112 | |
| 10113 | DWORD dwFlags = (pData != NULL ? pData->m_dwFlags : 0); |
| 10114 | if ((dwFlags & RCWPerTypeData::InterfaceFlagsInited) == 0) |
| 10115 | { |
| 10116 | dwFlags = RCWPerTypeData::InterfaceFlagsInited; |
| 10117 | |
| 10118 | if (WinRTInterfaceRedirector::ResolveRedirectedInterface(this, NULL)) |
| 10119 | { |
| 10120 | dwFlags |= RCWPerTypeData::IsRedirectedInterface; |
| 10121 | } |
| 10122 | else if (HasSameTypeDefAs(MscorlibBinder::GetExistingClass(CLASS__ICOLLECTIONGENERIC)) || |
| 10123 | HasSameTypeDefAs(MscorlibBinder::GetExistingClass(CLASS__IREADONLYCOLLECTIONGENERIC)) || |
| 10124 | this == MscorlibBinder::GetExistingClass(CLASS__ICOLLECTION)) |
| 10125 | { |
| 10126 | dwFlags |= RCWPerTypeData::IsICollectionGeneric; |
| 10127 | } |
| 10128 | |
| 10129 | if (pData != NULL) |
| 10130 | { |
| 10131 | FastInterlockOr(&pData->m_dwFlags, dwFlags); |
| 10132 | } |
| 10133 | } |
| 10134 | |
| 10135 | if ((dwFlags & RCWPerTypeData::IsRedirectedInterface) != 0) |
| 10136 | return TRUE; |
| 10137 | |
| 10138 | if (interopKind == TypeHandle::Interop_ManagedToNative) |
| 10139 | { |
| 10140 | // ICollection<T> is redirected in the managed->WinRT direction (i.e. we have stubs |
| 10141 | // that implement ICollection<T> methods in terms of IVector/IMap), but it is not |
| 10142 | // treated specially in the WinRT->managed direction (we don't build a WinRT vtable |
| 10143 | // for a class that only implements ICollection<T>). IReadOnlyCollection<T> is |
| 10144 | // treated similarly. |
| 10145 | if ((dwFlags & RCWPerTypeData::IsICollectionGeneric) != 0) |
| 10146 | return TRUE; |
| 10147 | } |
| 10148 | |
| 10149 | return FALSE; |
| 10150 | } |
| 10151 | |
| 10152 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 10153 | |
| 10154 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN_COMPILER |
| 10155 | |
| 10156 | static BOOL ComputeIsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble(MethodTable * pMT) |
| 10157 | { |
| 10158 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 10159 | |
| 10160 | // Primitive types and enums have fixed layout |
| 10161 | if (pMT->IsTruePrimitive() || pMT->IsEnum()) |
| 10162 | return TRUE; |
| 10163 | |
| 10164 | if (!pMT->GetModule()->IsInCurrentVersionBubble()) |
| 10165 | { |
| 10166 | if (!pMT->IsValueType()) |
| 10167 | { |
| 10168 | // Eventually, we may respect the non-versionable attribute for reference types too. For now, we are going |
| 10169 | // to play is safe and ignore it. |
| 10170 | return FALSE; |
| 10171 | } |
| 10172 | |
| 10173 | // Valuetypes with non-versionable attribute are candidates for fixed layout. Reject the rest. |
| 10174 | if (pMT->GetModule()->GetMDImport()->GetCustomAttributeByName(pMT->GetCl(), |
| 10175 | NONVERSIONABLE_TYPE, NULL, NULL) != S_OK) |
| 10176 | { |
| 10177 | return FALSE; |
| 10178 | } |
| 10179 | } |
| 10180 | |
| 10181 | // If the above condition passed, check that all instance fields have fixed layout as well. In particular, |
| 10182 | // it is important for generic types with non-versionable layout (e.g. Nullable<T>) |
| 10183 | ApproxFieldDescIterator fieldIterator(pMT, ApproxFieldDescIterator::INSTANCE_FIELDS); |
| 10184 | for (FieldDesc *pFD = fieldIterator.Next(); pFD != NULL; pFD = fieldIterator.Next()) |
| 10185 | { |
| 10186 | if (pFD->GetFieldType() != ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE) |
| 10187 | continue; |
| 10188 | |
| 10189 | MethodTable * pFieldMT = pFD->GetApproxFieldTypeHandleThrowing().AsMethodTable(); |
| 10190 | if (!pFieldMT->IsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble()) |
| 10191 | return FALSE; |
| 10192 | } |
| 10193 | |
| 10194 | return TRUE; |
| 10195 | } |
| 10196 | |
| 10197 | // |
| 10198 | // Is field layout in this type fixed within the current version bubble? |
| 10199 | // This check does not take the inheritance chain into account. |
| 10200 | // |
| 10201 | BOOL MethodTable::IsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble() |
| 10202 | { |
| 10203 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 10204 | |
| 10205 | const MethodTableWriteableData * pWriteableData = GetWriteableData(); |
| 10206 | if (!(pWriteableData->m_dwFlags & MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_NGEN_IsLayoutFixedComputed)) |
| 10207 | { |
| 10208 | MethodTableWriteableData * pWriteableDataForWrite = GetWriteableDataForWrite(); |
| 10209 | if (ComputeIsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble(this)) |
| 10210 | *EnsureWritablePages(&pWriteableDataForWrite->m_dwFlags) |= MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_NGEN_IsLayoutFixed; |
| 10211 | *EnsureWritablePages(&pWriteableDataForWrite->m_dwFlags) |= MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_NGEN_IsLayoutFixedComputed; |
| 10212 | } |
| 10213 | |
| 10214 | return (pWriteableData->m_dwFlags & MethodTableWriteableData::enum_flag_NGEN_IsLayoutFixed) != 0; |
| 10215 | } |
| 10216 | |
| 10217 | // |
| 10218 | // Is field layout of the inheritance chain fixed within the current version bubble? |
| 10219 | // |
| 10220 | BOOL MethodTable::IsInheritanceChainLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble() |
| 10221 | { |
| 10222 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 10223 | |
| 10224 | // This method is not expected to be called for value types |
| 10225 | _ASSERTE(!IsValueType()); |
| 10226 | |
| 10227 | MethodTable * pMT = this; |
| 10228 | |
| 10229 | while ((pMT != g_pObjectClass) && (pMT != NULL)) |
| 10230 | { |
| 10231 | if (!pMT->IsLayoutFixedInCurrentVersionBubble()) |
| 10232 | return FALSE; |
| 10233 | |
| 10234 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 10235 | } |
| 10236 | |
| 10237 | return TRUE; |
| 10238 | } |
| 10239 | |
| 10240 | // |
| 10241 | // Is the inheritance chain fixed within the current version bubble? |
| 10242 | // |
| 10243 | BOOL MethodTable::IsInheritanceChainFixedInCurrentVersionBubble() |
| 10244 | { |
| 10245 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
| 10246 | |
| 10247 | MethodTable * pMT = this; |
| 10248 | |
| 10249 | if (pMT->IsValueType()) |
| 10250 | { |
| 10251 | return pMT->GetModule()->IsInCurrentVersionBubble(); |
| 10252 | } |
| 10253 | |
| 10254 | while ((pMT != g_pObjectClass) && (pMT != NULL)) |
| 10255 | { |
| 10256 | if (!pMT->GetModule()->IsInCurrentVersionBubble()) |
| 10257 | return FALSE; |
| 10258 | |
| 10259 | pMT = pMT->GetParentMethodTable(); |
| 10260 | } |
| 10261 | |
| 10262 | return TRUE; |
| 10263 | } |
| 10264 | |
| 10265 | #endif // FEATURE_READYTORUN_COMPILER |
| 10266 | |